IOWA ADMINISTRATIVEBULLETIN
Published Biweekly VOLUME XXIII NUMBER 11 November
29, 2000 Pages 825 to 924
CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE
Pages 841 to 922 include ARC 0297B to ARC
0337B
AGENDA
Administrative Rules Review Committee 830
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 828
Publication procedures 829
Administrative rules on CD–ROM 829
Agency identification numbers 839
BANKING DIVISION[187]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Filed, Superintendent—appointment of
assistants,
1.3(1)“b” ARC 0304B 896
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 827
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
Notice, Iowa empowerment board, 1.2,
1.4 to 1.7, 1.10,
1.12, 1.13(2), 1.16,
1.19, 1.23, 1.25, 1.26(1), 1.28, 1.29, 1.31
ARC
0331B 841
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING
EXAMINING
BOARD[193C]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Licensure by comity, 1.4 ARC
0330B 844
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice, Child care assistance overpayments,
7.1, 7.5(9),
11.1, 93.151, 170.1, 170.9
ARC 0310B 845
Notice Terminated, Increase in RCF
reimbursement rate,
52.1(3) ARC 0311B 848
Notice, HCBS physical disability waivers,
83.102, 83.109(1)
ARC 0312B 848
Filed, Reimbursement rate—SSA residential
care
facilities and in–home health related
care, 52.1(3), 177.4 ARC
0305B 896
Filed, Refugee cash assistance—date of entry
for
asylees, 60.7 ARC 0306B 897
Filed, Eligibility for Medicaid—transfer of
assets,
75.23(8), 89.3, 89.10 ARC 0307B 898
Filed, Medicare and Medicaid reimbursements—
critical
access hospitals, 79.1 ARC 0308B 899
Filed, Dependent adult abuse, 176.3(1), 176.6,
176.10,
176.13, 176.15(2) ARC 0309B 900
INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT[471]
Notice, Contested cases, ch 6 ARC 0297B 849
Notice, Waivers, ch 7 ARC 0328B 857
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Financial information regulation,
ch 90 ARC
0325B 859
Filed Emergency, Financial information
regulation, ch 90
ARC 0334B 886
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Filed, Supervision of pharmacists who
administer adult
immunizations, 13.3
ARC 0301B 902
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Filed, State parks and recreation areas, ch 61
ARC
0337B 903
Filed, Fishing—method of take, 81.2(11)
ARC
0336B 914
Filed, Wild turkey spring hunting, 98.1(1),
98.3, 98.5,
98.14, 98.16 ARC 0335B 915
NURSING BOARD[655]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Filed Emergency, License renewal
application, 3.7(3),
5.2(3) ARC 0332B 893
Filed, Waiver and variance rules, ch 15
ARC
0333B 917
PHARMACY EXAMINERS BOARD[657]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Controlled substances—registration
and
reregistration fee, 10.3 ARC 0298B 859
Filed, Supervision of pharmacists who
administer adult
immunizations, 8.33
ARC 0329B 917
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Licensure of cosmetologists,
electrologists,
estheticians, manicurists, nail technologists,
and
instructors of cosmetology arts and sciences;
fees, chs 60, 62 ARC
0319B 860
Notice, Continuing education for cosmetology
arts and
sciences, ch 64, 65.1, 65.12
ARC 0320B 864
Filed, Barber examiners, 20.12, 20.101 to 20.105,
20.107 to
20.113, 20.200, 20.212, 20.214, ch 23
ARC 0322B 918
Filed, Physical therapists and physical
therapist
assistants, 200.3(1), 200.5(2), 200.9 to 200.15,
200.23, 200.24,
202.6(2), 202.7 to 202.15,
202.23, ch 303 ARC 0318B 919
Filed, Occupational therapists and occupational
therapy
assistants, 201.1, 201.4, 201.5(1),
201.7(2), 201.8 to 201.17, 201.24, ch
207
ARC 0317B 919
Filed, Speech pathologists and audiologists,
300.8 to
300.11, 301.1 to 301.7, 301.112,
ch 303 ARC 0321B 919
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice, EMS—service program authorization,
132.1,
132.2 ARC 0326B 868
Filed Emergency, Iowa fatality review committee,
ch 92
ARC 0327B 894
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 834
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
Filed, Fees for performance of plan reviews,
16.131(2)
ARC 0314B 920
Filed, Elevator exemption—apartment
buildings less
than four stories, 16.705(3)
ARC 0313B 921
REAL ESTATE APPRAISER
EXAMINING
BOARD[193F]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Filed, Registration fees—certified general
and
certified residential appraisers,
10.1 ARC 0323B 921
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice, Individual and corporate income tax;
income tax
withholding, 39.1, 39.12, 40.3,
40.47, 40.53(1), 40.55, 42.2(10), 42.14,
46.1(2),
52.7, 52.10(3), 52.14, 52.17 ARC 0315B 869
Filed, Sale or rental of information services,
17.36
ARC 0316B 922
SUBSTANCE ABUSE COMMISSION[643]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Regions for substance abuse prevention
and
treatment, ch 9 ARC 0324B 877
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Notice, Consent for sale of goods and services,
26.1,
26.4(2) ARC 0300B 878
Notice, Special permits for operation and
movement of
vehicles and loads of excess
size and weight, 511.1 to 511.15 ARC
0299B 878
TREASURER OF STATE
Notice—Public funds interest rates 883
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Foreign acquisitions, 32.2(4)
ARC
0302B 883
Notice, Negotiated interconnection
agreements, 38.7(4)
ARC 0303B 884
CITATION of Administrative Rules
The Iowa
Administrative Code shall be cited as (agency identification number)
IAC
(chapter, rule, subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered
subparagraph).
441 IAC 79 (Chapter)
441 IAC
79.1(249A) (Rule)
441 IAC 79.1(1) (Subrule)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a” (Paragraph)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a”(1) (Subparagraph)
The Iowa Administrative
Bulletin shall be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page
number), (ARC number).
IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC
872A
PUBLISHED UNDER
AUTHORITY OF IOWA
CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND
17A.6
__________________________________
PREFACE
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in
pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of
Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the
Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements
to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative
Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the
Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses
and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other
“materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee” include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions
and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates
[12C.6]; Workers’ Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury
[535.2(3)“a”]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan Rates
[535.12]; and Regional Banking—Notice of Application and Hearing
[524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material
added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate
deleted material.
Subscriptions and Distribution Telephone:
(515)242–5120
Fax: (515)242–5974
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code
Editor Telephone: (515)281–3355
STEPHANIE A. HOFF, Assistant
Editor (515)281–8157
Fax: (515)281–4424
SUBSCRIPTION
INFORMATION
Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate
publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All
subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid
in advance and are prorated quarterly.
July 1, 2000, to June 30, 2001 $264.00 plus
$15.84 sales tax
Iowa Administrative
Code
The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in
complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement
(replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of
each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements
are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,210.31 plus $72.62 sales
tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a
one–year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $425.61 plus
$25.54 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 2001)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing
Division. Send all inquiries and subscription orders to:
Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242–5120
Schedule for Rule
Making
2000
NOTICE SUBMISSION
DEADLINE
|
NOTICE PUB.
DATE
|
HEARING OR COMMENTS 20
DAYS
|
FIRST POSSIBLE ADOPTION
DATE 35 DAYS
|
ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE
|
ADOPTED PUB.
DATE
|
FIRST POSSIBLE
EFFECTIVE DATE
|
POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180
DAYS
|
Dec. 24 ’99
|
Jan. 12 ’00
|
Feb. 1 ’00
|
Feb. 16 ’00
|
Feb. 18 ’00
|
Mar. 8 ’00
|
Apr. 12 ’00
|
July 10 ’00
|
Jan. 7
|
Jan. 26
|
Feb. 15
|
Mar. 1
|
Mar. 3
|
Mar. 22
|
Apr. 26
|
July 24
|
Jan. 21
|
Feb. 9
|
Feb. 29
|
Mar. 15
|
Mar. 17
|
Apr. 5
|
May 10
|
Aug. 7
|
Feb. 4
|
Feb. 23
|
Mar. 14
|
Mar. 29
|
Mar. 31
|
Apr. 19
|
May 24
|
Aug. 21
|
Feb. 18
|
Mar. 8
|
Mar. 28
|
Apr. 12
|
Apr. 14
|
May 3
|
June 7
|
Sept. 4
|
Mar. 3
|
Mar. 22
|
Apr. 11
|
Apr. 26
|
Apr. 28
|
May 17
|
June 21
|
Sept. 18
|
Mar. 17
|
Apr. 5
|
Apr. 25
|
May 10
|
May 12
|
May 31
|
July 5
|
Oct. 2
|
Mar. 31
|
Apr. 19
|
May 9
|
May 24
|
May 26
|
June 14
|
July 19
|
Oct. 16
|
Apr. 14
|
May 3
|
May 23
|
June 7
|
June 9
|
June 28
|
Aug. 2
|
Oct. 30
|
Apr. 28
|
May 17
|
June 6
|
June 21
|
June 23
|
July 12
|
Aug. 16
|
Nov. 13
|
May 12
|
May 31
|
June 20
|
July 5
|
July 7
|
July 26
|
Aug. 30
|
Nov. 27
|
May 26
|
June 14
|
July 4
|
July 19
|
July 21
|
Aug. 9
|
Sept. 13
|
Dec. 11
|
June 9
|
June 28
|
July 18
|
Aug. 2
|
Aug. 4
|
Aug. 23
|
Sept. 27
|
Dec. 25
|
June 23
|
July 12
|
Aug. 1
|
Aug. 16
|
Aug. 18
|
Sept. 6
|
Oct. 11
|
Jan. 8 ’01
|
July 7
|
July 26
|
Aug. 15
|
Aug. 30
|
Sept. 1
|
Sept. 20
|
Oct. 25
|
Jan. 22 ’01
|
July 21
|
Aug. 9
|
Aug. 29
|
Sept. 13
|
Sept. 15
|
Oct. 4
|
Nov. 8
|
Feb. 5 ’01
|
Aug. 4
|
Aug. 23
|
Sept. 12
|
Sept. 27
|
Sept. 29
|
Oct. 18
|
Nov. 22
|
Feb. 19 ’01
|
Aug. 18
|
Sept. 6
|
Sept. 26
|
Oct. 11
|
Oct. 13
|
Nov. 1
|
Dec. 6
|
Mar. 5 ’01
|
Sept. 1
|
Sept. 20
|
Oct. 10
|
Oct. 25
|
Oct. 27
|
Nov. 15
|
Dec. 20
|
Mar. 19 ’01
|
Sept. 15
|
Oct. 4
|
Oct. 24
|
Nov. 8
|
Nov. 10
|
Nov. 29
|
Jan. 3 ’01
|
Apr. 2 ’01
|
Sept. 29
|
Oct. 18
|
Nov. 7
|
Nov. 22
|
Nov. 24
|
Dec. 13
|
Jan. 17 ’01
|
Apr. 16 ’01
|
Oct. 13
|
Nov. 1
|
Nov. 21
|
Dec. 6
|
Dec. 8
|
Dec. 27
|
Jan. 31 ’01
|
Apr. 30 ’01
|
Oct. 27
|
Nov. 15
|
Dec. 5
|
Dec. 20
|
Dec. 22
|
Jan. 10 ’01
|
Feb. 14 ’01
|
May 14 ’01
|
Nov. 10
|
Nov. 29
|
Dec. 19
|
Jan. 3 ’01
|
Jan. 5 ’01
|
Jan. 24 ’01
|
Feb. 28 ’01
|
May 28 ’01
|
Nov. 24
|
Dec. 13
|
Jan. 2 ’01
|
Jan. 17 ’01
|
Jan. 19 ’01
|
Feb. 7 ’01
|
Mar. 14 ’01
|
June 11 ’01
|
Dec. 8
|
Dec. 27
|
Jan. 16 ’01
|
Jan. 31 ’01
|
Feb. 2 ’01
|
Feb. 21 ’01
|
Mar. 28 ’01
|
June 25 ’01
|
Dec. 22
|
Jan. 10 ’01
|
Jan. 30 ’01
|
Feb. 14 ’01
|
Feb. 16 ’01
|
Mar. 7 ’01
|
Apr. 11 ’01
|
July 9 ’01
|
Jan. 5 ’01
|
Jan. 24 ’01
|
Feb. 13 ’01
|
Feb. 28 ’01
|
Mar. 2 ’01
|
Mar. 21 ’01
|
Apr. 25 ’01
|
July 23 ’01
|
PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB
|
ISSUE NUMBER
|
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
|
ISSUE DATE
|
13
|
Friday, December 8, 2000
|
December 27, 2000
|
14
|
Friday, December 22, 2000
|
January 10, 2001
|
15
|
Friday, January 5, 2001
|
January 24, 2001
|
PLEASE
NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o’clock noon
on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from
the Administrative Rules Coordinator’s office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions
made on the following Monday will be accepted.
PUBLICATION PROCEDURES
TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of
State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code
Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most
other word processing systems, including Microsoft Word, Word for Windows (Word
7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.
1. To facilitate the processing of rule–making
documents, we request a 3.5” High Density (not Double Density) IBM
PC–compatible diskette of the rule making. Please indicate on each
diskette the following information: agency name, file name, format used for
exporting, and chapter(s) amended. Diskettes may be delivered to the
Administrative Code Division, First Floor South, Grimes State Office Building or
included with the documents submitted to the Governor’s Administrative
Rules Coordinator.
2. Alternatively, if you have Internet E–mail access,
you may send your document as an attachment to an E–mail message,
addressed to both of the following:
bcarr@legis.state.ia.us
kbates@legis.state.ia.us
Please note that changes made prior to publication of the
rule–making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies
by the Governor’s office, but not on the diskettes; diskettes are returned
unchanged.
Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and
cost–effectively than was previously possible and is greatly
appreciated.
______________________
IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE RULES and IOWA COURT RULES on
CD–ROM
2000 SUMMER EDITION
Containing: Iowa Administrative Code (updated through
August 2000)
Iowa Administrative Bulletins (January 2000 through
August 2000)
Iowa Court Rules (updated through August
2000)
For free brochures and order forms contact:
Legislative Service Bureau
Attn: Ms. Stephanie
Cox
State Capitol
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone:
(515)281–3566 Fax:
(515)281–8027
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us
AGENDA
The Administrative Rules Review Committee will hold its
regular, statutory meeting on Tuesday, December 12, 2000, at
9:30 a.m. in
Room 118, State Capitol, Des Moines, Iowa. The following rules will be
reviewed:
BANKING DIVISION[187]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Assistants to the superintendent of banking,
1.3(1)“b,” Filed ARC
0304B 11/29/00
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Registration of dental assistants, 1.1,
6.13(2)“b” to “e,” 6.14(2), 6.14(4) to 6.14(8), 10.1,
10.2, 14.3, 14.5,
15.1(12) to 15.1(14), 15.2(6) to
15.2(8), 15.3, 15.4, 21.1, 22.8(3), 22.9(1), 22.9(2), 25.1, 25.2, 25.2(4) to
25.2(7),
25.2(10), 25.3(1), 25.3(2), 25.3(4) to 25.3(7),
25.4(3), 25.6 to 25.10, 27.1(3), 27.5, 27.6, 30.2“1” to
“3,”
30.3“7,”
30.4“1,”
“2,” “4,” “6,” “15,”
“19,” “21,” “22,” “24,”
“30,” “32,” “34,” “39,”
“43,” and “44,” 31.1,
31.2“2,”
31.6, 31.7(1), 31.7(3), 31.10 to
31.14, 32.2, 32.3(1), 32.3(2), 33.1 to 33.3, 34.1 to 34.3, Filed
ARC 0264B 11/15/00
Dental hygienists—administration of nitrous
oxide inhalation analgesia,
1.1, 10.3(1), 29.6(4),
29.6(5), Notice ARC 0255B 11/15/00
Waivers, 7.1, 7.2, 7.4, 7.5, 15.5, 27.12, 30.4,
Notice ARC 0261B 11/15/00
Resident dental licenses and faculty
permits—application requirements, 13.1, 13.2, Notice ARC
0260B 11/15/00
Prescribing, administering, and dispensing drugs,
16.1, 16.2(2), 16.2(4), 16.2(5), 16.3(2), 16.3(3), 16.3(6),
16.4(1),
16.4(2)“5,” 16.5(2) to 16.5(4),
16.6, 16.7, 16.7(1), Notice ARC
0259B 11/15/00
Examination not required for patients who receive
fluoride, 16.2(2), Filed Emergency ARC
0262B 11/15/00
Dental assistants, ch 20, Filed ARC
0263B 11/15/00
Advertising—disclosure of payment by a
dentist, 26.1, Notice ARC 0258B 11/15/00
Oral and maxillofacial pathology; accreditation,
28.1, 28.2(2)“b,”
28.3(2)“b,”
28.4, 28.5(2)“c,” 28.6(2)“b,” 28.7(2)“b,”
28.8(2)“b,” 28.9(2)“b,” Notice ARC
0257B 11/15/00
Deep sedation/general anesthesia, conscious
sedation and nitrous
oxide inhalation analgesia, 29.5(5),
29.10(2)“d,” Notice ARC
0256B 11/15/00
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
Certified school to career program, 11.2,
11.3(3), 11.3(5), 11.3(8), 11.3(10)“g,” Filed ARC
0267B 11/15/00
Accelerated career education (ACE) program, ch
20, Filed Emergency After Notice ARC
0269B 11/15/00
Emergency shelter grants program, 24.2, 24.3,
24.4“1,” 24.6, 24.7, 24.10(6), 24.12(4), Notice ARC
0266B 11/15/00
Homeless shelter operation grants program, 29.2,
29.4“1,” 29.6, 29.7, 29.10“5,” 29.11(4), 29.12,
Notice ARC 0265B 11/15/00
Community economic betterment program; brownfield
redevelopment program,
53.8(3)“f”(3), ch 65,
Filed ARC 0268B 11/15/00
Community attraction and tourism development
program, ch 211, title and parenthetical
implementations,
211.1 to 211.6, 211.7(1), 211.7(3),
211.8 to 211.10, 211.10(2), 211.10(3), 211.11(1),
211.11(5),
211.11(8), Filed ARC
0271B 11/15/00
Vision Iowa program; vision Iowa board: uniform
waiver and variance rules, chs 212 and 213, Filed ARC
0270B 11/15/00
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Waivers or variances from administrative rules,
ch 6, Notice ARC 0291B 11/15/00
Adding endorsements to licenses, 14.6,
Notice ARC 0289B 11/15/00
Requirements for a professional
administrator’s license, 14.14, Notice ARC
0290B 11/15/00
Requirements for a one–year conditional
license, 14.15, Filed ARC 0292B 11/15/00
Requirements for a two–year conditional
license, 14.16, Filed ARC 0296B 11/15/00
Elementary and secondary school counselor
competencies, 14.20(5), 14.20(6), Filed ARC
0293B 11/15/00
Reinstatement of general science endorsement,
14.21(17)“e,” Filed ARC
0294B 11/15/00
Two–year administrator exchange license,
14.25, Filed ARC 0295B 11/15/00
Behind–the–wheel driving instructor
authorization, ch 21, Notice ARC 0287B, also Filed
Emergency ARC 0288B 11/15/00
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Certified school to career program, ch 48 title,
48.2 to 48.4, Filed ARC 0252B 11/15/00
Supplementary weighting plan for at–risk
students, 97.1, 97.2, 97.2(4), 97.2(5),
97.2(6)“l,”
97.2(8), 97.3, Filed
ARC 0253B 11/15/00
Vision Iowa school infrastructure program, ch
100, Filed Emergency After Notice ARC
0254B 11/15/00
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
Empowerment boards, 1.2, 1.4 to 1.6, 1.7(1),
1.7(6)“d,” 1.7(7) to 1.7(11), 1.10(7), 1.10(9) to 1.10(12), 1.12(1),
1.12(3),
1.13(2), 1.16(1)“a,” 1.16(3),
1.16(4), 1.19, 1.23(5), 1.23(6), 1.25, 1.26(1), 1.28, 1.29, 1.31,
Notice ARC 0331B 11/29/00
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING EXAMINING
BOARD[193C]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Licensure by comity, 1.4(5) to 1.4(7),
Notice ARC 0330B 11/29/00
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Federal effluent and pretreatment
standards—references updated, 60.2, 62.4,
62.4(37),
62.4(41), 62.4(42), 62.4(44), 62.4(45), 62.5,
63.1(1)“a,” Filed Without Notice ARC
0277B 11/15/00
Animal feeding operations, proposed amendments to
ch 65, Notice ARC 0278B 11/15/00
Solid waste comprehensive planning requirements,
rescind chs 101 and 109, adopt new ch 101, Notice ARC
0279B 11/15/00
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Child care assistance overpayments, 7.1, 7.5(9),
11.1, 93.151, 170.1,170.9, Notice ARC
0310B 11/29/00
Tobacco settlement fund risk pool funding, ch 25
division VI, 25.71 to 25.77, Filed ARC
0272B 11/15/00
State supplementary assistance
(SSA)—increase in maximum rate for residential care
facilities,
52.1(3), Notice ARC 0251B
Terminated ARC 0311B 11/29/00
State supplementary assistance (SSA) residential
care facility (RCF) and
in–home
health–related care (IHHRC)
reimbursement rates, 52.1(3), 177.4(3), 177.4(7), 177.4(8)“b,”
Filed ARC 0305B 11/29/00
Refugee cash assistance, 60.7,
60.7(2)“d,” Filed ARC
0306B 11/29/00
Medicaid—transfer of assets, 75.23(8),
89.3“5” and “9,” 89.10, Filed ARC
0307B 11/29/00
Reimbursement rates for critical access
hospitals, 79.1(1)“g,”
79.1(2),
79.1(5)“a” and “aa,”
Filed ARC 0308B 11/29/00
Medicaid waiver services,
83.102(1)“g,” 83.102(3), 83.102(5)“b,” 83.102(7),
83.109(1), Notice ARC 0312B 11/29/00
Payments for foster care and foster parent
training, 156.11(2), 156.18(3), Notice ARC
0273B 11/15/00
Dependent adult abuse, 176.3(1)“b,”
176.6(4), 176.6(10), 176.10(1), 176.10(2),
176.10(3)“e”(8) and (9), 176.10(4),
176.10(5), 176.10(8) to 176.10(10),
176.13(1) to
176.13(3), 176.15(2)“c” and “e,” Filed ARC
0309B 11/29/00
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT[471]
Contested cases, ch 6, Notice ARC
0297B 11/29/00
Waivers, ch 7, Notice ARC
0328B 11/29/00
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Elimination of lifetime maximum benefit for
transplant coverage under small group and
individual
guaranteed issue standard health benefit
plans; elimination of reporting to health data
commission,
5.90, 71.14(8), 75.10(5), Filed
ARC 0285B 11/15/00
Financial information regulation, ch 90,
Notice ARC 0325B, also Filed Emergency ARC
0334B 11/29/00
IOWA FINANCE AUTHORITY[265]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]“umbrella”
Private activity bond allocation, 8.1, 8.3 to
8.5, 8.9, 8.10, Notice ARC 0286B 11/15/00
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
Decertification or suspension actions against a
law enforcement officer certification, 1.1, 5.1(5),
5.1(9),
6.2(2)“a” and “e,”
6.3(2), Notice ARC 0276B 11/15/00
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Supervision of pharmacists who administer adult
immunizations, 13.3, Filed ARC
0301B 11/29/00
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
State parks and recreation areas, ch 61,
Filed ARC 0337B 11/29/00
Fishing—method of take, 81.2(11),
Filed ARC 0336B 11/29/00
Wild turkey spring hunting, 98.1(1), 98.3, 98.5,
98.14, 98.16, Filed ARC 0335B 11/29/00
NURSING BOARD[655]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
License renewal application, 3.7(3),
5.2(3)“e,” Filed Emergency ARC
0332B 11/29/00
Waiver and variance rules, ch 15, Filed
ARC 0333B 11/29/00
PHARMACY EXAMINERS BOARD[657]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Supervision of pharmacists who administer adult
immunizations, 8.33, Filed ARC
0329B 11/29/00
Registration and reregistration fee, 10.3,
10.3(2), Notice ARC 0298B 11/29/00
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Barber examiners, 20.12, 20.101 to 20.104,
20.104“25,” 20.105, 20.107 to 20.113, 20.200,
20.212,
20.214, ch 23, Filed ARC
0322B 11/29/00
Cosmetology arts and sciences examiners, chs 60
and 62, Notice ARC 0319B 11/29/00
Cosmetology arts and sciences examiners, ch 64,
65.1, 65.12, Notice ARC 0320B 11/29/00
Physical therapists and physical therapist
assistants, 200.3(1)“b”(1), 200.5(2), 200.9(1), 200.9(2), 200.10,
200.10(7)“c”(7),
200.10(8), 200.10(15),
200.11, 200.11(1), 200.11(2), 200.11(4), 200.12 to 200.15, 200.23, 200.24,
202.6(2), 202.7,
202.7(1), 202.7(2), 202.8,
202.8(7)“h,” 202.9 to 202.15, 202.23, ch 203, Filed
ARC 0318B 11/29/00
Occupational therapists and occupational therapy
assistants, 201.1, 201.4(1), 201.4(2), 201.5(1)“d,” 201.7(2),
201.8,
201.8(3), 201.9, 201.9(3), 201.9(4), 201.9(6),
201.9(8), 201.10, 201.10(8), 201.11 to 201.17,
201.24, ch
207, Filed ARC 0317B 11/29/00
Speech pathology and audiology examiners, 300.8
to 300.11, ch 301 title,
301.1 to 301.7, 301.112, ch
303, Filed ARC 0321B 11/29/00
Physician assistant examiners,
325.4(1)“a”(2), 325.5(1)“d,” 325.5(3)“c” to
“e,” 325.19, ch 328, Notice ARC
0275B 11/15/00
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Iowa fatality review committee, ch 92, Filed
Emergency ARC 0327B 11/29/00
Emergency medical services—service program
authorization, 132.1, 132.2, Notice ARC
0326B 11/29/00
Trauma care system—references updated,
134.2(3), 134.2(5), 135.2(1)“a,” Notice ARC
0274B 11/15/00
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
Fees for plan reviews by building code bureau,
16.131(2)“c” and “d,” Filed ARC
0314B 11/29/00
Apartment buildings less than four
stories—elevator exemption, 16.705(3)“a,” Filed
ARC 0313B 11/29/00
REAL ESTATE APPRAISER EXAMINING BOARD[193F]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Registration fees—certified general and
certified residential appraisers, 10.1, Filed ARC
0323B 11/29/00
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Rate of interest on interest–bearing
taxes—calendar year 2001, 10.2(20), Notice ARC
0280B 11/15/00
Livestock ear tags sold by nonprofit
organizations; sales to nonprofit hospitals;
Internet
access charges, 17.35, 18.20(5), 18.59, Filed ARC
0282B 11/15/00
Sale or rental of information services, 17.36,
Filed ARC 0316B 11/29/00
Casual sales, 18.28(1), 18.28(2), Notice
ARC 0281B 11/15/00
Exclusion from tax for property delivered by
certain media, 18.61, Filed ARC
0284B 11/15/00
Individual income tax; corporate income tax,
39.1(2)“d,” 39.1(3)“d,” 39.12, 40.3“6,”
“22” and “23,” 40.47,
40.53(1),
40.55, 42.2(10), 42.14, 46.1(2)“i,” 52.7(3) to 52.7(5), 52.10(3),
52.14“3,” 52.17, Notice ARC
0315B 11/29/00
Unfair cigarette sales—minimum price,
discounts, redemption of coupons, 84.2, 84.4, Filed ARC
0283B 11/15/00
SUBSTANCE ABUSE COMMISSION[643]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Regions of substance abuse prevention and
treatment, ch 9, Notice ARC 0324B 11/29/00
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Consent for the sale of goods and services, 26.1,
26.4(2), Notice ARC 0300B 11/29/00
Special permits for operation and movement of
vehicles and loads of excess size and weight, 511.1,
511.2(1),
511.2(3), 511.2(4), 511.3(3), 511.3(4),
511.3(7), 511.4, 511.4(1)“a,” 511.4(2)“a” and
“b,” 511.4(3)“a,”
511.5(2) to
511.5(9), 511.5(9)“b”(4), 511.6(1)“a,” 511.7,
511.7(1)“b” and “d,” 511.7(2), 511.7(3),
511.7(4)“b” and
“d,”
511.7(5)“d” and
“e,” 511.7(6)“d,” 511.8, 511.9, 511.9(1)“b”
and “d,” 511.9(2), 511.9(3), 511.9(4)“b” and
“d,”
511.9(5)“d” and
“e,” 511.9(6)“d,” 511.10, 511.10(2), 511.11,
511.11(1)“b” and “d,” 511.11(3)“b” and
“d,”
511.11(4)“b” and
“d,” 511.11(5)“d,” 511.12, 511.13, 511.13(2), 511.14,
511.15(2)“a” and “j,” Notice ARC
0299B 11/29/00
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Foreign acquisitions, 32.2(4), Notice
ARC 0302B 11/29/00
Negotiated interconnection agreements, 38.7(4),
Notice ARC 0303B 11/29/00
ADMINISTRATIVE RULES REVIEW COMMITTEE
MEMBERS
Regular statutory meetings are held the second
Tuesday of each month at the seat of government as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.8. A special meeting may be called by the Chair at any place in the state
and at any time.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Terms ending April 30,
2003.
Senator H. Cay Hedge
3208 335th Street
Fremont, Iowa 52561
|
Representative Janet Metcalf
12954 Oak Brook Drive
Urbandale, Iowa 50323
|
Senator Merlin E. Bartz
2081 410th Street
Grafton, Iowa 50440
|
Representative Clyde Bradley
835 Blackhawk Lane
Camanche, Iowa 52730
|
Senator Patricia M. Harper
3336 Santa Maria Drive
Waterloo, Iowa 50702
|
Representative Danny Carroll
244 400th Avenue
Grinnell, Iowa 50112
|
Senator John P. Kibbie
P.O. Box 190
Emmetsburg, Iowa 50536
|
Representative Minnette Doderer
2008 Dunlap Court
Iowa City, Iowa 52245
|
Senator Sheldon Rittmer
3539 230th Street
DeWitt, Iowa 52742
|
Representative Geri Huser
213 7th Street NW
Altoona, Iowa 50009
|
Joseph A. Royce
Legal Counsel
Capitol, Room 116A
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone (515)281–3084
Fax (515)281–5995
|
Brian Gentry
Administrative Rules Coordinator
Governor’s Ex Officio Representative
Capitol, Room 11
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
|
|
|
PUBLIC HEARINGS
To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request
that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” by allowing
the opportunity for oral presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty
days after publication of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
AGENCY
|
HEARING LOCATION
|
DATE AND TIME OF HEARING
|
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
|
|
Dental hygienists—administration of nitrous oxide
inhalation analgesia, 1.1, 10.3(1), 29.6 IAB 11/15/00 ARC
0255B
|
Conference Room Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 3 to 4 p.m.
|
Waivers; exemptions from waiver rule, 7.1, 7.2, 7.4, 7.5,
15.5, 27.12, 30.4 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0261B
|
Conference Room Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Resident dental licenses and faculty permits—application
requirements, 13.1, 13.2 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0260B
|
Conference Room Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Prescribing, administering, and dispensing drugs, 16.1
to 16.7 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0259B
|
Conference Room Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Disclosure of payment for advertising, 26.1 IAB
11/15/00 ARC 0258B
|
Conference Room Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Oral and maxillofacial pathology; accreditation, 28.1
to 28.9 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0257B
|
Conference Room Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Renewal of permits for deep sedation/general
anesthesia, 29.5(5), 29.10(2) IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0256B
|
Conference Room Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2 to 3 p.m.
|
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
|
|
Emergency shelter grants program, 24.2, 24.3, 24.6,
24.7, 24.10(6), 24.12(4) IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0266B
|
Northwest Conference Room Second Floor 200 E. Grand
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1:30 p.m.
|
Homeless shelter operation grants program, 29.1 to
29.12 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0265B
|
Northwest Conference Room Second Floor 200 E. Grand
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2 p.m.
|
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
|
|
Waivers or variances from administrative rules, ch
6 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0291B
|
Room 3 South, Third Floor Grimes State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1 p.m.
|
Adding endorsements to licenses, 14.6 IAB 11/15/00
ARC 0289B
|
Room 3 South, Third Floor Grimes State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2 p.m.
|
Requirements for a professional administrator’s
license, 14.14 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0290B
|
Room 3 South, Third Floor Grimes State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2:30 p.m.
|
Behind–the–wheel driving instructor
authorization, 21.1 to 21.6 IAB 11/15/00 ARC
0287B (See also ARC 0288B)
|
Room 3 South, Third Floor Grimes State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1:30 p.m.
|
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
|
|
Animal feeding operations, ch 65, amendments to be
proposed IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0278B
|
Lower Conference Room Sioux Center Public Library 327
First Ave. NE Sioux Center, Iowa
|
December 12, 2000 7 p.m.
|
|
First National Bank Bldg. 211 First Ave. NW Hampton,
Iowa
|
December 13, 2000 7 p.m.
|
|
Room 101 Iowa Western Community College 906 Sunnyside
Ln. Atlantic, Iowa
|
December 18, 2000 6:30 p.m.
|
|
Conference Room—2nd Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 19, 2000 1 p.m.
|
|
Marland Room, Iowa Hall—2nd Floor Kirkwood Community
College 6301 Kirkwood Blvd. SW Cedar Rapids, Iowa
|
December 20, 2000 1:30 p.m.
|
Solid waste comprehensive planning requirements, rescind
chs 101, 109; adopt ch 101 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0279B (ICN
Network)
|
IDED 200 E. Grand Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 8, 2000 1:30 to 4:30 p.m.
|
|
Carnegie–Stout Public Library 360 W. 11th
St. Dubuque, Iowa
|
December 8, 2000 1:30 to 4:30 p.m.
|
|
Northern Trails AEA 2 9184B 265th St. Clear Lake,
Iowa
|
December 8, 2000 1:30 to 4:30 p.m.
|
|
Spencer High School 800 E. Third St. Spencer,
Iowa
|
December 8, 2000 1:30 to 4:30 p.m.
|
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567] (ICN
Network) (Cont’d)
|
|
|
Fort Dodge High School 819 N. 25th St. Fort Dodge,
Iowa
|
December 8, 2000 1:30 to 4:30 p.m.
|
|
Iowa City Public Library 123 S. Linn St. Iowa City,
Iowa
|
December 8, 2000 1:30 to 4:30 p.m.
|
|
Indian Hills Community College 651 Indian Hills
Dr. Ottumwa, Iowa
|
December 8, 2000 1:30 to 4:30 p.m.
|
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
|
|
Child care assistance program, 7.1, 7.5(9), 11.1, 93.151,
170.1, 170.9 IAB 11/29/00 ARC 0310B
|
Seventh Floor Conference Room Suite 600, Iowa Bldg. 411
Third St. SE Cedar Rapids, Iowa
|
December 21, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
CPI Conference Room 417 E. Kanesville Blvd. Council
Bluffs, Iowa
|
December 21, 2000 8 a.m.
|
|
Large Conference Room Fifth Floor, Bicentennial
Bldg. 428 Western Davenport, Iowa
|
December 20, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room 104 City View Plaza 1200
University Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 20, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Liberty Room, Mohawk Square 22 N. Georgia Ave. Mason
City, Iowa
|
December 20, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room 3 120 E. Main Ottumwa, Iowa
|
December 20, 2000 1 p.m.
|
|
Fifth Floor 520 Nebraska St. Sioux City, Iowa
|
December 20, 2000 1:30 p.m.
|
|
Conference Room 420 Pinecrest Office Bldg. 1407
Independence Ave. Waterloo, Iowa
|
December 20, 2000 3 p.m.
|
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT[471]
|
|
Contested cases, ch 6 IAB 11/29/00 ARC
0297B
|
Director’s Conference Room Level B Hoover State
Office Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 19, 2000 9 to 10 a.m.
|
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT[471]
(Cont’d)
|
|
Waivers, ch 7 IAB 11/29/00 ARC 0328B
|
Director’s Conference Room Level B Hoover State
Office Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 19, 2000 9 to 10 a.m.
|
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
|
|
Financial information regulation, ch 90 IAB 11/29/00
ARC 0325B (See also ARC 0334B
herein)
|
330 Maple Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 19, 2000 10 a.m.
|
IOWA FINANCE AUTHORITY[265]
|
|
Private activity bond allocation, 8.1, 8.3 to 8.5, 8.9,
8.10 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0286B
|
Conference Room, Suite 250 100 E. Grand Ave. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 9 a.m.
|
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
|
|
Decertification or suspension actions, 1.1, 5.1, 6.2,
6.3(2) IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0276B
|
Conference Room Camp Dodge Johnston, Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 9 a.m.
|
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
|
|
Cosmetology arts and sciences examiners—licensure,
fees, chs 60 and 62 IAB 11/29/00 ARC 0319B
|
Board Conference Room—5th Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 20, 2000 9 to 11 a.m.
|
Cosmetology arts and sciences examiners—continuing
education, discipline, ch 64, 65.1, 65.12 IAB 11/29/00 ARC
0320B
|
Board Conference Room—5th Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 20, 2000 9 to 11 a.m.
|
Physician assistant examiners, 325.4(1), 325.5, 325.19, ch
328 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0275B
|
Board Conference Room—5th Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 6, 2000 9 to 11 a.m.
|
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
|
|
Authority of emergency medical care personnel, 132.1,
132.2 IAB 11/29/00 ARC 0326B (ICN Network)
|
Public Library 21 E. Third St. Spencer, Iowa
|
December 19, 2000 1 to 2 p.m.
|
|
National Guard Armory 1712 LaClark Rd. Carroll,
Iowa
|
December 19, 2000 1 to 2 p.m.
|
|
National Guard Armory 315 12th Ave. NW Hampton,
Iowa
|
December 19, 2000 1 to 2 p.m.
|
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641] (ICN Network)
(Cont’d)
|
|
|
ICN Room, Sixth Floor Lucas State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
December 19, 2000 1 to 2 p.m.
|
|
National Guard Armory 195 Radford Rd. Dubuque,
Iowa
|
December 19, 2000 1 to 2 p.m.
|
|
National Guard Armory 501 Hwy. 1 South Washington,
Iowa
|
December 19, 2000 1 to 2 p.m.
|
Trauma system—references, 134.2, 135.2(1) IAB
11/15/00 ARC 0274B (ICN Network)
|
National Guard Armory 11 E. 23rd St. Spencer,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1 to 2 p.m.
|
|
National Guard Armory 1712 LaClark Rd. Carroll,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1 to 2 p.m
|
|
National Guard Armory 315 12th Ave. NW Hampton,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1 to 2 p.m
|
|
ICN Room, Second Floor Grimes State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1 to 2 p.m
|
|
National Guard Armory 195 Radford Rd. Dubuque,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1 to 2 p.m
|
|
National Guard Armory 501 Hwy. 1 South Washington,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1 to 2 p.m
|
SUBSTANCE ABUSE COMMISSION[643]
|
|
Regions for substance abuse prevention and treatment, ch
9 IAB 11/29/00 ARC 0324B
|
Room 417 Lucas State Office Bldg. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
January 4, 2001 1 p.m.
|
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
|
|
Consent for the sale of goods and services, 26.1,
26.4(2) IAB 11/29/00 ARC 0300B
|
Small Materials Conference Room 800 Lincoln Way Ames,
Iowa
|
December 21, 2000 1 p.m. (If
requested)
|
Special permits for operation and movement of vehicles and
loads of excess size and weight, 511.1 to 511.16 IAB 11/29/00 ARC
0299B
|
Conference Room Park Fair Mall 100 Euclid Ave. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
December 21, 2000 10 a.m. (If
requested)
|
AGENCY IDENTIFICATION
NUMBERS
Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering
system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
“Umbrella” agencies and elected officials are set
out below at the left–hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out
in lowercase type under their statutory “umbrellas.”
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the
original reorganization legislation as “umbrella” agencies are
included alphabetically in small capitals at the left–hand margin, e.g.,
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS’ AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD,
IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of African–Americans, Division on
the[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY
COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY
COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION
ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK
FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY
COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION,
IOWA[727]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD,
IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION,
IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
TURKEY MARKETING COUNCIL,
IOWA[787]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS
COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION
COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers’ Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development
Center Administration Division[877]
NOTICES
ARC 0331B
EMPOWERMENT BOARD,
IOWA[349]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code Supplement section
28.4(9), the Iowa Empowerment Board hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 1, “Iowa Empowerment Board,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Item 1 amends the parenthetical implementation for each rule
in Chapter 1.
Item 2 clarifies the purpose of community empowerment and sets
forth desired results.
Item 3 defines “fiscal agent” to include community
action agencies and rescinds a definition not needed for
implementation.
Item 4 establishes an office of empowerment in the Department
of Management.
Item 5 increases the citizen members of the Iowa Empowerment
Board from 12 to 13 and adds the Director of the Department of Human
Rights.
Item 6 clarifies reporting requirements on local indicators of
performance.
Item 7 clarifies the process for establishing the process for
reporting results.
Item 8 adds language regarding community empowerment areas
acquiring necessary insurance coverage and developing a five– and
ten–year Iowa Empowerment Board plan; directs Empowerment Board to make
funding formula proposals; identifies grant award time lines; and describes
funding formula for school ready dollars.
Item 9 clarifies which entities may serve as fiscal
agents.
Item 10 directs that core functions be established for home
visitation, parent support and preschool services.
Item 11 clarifies membership of community empowerment
boards.
Item 12 defines community empowerment boards as units of local
government for tort liability purposes.
Item 13 defines the terms of office for community empowerment
boards.
Item 14 adds community action agencies as possible fiscal
agents for community empowerment boards.
Item 15 describes the role of the decategorization
board.
Item 16 describes the components of the empowerment grant
program.
Item 17 describes appropriate use of school ready
dollars.
Item 18 describes statewide indicators and performance to be
described in the annual report.
Item 19 clarifies the funding of grant awards.
Item 20 describes eligibility for early childhood
funds.
Item 21 describes school ready application period.
Item 22 describes Iowa empowerment fund and early childhood
programs grant account.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed amendments prior to January 10, 2001. Such written materials
should be directed to the Office of Empowerment, Department of Management, Room
12, State Capitol Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319; fax (515)281–4225; or
E–mail Kris.Bell@idom.state.ia.us. Persons who wish to convey
their views orally should contact the Office of Empowerment at
(515)281–4537 or (515)281–4321 or at the Office of Empowerment in
Room 12 at the State Capitol Building.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code
Supplement chapter 28 and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1223.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 349—Chapter 1
by changing the parenthetical implementation from “77GA,SF2406” to
“28” wherever it appears.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 349—1.2(28) as
follows:
349—1.2(28) Purpose. Pursuant to 1998
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2406, section 12, it is the intent of these rules to
support families and to prepare children for school. Pursuant to
Iowa Code Supplement section 28.2, it is the intent that these rules apply to
the establishment of community empowerment areas for the purpose of empowering
individuals and their communities to achieve desired results for improving the
quality of life in the communities in this state. The role of the Iowa
empowerment board, the state, and local governments is to support and facilitate
growth of individual and community responsibility in place of the directive role
that the public has come to expect of government. Toward this goal, these
rules shall accomplish the following:
1. 1.2(1) Foster collaboration
among state agencies which shall initially include the departments of human
services, education, and public health and allow for the coordination of these
agencies’ funding and other resources.
2. 1.2(2) Establish community
empowerment areas with broad community representation with the goal of providing
services collaboratively to families and children from birth through five years
of age for the purpose of improving the quality of life for families with young
children.
1.2(3) By June 30, 2005, through the
community empowerment initiative, every community in Iowa will have developed
the capacity and commitment for using local decision making to achieve the
following set of desired results:
a. Healthy children.
b. Children ready to succeed in school.
c. Safe and supportive communities.
d. Secure and nurturing families.
e. Secure and nurturing child care
environments.
ITEM 3. Amend rule
349—1.4(28), definitions of “fiscal agent” and
“five–year–old child,” as follows:
“Fiscal agent” means a public agency, as defined
in Iowa Code section 28E.2, a community action agency as defined in Iowa Code
section 216A.91, or a nonprofit corporation to be designated as the
fiscal agent for a community empowerment area.
“Five–year–old child” means a
child who is eligible for kindergarten (five years old by September 15), but is
not yet ready for the school experience.
ITEM 4. Adopt new rule
349—1.5(28) as follows:
349—1.5(28) Community empowerment office
established. A community empowerment office is established in accordance
with Iowa Code Supplement section 28.3.
1.5(1) This office shall be established as a division
of the department of management to provide a center for facilitation,
communication and coordination for community empowerment activities and
funding.
1.5(2) Staffing for this office shall be provided by a
facilitator appointed by the governor, subject to confirmation by the senate,
and who serves at the pleasure of the governor. A deputy and support staff may
be designated, subject to appropriation made for this purpose.
1.5(3) The facilitator shall provide primary staffing
to the board, coordinate state technical assistance activities and
implementation of the technical assistance system, and other communication and
coordination functions to move authority and decision–making
responsibility from the state to communities and individuals.
1.5(4) From the moneys deposited in the school ready
children grants account for the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2000, and ending
June 30, 2001, not more than $200,000 shall be allocated for the community
empowerment office and other technical assistance activities. It is the intent
of the general assembly that regional technical assistance teams be established
and include staff from various agencies, community colleges, and the Iowa state
university of science and technology cooperative extension service in
agriculture and home economics. The state empowerment board shall direct staff
to work with the advisory council to inventory technical assistance needs.
Funds allocated under this subrule may be used by the state empowerment board
for the purpose of skills development and support for ongoing training of the
regional technical assistance teams. However, funds shall not be used for
additional staff or for the reimbursement of staff.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 349—1.6(28),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
349—1.6(28) Iowa empowerment board created. An
Iowa empowerment board is created in accordance with 1998 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2406, section 3 Iowa Code Supplement section 28.3.
Initial appointments shall be made in accordance with 1998 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2406 chapter 1206, section 18.
Additional member appointments to the board shall be made in accordance with
Iowa Code Supplement section 28.3 and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1223, section 17.
The Iowa empowerment board shall consist of 17 voting members with 13 citizen
members and 4 state agency members. The 4 state agency members shall be the
directors of the following departments: education, human rights, human
services, and public health. The 13 citizen members shall be appointed by the
governor, subject to confirmation by the senate. The governor’s
appointments of citizen members shall be made in a manner so that each of the
state’s congressional districts is represented by 2 citizen members and so
that all the appointments as a whole reflect the ethnic, cultural, social, and
economic diversity of the state. The governor’s appointees shall be
selected from individuals nominated by community empowerment boards. The
nominations shall reflect the range of interests represented on the community
boards so that the governor is able to appoint one or more members each for
education, health, human services, business, faith, and public interests. At
least 1 of the citizen members shall be a service consumer or the parent of a
service consumer. Terms of office of all citizen members are three years. A
vacancy on the board shall be filled in the same manner as the original
appointments for the balance of the unexpired term.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 1.7(1) as
follows:
1.7(1) In the event that additional appropriations are
made to the Iowa empowerment fund account for distribution to the community
empowerment areas, continued receipt of those funds is
contingent shall result upon showing evidence
that the submission to and approval by the Iowa empowerment board of
local community empowerment board reports identifying progress has
been made toward achieving results as measured through the use of core
indicators of performance.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 1.7(6),
paragraph “d,” as follows:
d. The board shall establish guidelines for reporting progress
by local empowerment areas, including progress made toward achieving
results.
(1) The board shall implement a process for community
empowerment areas to identify results.
(2) The board shall submit results to the governor and
general assembly.
ITEM 8. Adopt new subrules
1.7(7) to 1.7(11) as follows:
1.7(7) The board shall develop guidelines for
recommended coverage and take other actions to assist community empowerment area
boards in acquiring necessary insurance or other liability coverage at a
reasonable cost.
1.7(8) The board shall, with extensive community
input, develop and annually update a five–year plan for coordinating,
blending, taking other actions to assist community empowerment and
redistributing state–administered funding streams made available to
community empowerment boards for children aged birth through five.
1.7(9) The board shall, with extensive community
input, develop and annually update a ten–year plan for consolidating,
blending, and redistributing state–administered funding streams made
available to community empowerment areas for other age groups.
The focus for the early years of the ten–year plan shall
be on the efforts of the board and affected state agencies to facilitate
implementation of individual community empowerment area board requests for
pooling, consolidating, blending, and redistributing state–administered
funding streams for other age groups.
1.7(10) The board shall develop a distribution formula
for allocation of school ready children grant funding to new applicants and to
applicants for renewal following expiration of the original grants’
funding period. This formula shall be developed in accordance with 1999 Iowa
Acts, chapter 190, section 18.
The board shall submit its recommended formula to the governor
and general assembly by December 15, 1999, for enactment by July 1,
2001.
1.7(11) Beginning July 1, 1999, the duration of the
second year of school ready children grants that were initially funded in the
previous fiscal year shall be shortened to end on June 30, 2000, and the amount
of the grant paid out in the fiscal year beginning July 1, 1999, shall be
prorated accordingly.
a. Beginning July 1, 1999, the three partially funded
empowerment areas shall receive full funding in accordance with 1999 Iowa Acts,
chapter 190, section 18.
b. For the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2000, in awarding
grants and establishing grant amounts for all designated community empowerment
areas that have never been awarded a school ready children grant, the Iowa
empowerment board shall use the following formula criteria and weightings for
distribution of grant moneys: 0 to 5 population at 185 percent poverty (45
percent); 0 to 5 population (35 percent) and base (20 percent). This provision
is not applicable to those designated community empowerment areas that were
awarded a school ready children grant prior to the fiscal year beginning July 1,
2000, and those areas shall be held harmless from the provisions implemented by
the Iowa empowerment board pursuant to this paragraph.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 1.10(7) as
follows:
1.10(7) Designation of a public agency to be
the fiscal agent for the community empowerment area. of this state,
as defined in Iowa Code section 28E.2, a community action agency, as defined in
Iowa Code section 216A.91, or a nonprofit corporation, to be the fiscal agent
for grant moneys and for other moneys administered by the community
board.
ITEM 10. Adopt new subrule
1.10(9) as followsand renumber subrules 1.10(9) to 1.10(11) as
1.10(10) to 1.10(12):
1.10(9) Identification of core functions for home
visitation, parent support and preschool services provided under a school ready
children grant.
ITEM 11. Amend subrule 1.12(1) as
follows:
1.12(1) A majority of the members of a
community empowerment area board shall be private citizens and elected
officials. At least one member shall be a service consumer or the parent of a
service consumer. Additional membership shall include a community volunteer and
at least one decision–making representative from each of the following
agencies: education, public health and human services.
Community empowerment area functions shall be performed under the authority
of a community empowerment board. A majority of the members of a community
board shall be elected officials and members of the public who are not
employed by a provider of services to or for the community board. At
least one member shall be a service consumer or the parent of a service
consumer. Terms of office of community board members shall not be more than
three years and the terms shall be staggered. The balance of
the members may be individuals who are employees of or who receive compensation
from any of the following:
1. A school district.
2. A county.
3. A local board of health.
4. A hospital.
5. A charitable funding group.
6. The department of human
services.
7. A religious institution.
8. An area education agency.
9. Juvenile court services.
10. An area substance abuse agency.
11. A community action program.
12. A city.
13. A business organization.
14. A labor organization.
15. A service club.
16. A business.
17. Consumers.
18. A private, community–based
organization.
19. A neighborhood association.
20. A child care resource and referral
service.
21. A library.
22. Others as determined by the community empowerment
board, such as public health providers, individuals with early childhood
expertise, or child care providers.
a. The membership of a community empowerment area board
shall include members with education, health, human services, business, faith
and public interests.
b. In the event of a disagreement arising within a
community empowerment area regarding the interests represented on the community
board, board decisions, or other disputes that cannot be locally resolved, state
or regional technical assistance may be provided, upon request, to assist the
area in resolving the disagreement.
ITEM 12. Adopt new subrule
1.12(3) as follows:
1.12(3) A community empowerment area board is a unit
of local government for purposes of Iowa Code chapter 670, relating to tort
liability of governmental subdivisions.
ITEM 13. Amend subrule 1.13(2) as
follows:
1.13(2) The initial membership of the
community board as identified in 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2406, section 14,
subsection 1, shall be established in the proposal submitted to the board.
One–third of the members shall serve for a one–year term,
one–third for a two–year term, and one–third for a
three–year term. A majority of the members of a community
board shall be elected officials and members of the public who are not employed
by a provider of services to or for the community board. Terms of office of
community board members shall be not more than three years and the terms shall
be staggered.
ITEM 14. Amend subrule 1.16(1),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. Designate a public agency of this state, as defined in Iowa
Code section 28E.2, a community action agency, as defined in Iowa Code
section 216A.91, or a nonprofit corporation to be the fiscal agent for grant
moneys and for other moneys administered by the community board.
ITEM 15. Adopt new subrules
1.16(3) and 1.16(4) as follows:
1.16(3) A decategorization governance board shall
coordinate the board’s planning and budgeting activities with the
community empowerment area board for the community empowerment area within which
the decategorization county is located.
1.16(4) Over time, a plan must be developed to
incorporate the decategorization board into the community empowerment area
board.
ITEM 16. Amend rule 349—1.19(28) as
follows:
349—1.19(28) Grant components. The departments
of education, human services, and public health shall jointly develop and
promote an Iowa empowerment grant program which shall provide for all of the
following components.
1.19(1) Core functions. Core functions that
are components of services to provide a common foundation across the state for
the development and implementation of home visitation, parent support and
preschool services.
1.19(1) 1.19(2) Core
indicators. Core indicators of performance that will measure the effectiveness
of the programs and services as outlined in the Iowa empowerment grant plan to
support families and children in advancing all aspects of their health and
development. At a minimum, community empowerment boards shall develop core
indicators that address the following and that will be used to measure progress
with respect to the current status and the desired status:
a. Early childhood environments.
(1) Children have access to safe, nurturing
environments that are developmentally appropriate in promoting the social,
emotional, physical, and intellectual growth of children.
(2) Early childhood programs have identified standards
of quality that are based on research and best practices.
b. Health.
(1) Children receive regular health care, dental care,
nutrition, and physical experiences needed to promote healthy minds and
bodies.
(2) Families receive early and continuing prenatal
care which shall include parent education and support.
c. Parent education and support.
(1) Parents enhance their knowledge about child
development and about how to support their children’s learning and life
skills development.
(2) Parents utilize early childhood services as needed
and rate them as effective and responsive in meeting family
needs.
a. Healthy children.
b. Children ready to succeed in school.
c. Safe and supportive communities.
d. Secure and nurturing families.
e. Secure and nurturing child care
environments.
1.19(2) 1.19(3)
Additional indicators. Community empowerment areas may expand upon the
indicators identified above. Technical assistance will be provided to community
empowerment areas in developing the empowerment area–specific indicators
to be used to meet the local goals.
ITEM 17. Adopt new subrules
1.23(5) and 1.23(6) as follows:
1.23(5) Beginning July 1, 1999, up to 3 percent, not
to exceed $60,000, of the school ready children grant moneys may be used by the
community board for administrative costs and other implementation
expenses.
1.23(6) For the fiscal year beginning July 1, 1999,
applicant community empowerment areas are encouraged to continue to meet the
current practice of committing approximately 60 percent of any approved school
ready children grant funding to home visitation and parent support services for
families with newborns and infants, based upon local community needs
assessments.
ITEM 18. Amend rule 349—1.25(28) as
follows:
349—1.25(28) Annual report. The community board
shall submit an annual report on the effectiveness of the program in addressing
school readiness and children’s health and safety needs to the Iowa
empowerment board and to the local governing bodies. The annual report shall
indicate the effectiveness of the community board in achieving state and locally
determined core indicators of performance. As a conditionof receiving
funding, each local empowerment board shallreport to the state empowerment board
progress on each of the following state indicators approved by the state
board:
1. Low birth weight;
2. Rate of immunization by age 2;
3. Children entering kindergarten are ready for
school;
4. Incidence of child abuse;
5. Teen birth rate;
6. Serious crime;
7. Juvenile arrests;
8. Poverty level;
9. Employment rate;
10. Child abuse in a child care setting; and
11. Availability of child care.
Local empowerment boards shall also report on progress on
locally selected indicators.
ITEM 19. Amend subrule 1.26(1) as
follows:
1.26(1) A school ready children grant shall be
awarded to a community board for a three–year period, with annual payments
made to the community board. School ready children grant
account funds shall be distributed through a grant application process. Grant
awards shall be contingent upon the availability of funds.
ITEM 20. Amend rule 349—1.28(28),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
349—1.28(28) Eligible for other funds.
Community empowerment areas approved to receive Iowa empowerment funds
to support a school ready children program are also eligible to receive moneys
to support an early childhood program. Designated community
empowerment areas are eligible to receive school ready children grant funding
and early childhood program grants.
ITEM 21. Amend rule 349—1.29(28) as
follows:
349—1.29(28) Application period. The
initial school ready children grant application period begins July 1,
1998. The school ready children grant application period begins
July 1 of the current fiscal year. The deadline for applications for
school ready grants shall be on the last Friday of August, with grant awards to
be made on the first Monday of October. Subsequent grant periods will be
based upon availability of funding.
ITEM 22. Amend rule 349—1.31(28) as
follows:
349—1.31(28) Iowa empowerment fund. An Iowa
empowerment fund is created in the state treasury as specified in 1998
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2406, section 9 Iowa Code Supplement section
28.9. A school ready children program account is created in the Iowa
empowerment fund under the authority of the Iowa empowerment board to be
administered by the director of the department of education. Moneys credited to
the account shall be distributed by the department of education to designated
community empowerment areas pursuant to criteria established by the Iowa board
in accordance with law. An early childhood programs grant account is created
in the Iowa empowerment fund and shall be distributed by the department of human
services in the form of grants to community empowerment areas pursuant to
criteria established by the Iowa board in accordance with law. The criteria
shall include but are not limited to a requirement that a community empowerment
area must be designated by the Iowa board in accordance with Iowa Code
Supplement section 28.5 in order to be eligible to receive an early childhood
programs grant.
ARC 0330B
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING EXAMINING
BOARD[193C]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 542B.6, the
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 1, “Administration,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments revise the requirements for licensure by
comity for engineers who are licensed in another jurisdiction and are seeking
licensure in Iowa.
Waiver of these rules can be sought pursuant to 193C—
Chapter 7, “Waivers or Variances from Rules.”
Any interested person may make written or oral suggestions or
comments on these proposed amendments on or before December 19, 2000. Comments
should be directed to Gleean Coates, Executive Officer, Engineering and Land
Surveying Examining Board, 1918 SE Hulsizer Road, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or by
telephone (515)281-7360.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
542B.20.
The following amendments are proposed:
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 1.4(5) as
follows:
1.4(5) Licensure by comity. Any person who has been
licensed as a professional engineer in a foreign jurisdiction may be considered
for licensure in Iowa without the need for further examination if the original
license based on approved examination is in active status. Applications for
licensure by comity will be evaluated on the following basis:
a. The applicant’s foreign licensure must have been
granted only after satisfaction of requirements equal to or more stringent than
those which would be required by Iowa Code section 542B.14, if the
applicant’s original licensure was sought in Iowa; and
b. The applicant’s present record of education,
references, practical experience, and successful completion of approved
examinations currently satisfies the substantive requirements of Iowa Code
section 542B.14.
c. A comity applicant for licensure in land surveying shall
comply with subrule 1.4(5), paragraphs “a” and “b, ”
above; be interviewed by the land surveyor member(s) of the board; complete
successfully the Iowa State Specific Examination; and complete successfully
other examinations as determined by the board.
d. In lieu of the detailed personal history requested on an
application for licensing, an applicant for licensure by comity may submit
educational and professional records as verified by that person’s NCEES
Council Record.
e. A temporary permit to practice engineering in the state may
be granted to a comity applicant upon approval of a professional engineer member
of the board. The temporary permit shall expire at the next regularly scheduled
meeting of the board. Temporary permits shall be granted only to applicants who
meet all requirements and who are expected to qualify for approval by the full
board at the next meeting.
f. If a comity applicant did not have the required
four years of experience before writing the professional examination, the board
may approve the application for licensure if the applicant satisfies all other
conditions of licensure, the applicant has not been disciplined in any other
jurisdiction, and the applicant has had at least five years of practical
engineering experience of a character satisfactory to the board since initial
licensure.
ITEM 2. Renumber subrule 1.4(6) as
1.4(7) and adopt new subrule 1.4(6) as follows:
1.4(6) Comity licensure for applicants who completed
the professional examination before completing the experience
requirement.
a. Purpose. Licensure requirements for professional engineers
are generally consistent across jurisdictions, but occasionally the board
receives an application for comity licensure from an applicant who was allowed
to complete the professional engineering examination before completing the
practical engineering experience required of Iowa applicants. This subrule is
intended to provide a mechanism for comity applicants faced with this situation
to become licensed in Iowa without retaking the professional
examination.
b. Licensure conditions. If an applicant for comity licensure
as a professional engineer satisfies all four of the licensing requirements set
forth in Iowa Code section 542B.14(1) (i.e., education, fundamentals
examination, four or more years of practical engineering experience of a
character satisfactory to the board, and professional examination) at the time
of application, but the applicant was permitted by the jurisdiction of initial
licensure to complete the professional examination with a shortfall of the
practical experience required of professional examination candidates in Iowa,
the board may approve the applicant for comity licensure without further written
examination pursuant to Iowa Code section 542B.20, if the applicant has had,
since initial licensure, additional practical engineering experience of a
character satisfactory to the board of at least twice the shortfall. Under no
circumstances will the amount of additional experience required be less than six
months.
ARC 0310B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 7, “Appeals and
Hearings,” Chapter 11, “Overpayments,” Chapter 93,
“PROMISE JOBS Program,” and Chapter 170, “Child Care
Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These proposed amendments implement recoupment procedures for
the child care assistance program, including child care payments received
through the PROMISE JOBS program.
Under these amendments, all child care assistance overpayments
resulting from client or provider errors shall be subject to recoupment. Agency
errors shall not be recouped from clients or providers.
The Department of Inspections and Appeals shall notify all
clients and providers when the Department of Human Services determines that an
overpayment exists. Notification shall include the amount, date and reason for
the overpayment. The county office shall provide additional information
regarding the computation of the overpayment upon the client’s or
provider’s request. The client or provider may appeal the computation of
the overpayment and any action to recover the overpayment.
Upon notification of the overpayment, the client or provider
may choose to make a lump sum payment or make periodic installment payments when
an agreement to do this is made with the Department of Inspections and Appeals.
Failure by the client or provider to negotiate a repayment agreement or to make
payment as agreed shall result in the withholding of all state payments to the
client or provider, including income tax returns and state checks for wages or
services rendered.
These amendments do not provide for waivers to the recoupment
process because individuals may request a waiver of the recoupment provisions
under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule
441—1.8(217).
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or
before December 20, 2000.
Oral presentations may be made by persons appearing at the
following meetings. Written comments will also be accepted at these
times.
Cedar Rapids—December 21, 2000 10 a.m.
Cedar Rapids Regional Office
Iowa Building – Suite 600
Seventh Floor Conference Room
411 Third St. S.E.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401
Council Bluffs—December 21, 2000 8 a.m.
CPI Conference Room
Council Bluffs Regional Office
417 E. Kanesville Boulevard
Council Bluffs, Iowa 51501
Davenport—December 20, 2000 10 a.m.
Davenport Area Office
Bicentennial Building—Fifth Floor
Large Conference Room
428 Western
Davenport, Iowa 52801
Des Moines—December 20, 2000 10 a.m.
Des Moines Regional Office
City View Plaza
Conference Room 104
1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa 50314
Mason City—December 20, 2000
10 a.m.
Mason City Area Office
Mohawk Square, Liberty Room
22 North Georgia Avenue
Mason City, Iowa 50401
Ottumwa—December 20, 2000
1 p.m.
Ottumwa Area Office
Conference Room 3
120 East Main
Ottumwa, Iowa 52501
Sioux City—December 20, 2000 1:30 p.m.
Sioux City Regional Office
Fifth Floor
520 Nebraska St.
Sioux City, Iowa 51101
Waterloo—December 20, 2000 3 p.m.
Waterloo Regional Office
Pinecrest Office Building
Conference Room 420
1407 Independence Avenue
Waterloo, Iowa 50703
Any persons who intend to attend a public hearing and have
special requirements such as hearing or vision impairments should contact the
Office of Policy Analysis at (515)281–8440 and advise of special
needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
234.6(6) and 239B.17 to 239B.22.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
441—7.1(17A), definition of “aggrieved person,” by
adopting the following new numbered paragraph
“10.”
10. Who is contesting a child care provider or child care
assistance client claim, as provided in rule 441—170.9(234).
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—7.5(17A) by
adopting the following new subrule:
7.5(9) Appeals of child care assistance benefit
overissuances or overpayments. Subject to the time limitations described in
subrule 7.5(4), a person’s right to appeal the existence, computation, and
amount of a child care assistance benefit overissuance or overpayment begins
when the person receives the first Form 470–3627, Demand Letter for Child
Care Assistance Provider Error Overissuance, or Form 470–3628, Demand
Letter for Child Care Assistance Client Error Benefit Overissuance, from the
department of human services, informing the person of the child care assistance
overpayment. A hearing shall not be held if an appeal is filed in response to a
second or subsequent Demand Letter for Child Care Assistance Provider Error
Overissuance or Demand Letter for Child Care Assistance Client Error Benefit
Overissuance.
ITEM 3. Amend rule
441—11.1(217,421), definitions of “debtor,”
“public assistance,” and “repayment agreement,” as
follows:
“Debtor” shall mean a current or former recipient
of public assistance (usually the head of the household) that
has been determined by the department to be responsible for the repayment of a
particular overpayment. For food stamps, “debtor” shall include all
adult members of the food stamp household participating at the time the
overpayment occurred. For child care assistance, “debtor” may
include the current or former provider or current or former recipient of child
care assistance.
“Public assistance” shall mean family investment
program, food stamps, medical assistance, state supplemental assistance, PROMISE
JOBS, transitional child care, child care assistance, and refugee cash
assistance.
“Repayment agreement” shall mean an agreement
entered into voluntarily between the department and the debtor for the repayment
of overpayments.
Agreements shall be made on Form 470–0495, Repayment
Contract, Form 470–0338, Demand Letter for Food Stamp Agency Error
Overissuance, Form 470–3486, Demand Letter for Food Stamp Intentional
Program Violation Overissuance, Form 470–3487, Demand Letter for Food
Stamp Inadvertent Household Error Overissuance, Form 470–2616, Demand
Letter for FIP/RCA Agency Error Overissuance, Form 470–3489, Demand Letter
for FIP/RCA Intentional Program Violation Overissuance, Form 470–3490,
Demand Letter for FIP/RCA Client Error Overissuance, and Form
470–2891, Demand Letter for Medicaid or State Supplementary Assistance
Overpayment, Form 470–3627, Demand Letter for Child Care Assistance
Provider Error Overissuance, or Form 470–3628, Demand Letter for Child
Care Assistance Client Error Benefit Overissuance.
ITEM 4. Amend rule
441—93.151(239B), introductory paragraphs, as follows:
441—93.151(239B) Recovery of PROMISE JOBS expense
allowances. When a participant or a provider receives an expense allowance
for transportation or other supportive expenses which are greater than allowed
under these rules or a duplicate payment of these expense allowances, an
overpayment is considered to have occurred and recovery is required. There are
two categories of PROMISE JOBS expense allowances subject to recovery: (1)
transportation and (2) other supportive expense allowances excluding
child care. The PROMISE JOBS worker shall notify the department of
inspections and appeals (DIA) to record the overpayment in the overpayment
recovery system at the same time that the client or provider is notified of the
overpayment. The outstanding balance of any overpayments which occurred prior
to July 1, 1990, shall be treated in the same manner. A PROMISE JOBS overpayment
shall be recovered through repayment in part or in full, or
through offsetting against future payments in the same category. Underpayments
and overpayments may be offset against each other in correcting incorrect
payments in the same category. Repayments received by the PROMISE JOBS unit and
information about recoveries made through offsetting shall be transmitted to the
Department of Human Services, Cashier’s Office.
Overpayments of PROMISE JOBS child care issued for months
prior to July 1999 shall be subject to recovery rules of the PROMISE JOBS
program. Overpayments of child care assistance issued for July 1999 and any
month thereafter are subject to recovery rules of the child care assistance
program set forth in rule 441—170.9(234).
ITEM 5. Amend rule
441—170.1(234) by adopting the following new
definitions in alphabetical order:
“Agency error” means any error that is not a
client or provider error.
“Client” means a current or former recipient of
the child care assistance program.
“Client error” means and may result
from:
• False or misleading
statements, oral or written, regarding the client’s income, resources, or
other circumstances which may affect eligibility or the amount of assistance
received;
• Failure to timely report
changes in income, resources, or other circumstances which may affect
eligibility or the amount of assistance received;
• Failure to timely report
the receipt of and, if applicable, to refund assistance in excess of the amount
shown on the most recent notice of decision;
• Failure to comply with the
need for service requirements.
“Overpayment” means any benefit or payment
received in an amount greater than the amount the client or provider is entitled
to receive.
“Parent” means the parent or the person who serves
in the capacity of the parent of the child receiving child care assistance
services.
“Provider” means the provider of the child care
assistance.
“Provider error” means and may result
from:
• Presentation for payment
of any false or fraudulent claim for services or merchandise;
• Submittal of false
information for the purpose of obtaining greater compensation than that to which
the provider is legally entitled;
• Charging the department an
amount for services rendered over and above what is charged private pay clients
for the same services.
“Recoupment” means the repayment of an overpayment
by a payment from the client or provider or both.
ITEM 6. Amend 441—Chapter 170 by
adopting the following new rule.
441—170.9(234) Child care assistance overpayments.
All client or provider child care assistance overpayments shall be subject
to recoupment.
170.9(1) Notification and appeals. All clients or
providers shall be notified by the department of inspections and appeals, as
described at 441—subrule 7.5(9), when it is determined that an overpayment
exists. Notification shall include the amount, date and reason for the
overpayment. The county office shall provide additional information regarding
the computation of the overpayment upon the client’s or provider’s
request. The client or provider may appeal the computation of the overpayment
and any action to recover the overpayment in accordance with 441—subrule
7.5(9).
170.9(2) Determination of overpayments. All
overpayments due to client or provider error or due to benefits or payments
issued pending an appeal decision shall be recouped. Overpayments shall be
computed as if the information had been acted upon timely.
170.9(3) Benefits or payments issued pending appeal
decision. Recoupment of overpayments resulting from benefits or payments issued
pending a decision on an appeal hearing shall not occur until after a final
appeal decision is issued affirming the department.
170.9(4) Failure to cooperate. Failure by the client
to cooperate in the investigation of alleged overpayments shall result in
ineligibility for the months in question and the overpayment shall be the total
amount of assistance received during those months. Failure by the provider to
cooperate in the investigation of alleged overpayments shall result in payments
being recouped for the months in question.
170.9(5) Source of recoupment. The client or provider
may choose to make a lump sum payment or make periodic installment payments as
agreed to on Form 470–3627 or Form 470–3628. Failure to negotiate
an approved payment agreement may result in further collection action as
outlined in 441—Chapter 11.
170.9(6) Procedures for recoupment.
a. Referral. When the county office determines that an
overpayment exists, the case shall be referred to the department of inspections
and appeals for investigation, recoupment, or referral for possible
prosecution.
b. When financial circumstances change, the department of
inspections and appeals has the authority to revise the recoupment
plan.
c. Recoupment for client error overpayments shall be made from
the parent, or the person who serves in the capacity of the parent of the child,
who received child care assistance at the time the overpayment occurred. When
both parents were in the home at the time the overpayment occurred, both parents
are equally responsible for repayment of the overpayment.
170.9(7) Suspension and waiver. Recoupment will be
suspended on nonfraud overpayments when the amount of the overpayment is less
than $35. Recoupment will be waived on nonfraud overpayments of less than $35
which have been held in suspense for three years.
ARC 0311B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Termination
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4,the
Department of Human Services hereby terminates the rule making under the
provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” amending Chapter 52,
“Payment,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action regarding subrule 52.1(3) was
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on November 1, 2000, as ARC
0251B.
The substance of ARC 0251B was also Adopted and Filed
Emergency and published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on November 1, 2000,
as ARC 0231B. The purpose of ARC 0251B was to solicit comment on
that submission, the subject matter of which was incorporated by
reference.
The Adopted and Filed Emergency amendment increased the
maximum State Supplementary Assistance (SSA) residential care facility (RCF)
reimbursement rate for the month of November 2000 only. ARC 0305B herein
removes the one–month change under regular rule making effective February
1, 2001. ARC 0251B is now superfluous and is hereby
terminated.
ARC 0312B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 83, “Medicaid
Waiver Services,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments eliminate the 30–day institutional stay
requirement for the Home– and Community–Based (HCBS) Physical
Disability waiver program and provide that all waiver slots are available on a
first–come, first–served basis. The subrule regarding appeal to the
county is rescinded because the county has no responsibility for management of
or payment for these cases.
Under current policy, a person must be a resident of a medical
institution and have been a resident for at least 30 consecutive days at the
time of initial application for the physical disability waiver. The Legislature
did provide an exception to that policy, allowing up to ten persons, two per
Departmental region, who are in need of the skilled nursing facility or
intermediate nursing and who are not residents of a medical institution at the
time of application, to receive physical disability waiver services.
The Seventy–eighth General Assembly, in 2000 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1228, section 8, subsection 6, did direct the Department to aggressively
pursue options to expand the waiver to the limit of the number approved in the
waiver by the Secretary of the United States Department of Health and Human
Services (currently 120 persons). The General Assembly directed the openings to
be available on a first–come, first–served basis.
At the current time less than one–fourth of the
available slots are being accessed.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because these changes are required by legislation and the changes
confer a benefit on persons needing the services offered by the waiver who have
not been institutionalized.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or
before December 20, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—83.102(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 83.102(1) by rescinding and reserving
paragraph “g.”
Amend subrule 83.102(3) as follows:
83.102(3) Slots. The total number of persons
receiving HCBS physical disability waiver services in the state shall be limited
to the number provided in the waiver approved by the Secretary of the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services. Of these, ten slots during any
waiver year (two in each departmental region) shall be reserved for persons who
were not residents of a medical institution at the time of initial application
for the physical disability waiver as allowed by the exception under paragraph
83.102(1)“g.” These slots shall be available on a
first–come, first–served basis.
Amend subrule 83.102(5), paragraph
“b,” as follows:
b. On the third day after the receipt of the completed Form
470–0442 or 470–0660, if no slot is available, the division of
medical services shall enter persons on the HCBS physical disabilities waiver
state waiting list for institutionalized persons or on
a regional waiting list for the slots reserved for persons who are not
institutionalized according to the following:
(1) Persons not currently eligible for Medicaid shall be
entered on the basis of the date a completed Form 470–0442, Application
for Medical Assistance or State Supplementary Assistance, is submitted on or
after April 1, 1999, and date–stamped in the county department office.
Consumers currently eligible for Medicaid shall be added on the basis of the
date the consumer requests HCBS physical disability program services as
documented by the date of the consumer’s signature on Form 470–0660
submitted on or after April 1, 1999. In the event that more than one
application is received on the same day, persons shall be entered on the waiting
list on the basis of the day of the month of their birthday, the lowest number
being first on the list. Any subsequent tie shall be decided by the month of
birth, January being month one and the lowest number.
(2) Persons who do not fall within the available slots shall
have their applications rejected but their names shall be maintained on the
state waiting list for institutionalized persons or on
a regional waiting list for the slots reserved for persons who are not
institutionalized. As slots become available, persons shall be
selected from the waiting lists list to maintain the
number of approved persons on the program based on their order on the waiting
lists list.
Amend subrule 83.102(7) as follows:
83.102(7) HCBS physical disability waiver waiting
lists list. When services are denied because the
statewide limit for institutionalized persons
on the number of slots is reached, a notice of decision denying service
based on the limit and stating that the person’s name shall be put on a
statewide waiting list shall be sent to the person by the
department.
When services are denied because the two slots per
region for persons already residing in the community at the time of application
are filled, a notice of decision denying service based on the limit on those
slots and stating that the person’s name shall be put on a waiting list by
region for one of the community slots shall be sent to the person by the
department.
ITEM 2. Rescind and reserve subrule
83.109(1).
ARC 0297B
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT[471]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1141, the
Information Technology Department hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
adopt Chapter 6, “Contested Cases,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
This proposed chapter applies to contested case proceedings
conducted by the Information Technology Council. It allows for any person
claiming an entitlement to a contested case proceeding to file for such a
proceeding with the Information Technology Council.
The chapter details with specificity what procedures are to be
followed by both the Council and any involved parties regarding contested case
proceedings conducted by the Information Technology Council.
The chapter sets forth circumstances in which persons involved
in a contested case proceeding shall withdraw from participation in the making
of any proposed or final decisions. Also, the chapter allows for the
consolidation or severance of contested case proceedings under particular
circumstances.
The chapter includes policies regarding prohibited
communications in a contested case proceeding, and it sets forth which
communications are subject to such prohibition. In addition, the chapter
creates a procedure regarding Emergency Adjudicative proceedings by which the
Information Technology Department may take necessary emergency action to prevent
or avoid immediate danger to the public health, safety, or welfare.
Any interested person may make written or electronic
suggestions or comments on the proposed chapter on or before December 19, 2000.
Such material should be directed to the Information Technology Department, Level
B, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319; fax
(515)281–6137.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 19, 2000,
from 9 to 10 a.m. in the Director’s Conference Room, Information
Technology Department, Level B, Hoover State Office Building, at which time
persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the hearing,
persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record andto
confine their remarks to the subject of the rules. Persons with special needs
may contact the Information Technology Department prior to the hearing if
accommodations need to be made.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1141, and Iowa Code chapter 17A.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 6
CONTESTED CASES
471—6.1(17A) Scope and applicability. This
chapter applies to contested case proceedings conducted by the information
technology council.
471—6.2(17A) Definitions. Except where
otherwise specifically defined by law:
“Contested case” means a proceeding defined by
Iowa Code section 17A.2(5) and includes any matter defined as a no factual
dispute contested case under Iowa Code section 17A.10A.
“Issuance” means the date of mailing of a decision
or order or date of delivery if service is by other means unless another date is
specified in the order.
“Party” means each person or agency named or
admitted as a party or properly seeking and entitled as of right to be admitted
as a party.
“Presiding officer” means the information
technology council, one or more members of the council, or an administrative law
judge assigned to the case.
“Proposed decision” means the presiding
officer’s recommended findings of fact, conclusions of law, decision,
andorder in a contested case in which the majority of the information technology
council did not preside.
471—6.3(17A) Time requirements.
6.3(1) Time shall be computed as provided in Iowa Code
subsection 4.1(34).
6.3(2) For good cause, the presiding officer may
extend or shorten the time to take any action, except as precluded by statute or
by rule. Except for good cause stated in the record, before extending or
shortening the time to take any action, the presiding officer shall afford all
parties an opportunity to be heard or to file written arguments.
471—6.4(17A) Requests for contested case proceeding.
Any person claiming an entitlement to a contested case proceeding shall file
a written request for such a proceeding within the time specified by the
particular rules or statutes governing the subject matter or, in the absence of
such law, the time specified in the agency action in question.
The request for a contested case proceeding should state the
name and address of the requester, identify the specific agency action which is
disputed, and where the requesteris represented by a lawyer identify the
provisions of law or precedent requiring or authorizing the holding of a
contested case proceeding in the particular circumstances involved, and include
a short and plain statement of the issues of material fact in dispute.
471—6.5(17A) Notice of hearing.
6.5(1) Delivery. Delivery of the notice of hearing
constitutes the commencement of the contested case proceeding. Delivery may be
executed by:
a. Personal service as provided in the Iowa Rules of Civil
Procedure; or
b. Certified mail, return receipt requested; or
c. First–class mail; or
d. Publication, as provided in the Iowa Rules of Civil
Procedure.
6.5(2) Contents. The notice of hearing shall contain
the following information:
a. A statement of the time, place, and nature of the
hearing;
b. A statement of the legal authority and jurisdiction under
which the hearing is to be held;
c. A reference to the particular sections of the statutes and
rules involved;
d. A short and plain statement of the matters asserted. If
the agency or other party is unable to state the matters in detail at the time
the notice is served, the initial notice may be limited to a statement of the
issues involved. Thereafter, upon application, a more definite and detailed
statement shall be furnished;
e. Identification of all parties including the name, address
and telephone number of the person who will act as an advocate for the agency or
the state and of parties’ counsel where known;
f. Reference to the procedural rules governing conduct of the
contested case proceeding;
g. Reference to the procedural rules governing informal
settlement;
h. Identification of the presiding officer, if known. If not
known, a description of who will serve as presiding officer (e.g., the
information technology council, members of the council, administrative law
judge); and
i. Notification of the time period in which a party may
request, pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.11 and rule 6.6(17A), that the
presiding officer be an administrative law judge.
471—6.6(17A) Presiding officer.
6.6(1) Any party who wishes to request that the
presiding officer assigned to render a proposed decision be an administrative
law judge employed by the department of inspections and appeals must file a
written request within 20 days after service of a notice of hearing which
identifies or describes the presiding officer as the agency head or members of
the agency.
6.6(2) The agency may deny the request only upon a
finding that one or more of the following apply:
a. Neither the agency nor any officer of the agency under
whose authority the contested case is to take place is a named party to the
proceeding or a real party in interest to that proceeding.
b. There is a compelling need to expedite issuance of a final
decision in order to protect the public health, safety, or welfare.
c. An administrative law judge with the qualifications
identified in subrule 6.6(4) is unavailable to hear the case within a reasonable
time.
d. The case involves significant policy issues of first
impression that are inextricably intertwined with the factual issues
presented.
e. The demeanor of the witnesses is likely to be dispositive
in resolving the disputed factual issues.
f. Funds are unavailable to pay the costs of an administrative
law judge and an interagency appeal.
g. The request was not timely filed.
h. The request is not consistent with a specified
statute.
6.6(3) The agency shall issue a written ruling
specifying the grounds for its decision within 20 days after a request for an
administrative law judge is filed. If the ruling is contingent upon the
availability of an administrative law judge with the qualifications identified
in subrule 6.6(4), the parties shall be notified at least 10 days prior to the
hearing if a qualified administrative law judge will not be available.
6.6(4) An administrative law judge assigned to act as
presiding officer in any information technology department case shall have the
following technical expertise unless waived by the information technology
council: knowledge of contract law.
6.6(5) Except as provided otherwise by another
provision of law, all rulings by an administrative law judge acting as presiding
officer are subject to appeal to the council. A party must seek any available
intra–agency appeal in order to exhaust adequate administrative
remedies.
6.6(6) Unless otherwise provided by law, agency head
and members of multimembered agency heads, when reviewing a proposed decision
upon intra–agency appeal, shall have the powers of and shall comply with
the provisions of this chapter which apply to presiding officers.
471—6.7(17A) Waiver of procedures. Unless
otherwise precluded by law, the parties in a contested case proceeding may waive
any provision of this chapter. However, the agency in its discretion may refuse
to give effect to such a waiver when it deems the waiver to be inconsistent with
the public interest.
471—6.8(17A) Telephone or video proceedings. The
presiding officer may resolve preliminary procedural motions by telephone
conference in which all parties have an opportunity to participate. Other
telephone proceedings or interactive video proceedings may be held with the
consent of all parties. The presiding officer will determine the location of
the parties and witnesses for telephone or video hearings. The convenience of
the witnesses or parties, as well as the nature of the case, will be considered
when location is chosen. The cost of the telephone hearing or an interactive
video hearing may be assessed equally to each party.
471—6.9(17A) Disqualification.
6.9(1) A presiding officer or other person shall
withdraw from participation in the making of any proposed or final decision in a
contested case if that person:
a. Has a personal bias or prejudice concerning a party or a
representative of a party;
b. Has personally investigated, prosecuted or advocated in
connection with that case, the specific controversy underlying that case,
another pending factually related contested case, or a pending factually related
controversy that may culminate in a contested case involving the same
parties;
c. Is subject to the authority, direction or discretion of any
person who has personally investigated, prosecuted or advocated in connection
with that contested case, the specific controversy underlying that contested
case, or a pending factually related contested case or controversy involving the
same parties;
d. Has acted as counsel to any person who is a private party
to that proceeding within the past two years;
e. Has a personal financial interest in the outcome of the
case or any other significant personal interest that could be substantially
affected by the outcome of the case;
f. Has a spouse or relative within the third degree of
relationship that: (1) is a party to the case, or an officer, director or
trustee of a party; (2) is a lawyer in the case; (3) is known to have an
interest that could be substantially affected by the outcome of the case; or (4)
is likely to be a material witness in the case; or
g. Has any other legally sufficient cause to withdraw from
participation in the decision making in that case.
6.9(2) The term “personally investigated”
means taking affirmative steps to interview witnesses directly or to obtain
documents or other information directly. The term “personally
investigated” does not include general direction and supervision of
assigned investigators, unsolicited receipt of information which is relayed to
assigned investigators, review of another person’s investigative work
product in the course of determining whether there is probable cause to initiate
a proceeding, or exposure to factual information while performing other agency
functions, including fact gathering for purposes other than investigation of the
matter which culminates in a contested case. Factual information relevant to
the merits of a contested case received by a person who later serves as
presiding officer in that case shall be disclosed if required by Iowa Code
section 17A.17(3) and subrules 6.9(3) and 6.23(9).
6.9(3) In a situation where a presiding officer or
other person knows of information which might reasonably be deemed to be a basis
for disqualification and decides voluntary withdrawal is unnecessary, that
person shall submit the relevant information for the record by affidavit and
shall provide for the record a statement of the reasons for the determination
that withdrawal is unnecessary.
6.9(4) If a party asserts disqualification on any
appropriate ground, including those listed in subrule 6.9(1), the party shall
file a motion supported by an affidavit pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.17(7).
The motion must be filed as soon as practicable after the reason alleged in the
motion becomes known to the party.
If, during the course of the hearing, a party first becomes
aware of evidence of bias or other grounds for disqualification, the party may
move for disqualification but must es–tablish the grounds by the
introduction of evidence into the record.
If the presiding officer determines that disqualification is
appropriate, the presiding officer or other person shall withdraw. If the
presiding officer determines that withdrawal is not required, the presiding
officer shall enter an order to that effect. A party asserting disqualification
may seek an interlocutory appeal under rule 6.25(17A) and seek a stay under rule
6.30(17A).
471—6.10(17A)
Consolidation—severance.
6.10(1) Consolidation. The presiding officer may
consolidate any or all matters at issue in two or more contested case
proceedings where: (a) the matters at issue involve common parties or common
questions of fact or law; (b) consolidation would expedite and simplify
consideration of the issues involved; and (c) consolidation would not adversely
affect the rights of any of the parties to those proceedings.
6.10(2) Severance. The presiding officer may, for
good cause shown, order any contested case proceedings or portions thereof
severed.
471—6.11(17A) Pleadings.
6.11(1) Pleadings may be required by rule, by the
notice of hearing, or by order of the presiding officer.
6.11(2) Petition.
a. Any petition required in a contested case proceeding shall
be filed within 20 days of delivery of the notice of hearing or subsequent order
of the presiding officer, unless otherwise ordered.
b. A petition shall state in separately numbered paragraphs
the following:
(1) The persons or entities on whose behalf the petition is
filed;
(2) The particular provisions of statutes and rules
involved;
(3) The relief demanded and the facts and law relied upon for
such relief; and
(4) The name, address and telephone number of the petitioner
and the petitioner’s attorney, if any.
6.11(3) Answer. An answer shall be filed within 20
days of service of the petition unless otherwise ordered. A party may move to
dismiss or apply for a more definite and detailed statement when
appropriate.
An answer shall show on whose behalf it is filed and
specifically admit, deny, or otherwise answer all material allegations of the
pleading to which it responds. It shall state any facts deemed to show an
affirmative defense and contain as many additional defenses as the pleader may
claim.
An answer shall state the name, address and telephone number
of the person filing the answer, the person or entity on whose behalf it is
filed, and the attorney representing that person, if any.
Any allegation in the petition not denied in the answer is
considered admitted. The presiding officer may refuse to consider any defense
not raised in the answer which could have been raised on the basis of facts
known when the answer was filed if any party would be prejudiced.
6.11(4) Amendment. Any notice of hearing, petition,
or other charging document may be amended before a responsive pleading has been
filed. Amendments to pleadings after a responsive pleading has been filed and
to an answer may be allowed with the consent of the other parties or in the
discretion of the presiding officer who may impose terms or grant a
continuance.
471—6.12(17A) Service and filing of pleadings and
other papers.
6.12(1) When service required. Except where otherwise
provided by law, every pleading, motion, document, or other paper filed in a
contested case proceeding and every paper relating to discovery in such a
proceeding shall be served upon each of the parties of record to the proceeding,
including the person designated as advocate or prosecutor for the state or the
agency, simultaneously with their filing. Except for the original notice of
hearing and an application for rehearing as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.16(2), the party filing a document is responsible for service on all
parties.
6.12(2) Service—how made. Service upon a party
represented by an attorney shall be made upon the attorney unless otherwise
ordered. Service is made by delivery or by mailing a copy to the person’s
last–known address. Service by mail is complete upon mailing, except
where otherwise specifically provided by statute, rule, or order.
6.12(3) Filing—when required. After the notice
of hearing, all pleadings, motions, documents or other papers in a contested
case proceeding shall be filed with the Information Technology Department,
Hoover State Office Building, Level B, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. All pleadings,
motions, documents or other papers that are required to be served upon a party
shall be filed simultaneously with the information technology
department.
6.12(4) Filing—when made. Except where
otherwise provided by law, a document is deemed filed at the time it is
delivered to the Information Technology Department, Hoover State Office
Building, Level B, Des Moines, Iowa 50319, delivered to an established courier
service for immediate delivery to that office, or mailed by first–class
mail or state interoffice mail to that office, so long as there is proof of
mailing.
6.12(5) Proof of mailing. Proof of mailing includes
either: a legible United States Postal Service postmark on the envelope, a
certificate of service, a notarized affidavit, or a certification in substantial
conformity with the following form:
I certify under penalty of perjury and pursuant to the laws of
Iowa that, on (date of mailing), I mailed copies of (describe document)
addressed to the Information Technology Department, Hoover State Office
Building, Level B, Des Moines, Iowa 50319 and to the names and addresses of the
parties listed below by depositing the same in (a United States post office
mailbox with correct postage properly affixed or state interoffice
mail).
(Date) (Signature)
471—6.13(17A) Discovery.
6.13(1) Discovery procedures applicable in civil
actions are applicable in contested cases. Unless lengthened or shortened by
these rules or by order of the presiding officer, time periods for compliance
with discovery shall be as provided in the Iowa Rules of Civil
Procedure.
6.13(2) Any motion relating to discovery shall allege
that the moving party has previously made a good–faith attempt to resolve
the discovery issues involved with the opposing party. Motions in regard to
discovery shall be ruled upon by the presiding officer. Opposing parties shall
be afforded the opportunity to respond within ten days of the filing of the
motion unless the time is shortened as provided in subrule 6.12(1). The
presiding officer may rule on the basis of the written motion and any response,
or may order argument on the motion.
6.13(3) Evidence obtained in discovery may be used in
the contested case proceeding if that evidence would otherwise be admissible in
that proceeding.
471—6.14(17A) Subpoenas.
6.14(1) Issuance.
a. An agency subpoena shall be issued to a party on request.
Such a request must be in writing. In the absence of good cause for permitting
later action, a request for a subpoena must be received at least three days
before the scheduled hearing. The request shall include the name, address, and
telephone number of the requesting party.
b. Except to the extent otherwise provided by law, parties are
responsible for service of their own subpoenas and payment of witness fees and
mileage expenses.
6.14(2) Motion to quash or modify. The presiding
officer may quash or modify a subpoena for a lawful reason upon motion in
accordance with the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure. A motion to quash or modify
a subpoena shall be set for argument promptly.
471—6.15(17A) Motions.
6.15(1) No technical form for motions is required.
However, prehearing motions must be in writing, state the grounds for relief,
and state the relief sought.
6.15(2) Any party may file a written response to a
motion within ten days after the motion is served, unless the time period is
extended or shortened by rules of the agency or the presiding officer. The
presiding officer may consider a failure to respond within the required time
period in ruling on a motion.
6.15(3) The presiding officer may schedule oral
argument on any motion.
6.15(4) Motions pertaining to the hearing, except
motions for summary judgment, must be filed and served at least ten days prior
to the date of hearing unless there is good cause for permitting later action or
the time for such action is lengthened or shortened by rule of the agency or an
order of the presiding officer.
6.15(5) Motions for summary judgment. Motions for
summary judgment shall comply with the requirements of Iowa Rule of Civil
Procedure 237 and shall be subject to disposition according to the requirements
of that rule to the extent such requirements are not inconsistent with the
provision of this rule or any other provision of law governing the procedure in
contested cases.
Motions for summary judgment must be filed and served at least
45 days prior to the scheduled hearing date, or other time period determined by
the presiding officer. Any party resisting the motion shall file and serve a
resistance within 15 days, unless otherwise ordered by the presiding officer,
from the date a copy of the motion was served. The time fixed for hearing or
nonoral submission shall be not less than 20 days after the filing of the
motion, unless a shorter time is ordered by the presiding officer. A summary
judgment order rendered on all issues in a contested case is subject to
rehearing pursuant to 6.29(17A) and appeal pursuant to 6.28(17A).
471—6.16(17A) Prehearing conference.
6.16(1) Any party may request a prehearing conference.
A written request for prehearing conference or an order for prehearing
conference on the presiding officer’s own motion shall be filed not less
than seven days prior to the hearing date. A prehearing conference shall be
scheduled not less than three business days prior to the hearing date.
Written notice of the prehearing conference shall be given by
the information technology department to all parties. For good cause the
presiding officer may permit variances from this rule.
6.16(2) Each party shall bring to the prehearing
conference:
a. A final list of the witnesses whom the party anticipates
will testify at hearing. Witnesses not listed may be excluded from testifying
unless there was good cause for the failure to include their names;
and
b. A final list of exhibits which the party anticipates will
be introduced at hearing. Exhibits other than rebuttal exhibits that are not
listed may be excluded from admission into evidence unless there was good cause
for the failure to include them.
c. Witness or exhibit lists may be amended subsequent to the
prehearing conference within the time limits established by the presiding
officer at the prehearing conference. Any such amendments must be served on all
parties.
6.16(3) In addition to the requirements of subrule
6.16(2), the parties at a prehearing conference may:
a. Enter into stipulations of law or fact;
b. Enter into stipulations on the admissibility of
exhibits;
c. Identify matters which the parties intend to request be
officially noticed;
d. Enter into stipulations for waiver of any provision of law;
and
e. Consider any additional matters which will expedite the
hearing.
6.16(4) Prehearing conferences shall be conducted by
telephone unless otherwise ordered. Parties shall exchange and receive witness
and exhibit lists in advance of a telephone or video prehearing
conference.
471—6.17(17A) Continuances. Unless otherwise
provided, applications for continuances shall be made to the presiding
officer.
6.17(1) A written application for a continuance
shall:
a. Be made at the earliest possible time and no less than
seven days before the hearing except in case of unanticipated
emergencies;
b. State the specific reasons for the request; and
c. Be signed by the requesting party or the party’s
representative. An oral application for a continuance may be made if the
presiding officer waives the requirement for a written motion. However, a party
making such an oral application for a continuance must confirm that request by
written application within five days after the oral request unless that
requirement is waived by the presiding officer. No application for continuance
shall be made or granted without notice to all parties except in an emergency
where notice is not feasible. The agency may waive notice of such requests for
a particular case or an entire class of cases.
6.17(2) In determining whether to grant a continuance,
the presiding officer may consider:
a. Prior continuances;
b. The interests of all parties;
c. The likelihood of informal settlement;
d. The existence of an emergency;
e. Any objection;
f. Any applicable time requirements;
g. The existence of a conflict in the schedules of counsel,
parties, or witnesses;
h. The timeliness of the request; and
i. Other relevant factors.
The presiding officer may require documentation of any grounds
for continuance.
471—6.18(17A) Withdrawals. A party requesting a
contested case proceeding may withdraw that request prior to the hearing only in
accordance with agency rules. Unless otherwise provided, a withdrawal shall be
with prejudice.
471—6.19(17A) Intervention.
6.19(1) Motion. A motion for leave to intervene in a
contested case proceeding shall state the ground for the proposed intervention,
the position and interest of the proposed intervenor, and the possible impact of
intervention on the proceeding. A proposed answer or petition in intervention
shall be attached to the motion. Any party may file a response within 14 days
of service of the motion to intervene unless the time period is extended or
shortened by the presiding officer.
6.19(2) When filed. Motion for leave to intervene
shall be filed as early in the proceeding as possible to avoid adverse impact on
existing parties or the conduct of the proceeding. Unless otherwise ordered, a
motion for leave to intervene shall be filed before the prehearing conference,
if any, or at least 20 days before the date scheduled for hearing. Any later
motion must contain a statement of good cause for the failure to file in a
timely manner. Unless inequitable or unjust, an intervenor shall be bound by
any agreement, arrangement, or other matter previously raised in the case.
Requests by untimely intervenors for continuances which would delay the
proceeding will ordinarily be denied.
6.19(3) Grounds for intervention. The movant shall
demonstrate that: (a) intervention would not unduly prolong the proceedings or
otherwise prejudice the rights of existing parties; (b) the movant is likely to
be aggrieved or adversely affected by a final order in the proceeding; and (c)
the interests of the movant are not adequately represented by existing
parties.
6.19(4) Effect of intervention. If appropriate, the
presiding officer may order consolidation of the petitions and briefs of
different parties whose interests are aligned with each other and limit the
number of representatives allowed to participate actively in the proceedings. A
person granted leave to intervene is a party to the proceeding. The order
granting intervention may restrict the issues that may be raised by the
intervenor or otherwise condition the intervenor’s participation in the
proceeding.
471—6.20(17A) Hearing procedures.
6.20(1) The presiding officer presides at the hearing,
and may rule on motions, require briefs, issue a proposed decision, and issue
such orders and rulings as will ensure the orderly conduct of the
proceedings.
6.20(2) All objections shall be timely made and stated
on the record.
6.20(3) Parties have the right to participate or to be
represented in all hearings or prehearing conferences related to their case.
Partnerships, corporations, or associations may be represented by any member,
officer, director, or duly authorized agent. Any party may be represented by an
attorney or another person authorized by law.
6.20(4) Subject to terms and conditions prescribed by
the presiding officer, parties have the right to introduce evidence on issues of
material fact, cross–examine witnesses present at the hearing as necessary
for a full and true disclosure of the facts, present evidence in rebuttal, and
submit briefs and engage in oral argument.
6.20(5) The presiding officer shall maintain the
decorum of the hearing and may refuse to admit or may expel anyone whose conduct
is disorderly.
6.20(6) Witnesses may be sequestered during the
hearing.
6.20(7) The presiding officer shall conduct the
hearing in the following manner:
a. The presiding officer shall give an opening statement
briefly describing the nature of the proceedings;
b. The parties shall be given an opportunity to present
opening statements;
c. Parties shall present their cases in the sequence
determined by the presiding officer;
d. Each witness shall be sworn or affirmed by the presiding
officer or the court reporter, and be subject to examination and
cross–examination. The presiding officer may limit questioning in a
manner consistent with law;
e. When all parties and witnesses have been heard, parties may
be given the opportunity to present final arguments.
471—6.21(17A) Evidence.
6.21(1) The presiding officer shall rule on
admissibility of evidence and may, where appropriate, take official notice of
facts in accordance with all applicable requirements of law.
6.21(2) Stipulation of facts is encouraged. The
presiding officer may make a decision based on stipulated facts.
6.21(3) Evidence in the proceeding shall be confined
to the issues as to which the parties received notice prior to the hearing
unless the parties waive their right to such notice or the presiding officer
determines that good cause justifies expansion of the issues. If the presiding
officer decides to admit evidence on issues outside the scope of the notice over
the objection of a party who did not have actual notice of those issues, that
party, upon timely request, shall receive a continuance sufficient to amend
pleadings and to prepare on the additional issue.
6.21(4) The party seeking admission of an exhibit must
provide opposing parties with an opportunity to examine the exhibit prior to the
ruling on its admissibility. Copies of documents should normally be provided to
opposing parties.
All exhibits admitted into evidence shall be appropriately
marked and be made part of the record.
6.21(5) Any party may object to specific evidence or
may request limits on the scope of any examination or cross–examination.
Such an objection shall be accompanied by a brief statement of the grounds upon
which it is based. The objection, the ruling on the objection, and the reasons
for the ruling shall be noted in the record. The presiding officer may rule on
the objection at the time it is made or may reserve a ruling until the written
decision.
6.21(6) Whenever evidence is ruled inadmissible, the
party offering that evidence may submit an offer of proof on the record. The
party making the offer of proof for excluded oral testimony shall briefly
summarize the testimony or, with permission of the presiding officer, present
the testimony. If the excluded evidence consists of a document or exhibit, it
shall be marked as part of an offer of proof and inserted in the
record.
471—6.22(17A) Default.
6.22(1) If a party fails to appear or participate in a
contested case proceeding after proper service of notice, the presiding officer
may, if no adjournment is granted, enter a default decision or proceed with the
hearing and render a decision in the absence of the party.
6.22(2) Where appropriate and not contrary to law, any
party may move for default against a party who has requested the contested case
proceeding and has failed to file a required pleading or has failed to appear
after proper service.
6.22(3) Default decisions or decisions rendered on the
merits after a party has failed to appear or participate in a contested case
proceeding become final agency action unless, within 15 days (unless another
period of time is specifically specified by statute or rule) after the date of
notification or mailing of the decision, a motion to vacate is filed and served
on all parties or an appeal of a decision on the merits is timely initiated
within the time provided by rule 6.28(17A). A motion to vacate must state all
facts relied upon by the moving party which establish that good cause existed
for that party’s failure to appear or participate at the contested case
proceeding. Each fact so stated must be substantiated by at least one sworn
affidavit of a person with personal knowledge of each such fact, which must be
attached to the motion.
6.22(4) The time for further appeal of a decision for
which a timely motion to vacate has been filed is stayed pending a decision on
the motion to vacate.
6.22(5) Properly substantiated and timely filed
motions to vacate shall be granted only for good cause shown. The burden of
proof as to good cause is on the moving party. Adverse parties shall have ten
days to respond to a motion to vacate. Adverse parties shall be allowed to
conduct discovery as to the issue of good cause and to present evidence on the
issue prior to a decision on the motion, if a request to do so is included in
that party’s response.
6.22(6) “Good cause” for purposes of this
rule shall have the same meaning as “good cause” for setting aside a
default judgment under Iowa Rule of Civil Procedure 236.
6.22(7) A decision denying a motion to vacate is
subject to further appeal within the time limit allowed for further appeal of a
decision on the merits in the contested case proceeding. A decision granting a
motion to vacate is subject to interlocutory appeal by the adverse party
pursuant to rule 6.25(17A).
6.22(8) If a motion to vacate is granted and no timely
interlocutory appeal has been taken, the presiding officer shall issue another
notice of hearing and the contested case shall proceed accordingly.
6.22(9) A default decision may award any relief
consistent with the request for relief made in the petition and embraced in its
issues, but unless the defaulting party has appeared, it cannot exceed the
relief demanded.
6.22(10) A default decision may provide either that
the default decision is to be stayed pending a timely motion to vacate or that
the default decision is to take effect immediately, subject to a request for
stay under rule 6.30(17A).
471—6.23(17A) Ex parte communication.
6.23(1) Prohibited communications. Unless required
for the disposition of ex parte matters specifically authorized by statute,
following issuance of the notice of hearing, there shall be no communication,
directly or indirectly, between the presiding officer and any party or
representative of any party or any other person with a direct or indirect
interest in such case in connection with any issue of fact or law in the case
except upon notice and opportunity for all parties to participate. This does
not prohibit persons jointly assigned such tasks from communicating with each
other. Nothing in this provision is intended to preclude the presiding officer
from communicating with members of the agency or seeking the advice or help of
persons other than those with a personal interest in, or those engaged in
personally investigating as defined in subrule 6.9(2), prosecuting, or
advocating in, either the case under consideration or a pending factually
related case involving the same parties as long as those persons do not directly
or indirectly communicate to the presiding officer any ex parte communications
they have received of a type that the presiding officer would be prohibited from
receiving or that furnish, augment, diminish, or modify the evidence in the
record.
6.23(2) Prohibitions on ex parte communications
commence with the issuance of the notice of hearing in a contested case and
continue for as long as the case is pending.
6.23(3) Written, oral or other forms of communication
are “ex parte” if made without notice and opportunity for all
parties to participate.
6.23(4) To avoid prohibited ex parte communications,
notice must be given in a manner reasonably calculated to give all parties a
fair opportunity to participate. Notice of written communications shall be
provided in compliance with rule 6.12(17A) and may be supplemented by telephone,
facsimile, electronic mail or other means of notification. Where permitted,
oral communications may be initiated through conference telephone call including
all parties or their representatives.
6.23(5) Persons who jointly act as presiding officer
in a pending contested case may communicate with each other without notice or
opportunity for parties to participate.
6.23(6) The executive director or other persons may be
present in deliberations or otherwise advise the presiding officer without
notice or opportunity for parties to participate as long as they are not
disqualified from participating in the making of a proposed or final decision
under any provision of law and they comply with subrule 6.23(1).
6.23(7) Communications with the presiding officer
involving uncontested scheduling or procedural matters do not require notice or
opportunity for parties to participate. Parties should notify other parties
prior to initiating such contact with the presiding officer when feasible, and
shall notify other parties when seeking to continue hearings or other deadlines
pursuant to rule 6.17(17A).
6.23(8) Disclosure of prohibited communications. A
presiding officer who receives a prohibited ex parte communication during the
pendency of a contested case must initially determine if the effect of the
communication is so prejudicial that the presiding officer should be
disqualified. If the presiding officer determines that disqualification is
warranted, a copy of any prohibited written communication, all written responses
to the communication, a written summary stating the substance of any prohibited
oral or other communication not available in written form for disclosure, all
responses made, and the identity of each person from whom the presiding officer
received a prohibited ex parte communication shall be submitted for inclusion in
the record under seal by protective order. If the presiding officer determines
that disqualification is not warranted, such documents shall be submitted for
inclusion in the record and served on all parties. Any party desiring to rebut
the prohibited communication must be allowed the opportunity to do so upon
written request filed within ten days after notice of the
communication.
6.23(9) Promptly after being assigned to serve as
presiding officer at any stage in a contested case proceeding, a presiding
officer shall disclose to all parties material factual information received
through ex parte communication prior to such assignment unless the factual
information has already been or shortly will be disclosed pursuant to Iowa Code
section 17A.13(2) or through discovery. Factual information contained in an
investigative report or similar document need not be separately disclosed by the
presiding officer as long as such documents have been or will shortly be
provided to the parties.
6.23(10) The presiding officer may render a proposed
or final decision imposing appropriate sanctions for violations of this rule
including default, a decision against the offending party, censure, or
suspension or revocation of the privilege to practice before the agency.
Violation of ex parte communication prohibitions by agency personnel shall be
reported to the chief information officer for possible sanctions including
censure, suspension, dismissal, or other disciplinary action.
471—6.24(17A) Recording costs. Upon request,
the information technology department shall provide a copy of the whole or any
portion of the record at cost. The cost of preparing a copy of the record or of
transcribing the hearing record shall be paid by the requesting party.
Parties who request that a hearing be recorded by certified
shorthand reporters rather than by electronic means shall bear the cost of that
recordation, unless otherwise provided by law.
471—6.25(17A) Interlocutory appeals. Upon
written request of a party or on its own motion, the council may review an
interlocutory order. In determining whether to do so, the council shall weigh
the extent to which its granting the interlocutory appeal would expedite final
resolution of the case and the extent to which review of that interlocutory
order by the agency at the time it reviews the proposed decision of the
presiding officer would provide an adequate remedy. Any request for
interlocutory review must be filed within 14 days of issuance of the challenged
order, but no later than the time for compliance with the order or the
date of hearing, whichever is first.
471—6.26(17A) Posthearing procedures. The
presiding officer may ask the parties to submit proposed findings and
conclusions of law and proposed order or briefs. Copies of the submission shall
be served on all parties. The submission schedule, including waiver or briefs,
shall be determined at the close of the hearing.
471—6.27(17A) Final decision.
6.27(1) When a quorum of the entire information
technology council presides over the reception of evidence at the hearing, its
decision is a final decision.
6.27(2) In a contested case in which the hearing is
held before an administrative law judge or a panel of the council’s board
members constituting less than a quorum of the council, the presiding officer or
panel shall render a proposed decision. The proposed decision shall be in
writing and shall include findings of fact and conclusions of law in conformance
with Iowa Code chapter 17A. The proposed decision becomes the final decision of
the council without further proceedings unless there is an appeal to, or review
on motion of, the authority within 30 days.
6.27(3) The proposed or final decision or order
shall:
a. Be in writing or stated in the record.
b. Include findings of fact. Findings of fact, if set forth
in statutory language, shall be accompanied by a concise and explicit statement
of underlying facts supporting the findings. If a party submitted proposed
findings of fact in accordance with rule 6.26(17A), the decision or order shall
include a ruling upon each proposed finding.
c. Include conclusions of law, supported by cited authority or
a reasoned opinion.
d. Be delivered to the parties either by personal service or
by certified mail, return receipt requested.
471—6.28(17A) Appeals and review.
6.28(1) Appeal by party. Any adversely affected party
may appeal a proposed decision to the council within 30 days after issuance of
the proposed decision.
6.28(2) Review. The information technology council
may initiate review of a proposed decision on its own motion at any time within
30 days following the issuance of such a decision.
6.28(3) Notice of appeal. An appeal of a proposed
decision is initiated by filing a timely notice of appeal with the information
technology department. The notice of appeal must be signed by the appealing
party or a representative of that party and contain a certificate of service.
The notice shall specify:
a. The parties initiating the appeal;
b. The proposed decision or order appealed from;
c. The specific findings or conclusions to which exception is
taken and any other exceptions to the decision or order;
d. The relief sought;
e. The grounds for relief.
6.28(4) Requests to present additional evidence. A
party may request the taking of additional evidence only by establishing that
the evidence is material, that good cause existed for the failure to present the
evidence at the hearing, and that the party has not waived the right to present
the evidence. A written request to present additional evidence must be filed
with the notice of appeal or, by a nonappealing party, within 14 days of service
of the notice of appeal. The council may remand a case to the presiding officer
for further hearing or may itself preside at the taking of additional
evidence.
6.28(5) Scheduling. The information technology
department shall issue a schedule for consideration of the appeal.
6.28(6) Briefs and arguments. Unless otherwise
ordered, within 20 days of the notice of appeal or order for review, each
appealing party may file exceptions and briefs. Within 20 days thereafter, any
party may file a responsive brief. Briefs shall cite any applicable legal
authority and specify relevant portions of the record in that proceeding.
Written requests to present oral argument shall be filed with the
briefs.
The information technology council may resolve the appeal on
the briefs or provide an opportunity for oral argument. The council may shorten
or extend the briefing period as appropriate.
471—6.29(17A) Applications for
rehearing.
6.29(1) By whom filed. Any party to a contested
caseproceeding may file an application for rehearing from a final
order.
6.29(2) Content of application. The application for
rehearing shall state on whose behalf it is filed, the specific grounds for
rehearing, and the relief sought. In addition, the application shall state
whether the applicant desires reconsideration of all or part of the agency
decision on the existing record and whether, on the basis of the grounds
enumerated in subrule 6.28(4), the applicant requests an opportunity to submit
additional evidence.
6.29(3) Time of filing. The application shall be
filed with the information technology department within 20 days after issuance
of the final decision.
6.29(4) Notice to other parties. A copy of the
application shall be timely mailed by the applicant to all parties of record not
joining therein. If the application does not contain a certificate of service,
the information technology department shall serve copies on all
parties.
6.29(5) Disposition. Any application for a rehearing
shall be deemed denied unless the agency grants the application within 20 days
after its filing.
471—6.30(17A) Stays of agency actions.
6.30(1) When available.
a. Any party to a contested case proceeding may petition the
information technology council for a stay or other temporary remedies, pending
review by the agency. The petition shall be filed with the notice of appeal and
shall state the reasons justifying a stay or other temporary remedy. The
council may rule on the stay or authorize the presiding officer to do
so.
b. Any party to a contested case proceeding may petition the
information technology council for a stay or other temporary remedies pending
judicial review of all or part of that proceeding. The petition shall state the
reasons justifying a stay or other temporary remedy.
6.30(2) When granted. In determining whether to grant
a stay, the presiding officer shall consider the factors listed in Iowa Code
section 17A.19(5)“c.”
6.30(3) Vacation. A stay may be vacated by the
issuing authority upon application of the information technology department or
any other party.
471—6.31(17A) No factual dispute contested cases.
If the parties agree that no dispute of material fact exists as to a matter
that would be a contested case if such a dispute of fact existed, the parties
may present all relevant admissible evidence either by stipulation or otherwise
as agreed by the parties, without necessity for the production of evidence at an
evidentiary hearing. If such agreement is reached, a jointly submitted schedule
detailing the method and timetable for submission of the record, briefs and oral
argument should be submitted to the presiding officer for approval as soon as
practicable. If the parties cannot agree, any party may file and serve a motion
for summary judgment pursuant to the rules governing such motions.
471—6.32(17A) Emergency adjudicative
proceedings.
6.32(1) Necessary emergency action. To the extent
necessary to prevent or avoid immediate danger to the public health, safety, or
welfare and, consistent with the Constitution and other provisions of law, the
agency may issue a written order in compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.18 to
suspend a license in whole or in part, order the cessation of any continuing
activity, order affirmative action, or take other action within the jurisdiction
of the agency by emergency adjudicative order. Before issuing an emergency
adjudicative order the agency shall consider factors including, but not limited
to, the following:
a. Whether there has been a sufficient factual investigation
to ensure that the agency is proceeding on the basis of reliable
information;
b. Whether the specific circumstances which pose immediate
danger to the public health, safety or welfare have been identified and
determined to be continuing;
c. Whether the person required to comply with the emergency
adjudicative order may continue to engage in other activities without posing
immediate danger to the public health, safety or welfare;
d. Whether imposition of monitoring requirements or other
interim safeguards would be sufficient to protect the public health, safety or
welfare; and
e. Whether the specific action contemplated by the agency is
necessary to avoid the immediate danger.
6.32(2) Issuance of order.
a. An emergency adjudicative order shall contain findings of
fact, conclusions of law, and policy reasons to justify the determination of an
immediate danger in the agency’s decision to take immediate
action.
b. The written emergency adjudicative order shall be
immediately delivered to persons who are required to comply with the order by
utilizing one or more of the following procedures:
(1) Personal delivery;
(2) Certified mail, return receipt requested, to the last
address on file with the agency;
(3) Certified mail to the last address on file with the
agency;
(4) First–class mail to the last address on file with
the agency; or
(5) Fax. Fax may be used as the sole method of delivery if the
person required to comply with the order has filed a written request that agency
orders be sent by fax and has provided a fax number for the purpose.
c. To the degree practicable, the agency shall select the
procedure for providing written notice that best ensures prompt, reliable
delivery.
6.32(3) Oral notice. Unless the written emergency
adjudicative order is provided by personal delivery on the same day that the
order issues, the agency shall make reasonable immediate efforts to contact by
telephone the persons who are required to comply with the order.
6.32(4) Completion of proceedings. After the issuance
of an emergency adjudicative order, the agency shall proceed as quickly as
feasible to complete any proceedings that would be required if the matter did
not involve an immediate danger.
Issuance of a written emergency adjudicative order shall
include notification of the date on which agency proceedings are scheduled for
completion. After issuance of an emergency adjudicative order, continuance of
further agency proceedings to a later date will be granted only in compelling
circumstances upon application in writing.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 17A
and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1141.
ARC 0328B
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT[471]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of 2000 Iowa Acts, chapters 1141 and
1176, the Information Technology Department hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to adopt Chapter 7, “Waivers,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
This chapter creates a policy in which the Information
Technology Council may grant waivers from rules adopted by the Information
Technology Council. It establishes applicable standards and a uniform procedure
for granting such waivers to individuals.
The chapter describes the manner in which a petition must be
presented to the Council and what information shall be included in the petition
when submitted. In addition, the chapter allows for the Council to request any
additional information from the individual relative to the petition.
The chapter includes policies regarding the notice of the
petition for waiver and the Council’s ruling on a particular petition. It
also provides that all orders granting or denying waiver petitions shall be made
available for public inspection as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.3.
The chapter sets forth circumstances in which the Information
Technology Council may withdraw, cancel, or modify a waiver previously issued.
In addition, the chapter includes policies for violations of a condition in a
waiver, for treatment of the waiver as a defense, and for judicial review.
Any interested person may make written or electronic
suggestions or comments on the proposed adoption on or before December 19, 2000.
Such material should be directed to the Information Technology Department, Level
B, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319; fax (515)
281–6137. Electronic mail regarding administrative rules may be submitted
to ITD.Rules@its.state.ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 19, 2000,
from 9 to 10 a.m. in the Director’s Conference Room, Information
Technology Department, Level B, Hoover State Office Building, at which time
persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the hearing,
persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and
confine their remarks to the subject of the rules. Persons with special needs
may contact the Information Technology Department prior to the hearing if
accommodations need to be made.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1176, and Iowa Code chapter 17A.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 7
WAIVERS
471—7.1(17A,78GA,ch1176) Definition. For
purposes of this chapter, “a waiver or variance” means action by the
information technology council which suspends in whole or in part the
requirements or provisions of a rule as applied to an identified person or
entity on the basis of the particular circumstances of that person or entity.
For simplicity, the term “waiver” shall include both a
“waiver” and a “variance.”
471—7.2(17A,78GA,ch1176) Scope. This chapter
outlines generally applicable standards and a uniform process for the granting
of individual waivers from rules adopted by the council in situations where no
other more specifically applicable law provides for waivers. To the extent
another more specific provision of law governs the issuance of a waiver from a
particular rule, the more specific provision shall supersede this chapter with
respect to any waiver from that rule.
471—7.3(17A,78GA,ch1176) Applicability. The
council may only grant a waiver from a rule if the council has jurisdiction over
the rule and the requested waiver is consistent with applicable statutes,
constitutional provisions, or other provisions of law. The council may not
waive requirements created or duties imposed by statute.
471—7.4(17A,78GA,ch1176) Criteria for waiver or
variance. In response to a petition completed pursuant to rule
7.6(17A,78GA,ch1176), the council may issue an order waiving in whole or in part
the requirements of a rule if the council finds, based on clear and convincing
evidence, all of the following:
1. Application of the rule would impose an undue hardship on
the person for whom the waiver is requested;
2. Waiver from the requirements of the rule in the specific
case would not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any person;
3. The provisions of the rule subject to the petition for a
waiver are not specifically mandated by statute or another provision of law;
and
4. Substantially equal protection of public health, safety,
and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that prescribed in the
particular rule for which the waiver is requested.
471—7.5(17A,78GA,ch1176) Filing of petition for
waiver. A petition for a waiver must be submitted in writing to the council
as follows:
7.5(1) Contested case. If the petition relates to a
pending contested case, the petition shall be filed in the contested case
proceeding, using the caption of the contested case.
7.5(2) Other. If the petition does not relate to a
pending contested case, the petition may be submitted to the executive assistant
to the director to the information technology department.
471—7.6(17A,78GA,ch1176) Content of petition for
waiver. A petition for waiver shall include the following information where
applicable and when known by the requester:
1. The name, address, and telephone number of the person or
entity for whom a waiver is being requested, and the case number of any related
contested case.
2. A description and citation of the specific rule from which
a waiver is requested.
3. The specific waiver requested, including the precise scope
and duration.
4. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver under each of the four criteria described in rule
7.4(17A,78GA,ch1176). This statement shall include a signed statement from the
petitioner attesting to the accuracy of the facts provided in the petition and a
statement of reasons that the petitioner believes will justify a
waiver.
5. A history of any prior contacts between the council and the
petitioner relating to the regulated activity affected by the proposed waiver,
including a description of contested case hearings relating to the activity
within the past five years.
6. Any information known to the requester regarding the
council’s treatment of similar cases.
7. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question,
or which might be affected by the grant of the waiver.
8. The name, address, and telephone number of any person or
entity who would be adversely affected by the grant of a waiver.
9. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver.
10. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the council with information relevant
to the waiver.
471—7.7(17A,78GA,ch1176) Additional information.
Prior to issuing an order granting or denying a waiver, the council may request
additional information from the petitioner relative to the petition and
surrounding circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested case,
the council may, on its own motion or at the petitioner’s request,
schedule a telephonic, ICN, or in–person meeting between the petitioner
and the chairperson of the council, a committee of the council, or a quorum of
the council.
471—7.8(17A,78GA,ch1176) Notice. The council
shall acknowledge a petition upon receipt. The council shall ensure that notice
of the pendency of the petition and a concise summary of its contents have been
provided to all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law
within 30 days of the receipt of the petition. In addition, the council may
give notice to other persons. To accomplish this notice provision, the council
may require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom notice is
required by any provision of law, and provide a written statement to the council
attesting that notice has been provided.
471—7.9(17A,78GA,ch1176) Hearing procedures.
The provisions of Iowa Code sections 17A.10 through 17A.18A, regarding contested
case hearings, shall apply to any petition for a waiver filed within a contested
case, and shall otherwise apply to agency proceedings for a waiver only when the
council so provides by rule or order or is required to do so by
statute.
471—7.10(17A,78GA,ch1176) Ruling. An order
granting or denying a waiver shall be in writing and shall contain a reference
to the particular person and rule or portion thereof to which the order
pertains, a statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the action is
based, and a description of the precise scope and duration of the waiver if one
is issued.
7.10(1) Council discretion. The final decision on
whether the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver shall be made at the
sole discretion of the council, upon consideration of all relevant factors.
Each petition for a waiver shall be evaluated by the council based on the
unique, individual circumstances set out in the petition.
7.10(2) Burden of persuasion. The burden of
persuasion rests with the petitioner to demonstrate by clear and convincing
evidence that the council should exercise its discretion to grant a waiver from
a department rule.
7.10(3) Narrowly tailored exception. A waiver, if
granted, shall provide the narrowest exception possible to the provisions of a
rule.
7.10(4) Administrative deadlines. When the rule from
which a waiver is sought establishes administrative deadlines, the council shall
balance the special individual circumstances of the petitioner with the overall
goal of uniform treatment of all similarly situated persons.
7.10(5) Conditions. The council may place any
condition on a waiver that the council finds desirable to protect the public
health, safety, and welfare.
7.10(6) Time period of waiver. A waiver shall not be
permanent unless the petitioner can show that a temporary waiver would be
impracticable. If a temporary waiver is granted, there is no automatic right to
renewal. At the sole discretion of the council, a waiver may be renewed if the
council finds that grounds for a waiver continue to exist.
7.10(7) Time for ruling. The council shall grant or
deny a petition for a waiver as soon as practicable but, in any event, shall do
so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees to a later date.
However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the council shall grant or
deny the petition no later than the time at which the final decision in that
contested case is issued.
7.10(8) When deemed denied. Failure of the council to
grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a
denial of that petition by the council. However, the council shall remain
responsible for issuing an order denying a waiver.
7.10(9) Service of order. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under this chapter shall be transmitted to the
petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
471—7.11(17A,78GA,ch1176) Public availability.
All orders granting or denying a waiver petition shall be indexed, filed, and
available for public inspection as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.3.
Petitions for a waiver and orders granting or denying a waiver petition are
public records under Iowa Code chapter 22. Some petitions or orders may contain
information the council is authorized or required to keep confidential. The
council may accordingly edit confidential information from petitions or orders
prior to public inspection.
471—7.12(17A,78GA,ch1176) Summary reports.
Semi–annually, the information technology department shall prepare a
summary report identifying the rules for which a waiver has been granted or
denied, the number of times a waiver was granted or denied for each rule, a
citation to the statutory provisions implemented by each rule, and a general
summary of the reasons justifying the council’s actions on waiver
requests. If practicable, the report shall detail the extent to which the
granting of a waiver has affected the general applicability of the rule itself.
Copies of this report shall be available for public inspection at the
Information Technology Department, Level B, Hoover State Office Building, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319. Copies of this report shall be provided semiannually to the
administrative rules coordinator and the administrative rules review
committee.
471—7.13(17A,78GA,ch1176) Cancellation of a
waiver. A waiver issued by the council pursuant to this chapter may be
withdrawn, canceled, or modified if, after appropriate notice and hearing, the
council issues an order finding any of the following:
1. The petitioner or the person who was the subject of the
waiver order withheld or misrepresented material facts relevant to the propriety
or desirability of the waiver; or
2. The alternative means for ensuring that the public health,
safety and welfare will be adequately protected after issuance of the waiver
order have been demonstrated to be insufficient; or
3. The subject of the waiver order has failed to comply with
all conditions contained in the order.
471—7.14(17A,78GA,ch1176) Violations. Violation
of a condition in a waiver order shall be treated as a violation of the
particular rule for which the waiver was granted. As a result, the recipient of
a waiver under this chapter who violates a condition of the waiver order may be
subject to the same remedies or penalties as a person who violates the rule at
issue.
471—7.15(17A,78GA,ch1176) Defense. After the
council issues an order granting a waiver, the order is a defense within its
terms and the specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom the order
pertains in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be
invoked.
471—7.16(17A,78GA,ch1176) Judicial review.
Judicial review of a council decision to grant or deny a waiver petition may be
taken in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 17A.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1176, and Iowa Code chapter 17A.
ARC 0325B
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1023,
section 5, and Iowa Code chapter 17A, the Insurance Division hereby proposes to
adopt new Chapter 90, “Financial Information Regulation,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The purpose of these rules is to comply with the federal
Gramm–Leach–Bliley Act, Pub. L. No. 106–102, which regulates
the privacy of information held by an insurer or a producer. Federal law
requires that states adopt rules by November 13, 2000, to carry out Title V of
the Act. These rules require insurers and producers to develop privacy
policies, to develop systems for implementing these policies and protecting
personal information of consumers and customers and to provide notices to all
customers and consumers prior to either the effective date or a later compliance
date established by the Division. These rules also establish a compliance date
of July 1, 2001, for entities regulated by the Division. This date is
consistent with the compliance date established by federal regulators
responsible for enforcing the Act as it applies to federally regulated financial
institutions.
Any person may make written comments on the proposed rules on
or before December 19, 2000. Comments should be directed to Susan E. Voss,
Deputy Commissioner, Insurance Division, 330 Maple, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
Comments may also be transmitted by E–mail to susan.voss
@comm6.state.ia.us or may be transmitted via facsimile to
(515)281–5692.
A public hearing will be held at 10 a.m. on December 19, 2000,
in the office of the Insurance Division, 330 Maple, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
Persons wishing to provide oral comments should contact Susan Voss no later than
December 18, 2000, to be placed on the agenda.
These rules were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and are
published herein as ARC 0334B. The content of that submission is
incorporated by reference.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1023, section 5, and P.L. 106–102.
ARC 0298B
PHARMACY EXAMINERS
BOARD[657]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 124.301, the
Board of Pharmacy Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 10, “Controlled Substances (Drugs),” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed amendments were approved at the October 10, 2000,
regular meeting of the Board of Pharmacy Examiners.
The amendments increase the fee for registration and
registration renewal under the Iowa Controlled Substances Act and increase the
penalty for late registration or registration renewal. These fees have not been
adjusted since 1985. This proposal would increase the annualized registration
fee by $10 and is needed to cover increasing program costs.
Any interested person may present written comments, data,
views, and arguments on the proposed amendments not later than 4:30 p.m. on
December 19, 2000. Such writtenmaterials should be sent to Lloyd K. Jessen,
ExecutiveSecretary/Director, Board of Pharmacy Examiners, 400 S.W. Eighth
Street, Suite E, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4688, or by E–mail to
lloyd.jessen@ibpe.state.ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
124.301.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 657—10.3(124),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
657—10.3(124) Registration and reregistration
fee. For each registration or reregistration to manufacture, distribute,
dispense, conduct research or instructional activities and conduct chemical
analysis with controlled substances listed in Schedules I through V of Iowa
Code chapter 124, registrants shall pay a biennial fee of
$50 $70.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 10.3(2) as
follows:
10.3(2) Late application. Persons required to
register or reregister under the provisions of Iowa Code chapter 124,
division III, who file late application, shall pay an additional
$50 $70 late payment fee.
ARC 0319B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 157.14, the
Board of Cosmetology Arts and Sciences Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to rescind Chapter 60, “Licensure of Cosmetologists,
Electrologists, Estheticians, Manicurists, Nail Technologists, and Instructors
of Cosmetology Arts and Sciences,” and adopt a new Chapter 60 with the
same title, and to rescind Chapter 62, “Fees,” Iowa Administrative
Code, and adopt a new Chapter 62 with the same title.
The proposed amendments rescind the current rules regarding
licensing and fees and adopt a new chapter for licensure and a new chapter for
fees.
Any interested person may make written comments on the
proposed amendments no later than December 20, 2000, addressed to Rosalie
Steele, Professional Licensure Division, Department of Public Health, Lucas
State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
The Division revised these rules according to Executive Order
Number 8. The Division sent ten letters to the public for comment and three
letters were received in return. Division staff also had input on these rules.
The comments received were discussed by the Board and decisions were based on
need, clarity, intent and statutory authority, cost and fairness.
A public hearing will be held on December 20, 2000, from 9 to
11 a.m. in the Fifth Floor Board Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building,
at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At
the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the
record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed
amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
157.14 and chapter 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Rescind 645—Chapter
60 and adopt in lieu thereof the following new
chapter:
CHAPTER 60
LICENSURE OF COSMETOLOGISTS, ELECTROLOGISTS,
ESTHETICIANS, MANICURISTS, NAIL TECHNOLOGISTS, AND INSTRUCTORS OF COSMETOLOGY
ARTS AND SCIENCES
645—60.1(157) Definitions. For purposes of
these rules,the following definitions shall apply:
“Board” means the Iowa board of cosmetology arts
and sciences examiners.
“Core curriculum” means the basic core life
sciences curriculum that is required for completion of any course of study of
the cosmetology arts and sciences excepting manicuring.
“Cosmetology arts and sciences” means any or all
of the following practices, performed with or without compensation by a
licensee: cosmetology, electrology, esthetics, and nail technology.
“Lapsed license” means a license that a person has
failed to renew as required, or the license of a person who has failed to meet
stated obligations for renewal within 30 days of the renewal date.
“Licensee” means any person or entity holding a
license pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 157 and 645—Chapters 60 to 65, Iowa
Administrative Code.
“Mentor” means a licensee providing guidance in a
mentoring program.
“Mentoring” means a program allowing students to
experience cosmetology arts and sciences in a licensed salon under the guidance
of a mentor.
“Practice discipline” means the practice of
electrology, esthetics, nail technology, manicuring or cosmetology as recognized
by the board of cosmetology arts and sciences examiners.
“Testing service” means Experior Testing Service,
1360 Energy Park Drive, Saint Paul, Minnesota 55108–5252.
“Trainee” means any person who completes the
requirements for licensure in the cosmetology arts and sciences listed in Iowa
Code section 157.3, except for the examination, and who has a temporary
permit.
645—60.2(157) Requirements for
licensure.
60.2(1) Requirements for a license. An applicant for
a license shall:
a. Complete a board–approved application form.
Application forms may be obtained from the board Web site
(www.state.ia.us/idph_pl) or directly from Experior Assessment, LLC, 1360 Energy
Park Drive, Saint Paul, Minnesota 55108–5252. All applications shall be
sent to Experior Assessment.
b. Complete the application form according to the instructions
contained in the application. If the application is not completed according to
the instructions, the application will not be reviewed by the testing service.
Applications shall be complete before the candidate is eligible to sit for the
examination.
c. Provide the appropriate fees with application to the
testing service.
d. Present proof of graduation from high school or its
equivalent to the testing service. If educated outside the United States, the
applicant must attach an original evaluation of the applicant’s education
for Word Evaluation Services (WES) or any other accredited evaluation service.
An applicant may obtain an application for evaluation by contacting WES at
(212)966–6311 or by writing to WES, P.O. Box 745, Old Chelsea Station, New
York, NY 10113–0745. An applicant may also provide documentation by
attaching a copy of acceptable GED points/diploma or TABE scores.
e. Present a diploma or an official transcript of grades in
the practice discipline for which the applicant is requesting licensure. This
shall be sent to the testing service with the application, showing completion of
training at a school approved by the Iowa board of cosmetology arts and sciences
examiners.
f. Pass the theory examination for the particular practice
discipline with a score of 75 percent or greater.
g. Pass the state law and rules examination with a score of 75
percent or greater.
60.2(2) Requirements for an instructor’s
license. An applicant for an instructor’s license shall:
a. Submit completed application and fees to the testing
service;
b. Be a graduate of an accredited high school or the
equivalent thereof;
c. Be licensed in the state of Iowa in the specific practice
discipline to be taught or be licensed as a cosmetologist who possesses the
skill and knowledge required to instruct in that practice discipline;
d. Have completed 1,000 hours of instructor’s training
with curriculum contents to be determined by the board or two years’
active practice in the field of cosmetology within six years prior to
application proven by documentation;
e. Submit proof of attendance at an advanced
instructor’s institute prescribed by the board;
f. Pass an instructor’s and Iowa law examination;
and
g. Submit proof of 60 hours of practical experience, excluding
school hours, in the area of electrolysis prior to application for an instructor
of electrology license.
60.2(3) Conditions. The following conditions apply
for all cosmetology arts and sciences licenses.
a. Candidates eligible for testing may contact Experior
Testing Service, 1360 Energy Park Drive, Saint Paul, Minnesota 55108–5252
or www.experioronline.com (in the subject area specify “IA
Cos”) and arrange a testing time.
b. No application shall be considered until the requested
supporting documents and fee have been received by the testing
service.
c. Incomplete applications that have been on file in the board
office for more than two years shall be considered invalid and shall be
destroyed.
d. The licensure fee is nonrefundable.
e. Licensees who were issued their initial licenses within six
months prior to the renewal beginning date shall not be required to renew their
licenses until the renewal month two years later.
645—60.3(157) Course of study requirements. No
school of cosmetology arts and sciences will be approved by the board of
cosmetology arts and sciences examiners unless it complies with the course of
study requirements as provided below.
60.3(1) Requirements for hours.
COSMETOLOGY CURRICULUM
|
|
|
Core life sciences
|
150 hours
|
|
|
Cosmetology theory
(Including business and management related to the
practice of cosmetology.)
Total core life sciences and cosmetology theory
is 765 hours.
|
615 hours
|
|
|
Applied practical instruction
|
1335 hours
|
|
|
Total course of study
|
|
2100 hours
|
ELECTROLOGY CURRICULUM
|
|
|
Core life sciences
|
150 hours
|
|
|
Electrology theory
|
50 hours
|
|
|
Applied practical instruction
|
225 hours
|
|
|
Total course of study
|
|
425 hours
|
ESTHETICS CURRICULUM
|
|
|
|
Core life sciences
|
150 hours
|
|
|
Esthetics theory
|
115 hours
|
|
|
Applied practical instruction
|
335 hours
|
|
|
Total course of study
|
|
600 hours
|
NAIL TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM
|
|
|
Core life sciences
|
150 hours
|
|
|
Nail technology theory
|
50 hours
|
|
|
Applied practical instruction
|
125 hours
|
|
|
Total course of study
|
|
325 hours
|
MANICURIST CURRICULUM
|
|
|
|
No core life sciences required
|
|
|
|
Theory
(Including introduction to manicuring, nail
disorders, sterilization, bacteriology.)
|
26 hours
|
|
|
Applied practical instruction
|
14 hours
|
|
|
Total course of study
|
|
40 hours
|
60.3(2) Curriculum requirements.
a. Theory instruction shall be taught from a standard approved
textbook.
b. Theory instruction may be supplemented from other related
textbooks.
c. A student shall be under supervision of a licensed
instructor at all times.
d. The mentoring option may not exceed 5 percent of the total
course hours of any practice discipline course of study.
e. The instructor shall be licensed in the state of Iowa in
the specific practice discipline to be taught or be licensed as a cosmetologist
who possesses the skill and knowledge required to instruct in that practice
discipline.
f. Course subjects taught in the school curriculum including
skills and business management shall relate to the specific course practice
discipline.
g. The student shall not begin the mentoring program until
completing a minimum of 50 percent of the total course hours and other
requirements of the mentoring program established by the school.
h. Required hours for theory and applied practical hours do
not have to be obtained from one school.
i. Only hours from accredited or state board–approved
school programs will be accepted.
60.3(3) Qualifiers for licensure in specific practice
disciplines.
a. A cosmetology license is not a requirement for an
electrology, esthetics, nail technology or manicurist license.
b. Core life sciences curriculum of 150 hours shall be
transferable in its entirety from one practice discipline to another practice
discipline.
c. Theory hours earned in each practice discipline of
cosmetology arts and sciences may be used in applying for a cosmetology
license.
60.3(4) Core life sciences curriculum. The core life
sciences curriculum shall contain the following instruction:
a. Human anatomy and physiology:
Cell, metabolism and body systems,
Human anatomy;
b. Bacteriology;
c. Infection control practices:
Universal precautions,
Sanitation,
Sterilization,
Disinfection;
d. Basic chemistry;
e. Matter;
f. Elements:
Compounds and mixtures;
g. Basic electricity;
h. Electrical measurements:
Reproduction of light rays,
Infrared rays,
Ultraviolet rays,
Visible rays/spectrum;
i. Safety;
j. Hygiene and grooming:
Personal and professional health;
k. Professional ethics;
l. Public relations; and
m. State, federal law, administrative rules and
standards.
645—60.4(157) Licensure by endorsement. The
board may receive by endorsement any applicant from another state, territory,
District of Columbia, province or foreign country who:
1. Submits to the testing service a completed application and
appropriate fee;
2. Obtains verification from any state, territory, District of
Columbia, province or foreign country or provinces where the applicant is
licensed. Verifications of current licensure in the practice discipline in
another state for at least 12 months in the 24–month period preceding the
submission of the application must be mailed from that state, territory,
District of Columbia, provinces or foreign countries directly to Experior
Testing. The testing service will not accept verifications received from the
applicant;
3. Submits a notarized copy of the passing score on the
examinations of Experior Testing Service, NIC (National Interstate Council) or
pass the current Iowa theory examination recognized by the board; and
4. Passes the state law and administrative rule examination
with a passing score of 75 or greater.
645—60.5(157) Licensure by reciprocal agreement.
The board may enter into a reciprocal agreement with any state, territory,
District of Columbia, province or foreign country with equal or similar
requirements for licensure of cosmetology arts and sciences
applicants.
645—60.6(157) Temporary permits to practice
cosmetology arts and sciences. An applicant who is applying for initial
licensure and is not licensed in another state and who has met the requirements
for licensure except for the written examinations may apply for a temporary
permit to practice cosmetology arts and sciences. The temporary permit is valid
from the date the application is completed until passage of the examination in
the practice discipline for which the applicant is seeking licensure. The
temporary permit shall be valid for a maximum of 90 days from the date of
issuance. The temporary permit holder shall practice under direct supervision
of a licensee. After 90 days the temporary permit is invalid and the person may
not practice in the cosmetology arts and sciences.
The temporary permit of an applicant who does not pass the
second examination shall be revoked. The applicant shall submit the temporary
permit to the testing service before sitting for another examination.
645—60.7(157) Demonstrator’s permit. The
board may issue a demonstrator’s permit for the purpose of demonstrating
cosmetology arts and sciences to the consuming public.
1. A demonstrator’s permit shall be valid for a salon,
person or an event. The location, purpose and duration shall be stated on the
permit.
2. A demonstrator’s permit shall be valid for no more
than ten days.
3. A completed application shall be submitted on a form
provided by the board at least 30 days in advance of the intended use
dates.
4. An application fee shall be submitted as set forth in these
rules.
5. No more than four permits shall be issued to any applicant
during a calendar year.
645—60.8(157) License renewal.
60.8(1) The biennial license renewal period for a
license to practice cosmetology arts and sciences shall begin on April 1 of one
year and end on March 31 two years later. All licensees shall renew on a
biennial basis.
60.8(2) A renewal of license application and
continuing education report form to practice as a cosmetology arts and sciences
licensee shall be mailed to the licensee at least 60 days prior to the
expiration of the license. Failure to receive the renewal application shall not
relieve the license holder of the obligation to pay the biennial renewal fees on
or before the renewal date.
a. The licensee shall submit the completed application and
continuing education report form with the renewal fee to the board office before
the license expiration date.
b. Individuals who were issued their initial license within
six months of the license renewal beginning date will not be required to renew
their license until the next renewal two years later.
c. Those persons licensed for the first time shall not be
required to complete continuing education as a prerequisite for the first
renewal of their licenses.
d. Persons licensed to practice as cosmetology arts and
sciences licensees shall keep their renewal licenses displayed in a conspicuous
public place at the primary site of practice.
60.8(3) Late renewal. If the renewal fees, continuing
education report and renewal application are received within 30 days after the
license renewal expiration date, the late fee for failure to renew before
expiration shall be charged.
60.8(4) When all requirements for license renewal are
met, the licensee shall be sent a license renewal card by regular
mail.
645—60.9(272C) Exemptions for inactive
practitioners.
60.9(1) A licensee who is not engaged in practice in
the state of Iowa and who is residing within or without the state of Iowa may be
granted a waiver of compliance and obtain a certificate of exemption upon
written application to the board. The application shall contain a statement
that the applicant will not engage in practice in the state of Iowa without
first complying with all regulations governing reinstatement after exemption.
The application for a certificate of exemption shall be submitted upon the form
provided by the board. A licensee must hold a current license in order to apply
for exempt status.
60.9(2) Reinstatement of exempted, inactive
practitioners. Inactive practitioners who have requested and been granted a
waiver of compliance with the renewal requirements and who have obtained a
certificate of exemption shall, prior to engaging in the practice of the
profession in Iowa, satisfy the requirements for reinstatement as outlined in
645—64.10(157,272C).
60.9(3) Reinstatement of inactive license after
exemption. The following chart illustrates the requirements for reinstatement
based on the length of time a license has been considered inactive.
Reinstatement of an inactive license may be granted by the
board if the applicant satisfies the following requirements, as
applicable:
|
30 days after expiration date up to 1 biennium
|
2 bienniums
|
3 bienniums
|
4 or more bienniums
|
Submits written application for reinstatement
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Pays past due renewal fee(s)
|
$50
|
$100
|
$100
|
$100
|
Pays reinstatement fees
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
Completes approved continuing education hours
OR
|
8 hours
|
16 hours
|
24 hours
|
32 hours
|
Completes national board examination and pays examination
fee
|
NA
|
NA
|
NA
|
Required
$20
|
Total fees, continuing education hours, and examinations
required for reinstatement:
|
$100,
8 hours
|
$150,
16 hours
|
$150,
24 hours
|
$170,
32 hours or national board examination
|
645—60.10(272C) Lapsed licenses.
60.10(1) If the renewal fees and continuing education
report are received more than 30 days after the license renewal expiration date,
the license shall be considered lapsed. An application for reinstatement must
be filed with the board and be accompanied by the reinstatement fee, the renewal
fee for each biennium the license is lapsed and the late fee for failure to
renew before expiration. The licensee may be subject to an audit of the
licensee’s continuing education report.
60.10(2) Licensees who have not fulfilled the
requirements for license renewal or for an exemption in the required time frame
will have a lapsed license and shall not engage in the practice of cosmetology
arts and sciences. Practicing without a license may be cause for disciplinary
action.
60.10(3) To reinstate, licensees shall comply with all
requirements for reinstatement as outlined in 645—64.6(157).
60.10(4) Reinstatement of a lapsed license. The
following chart illustrates the requirements for reinstatement based on the
length of time a license has lapsed.
Reinstatement of a lapsed license may be granted by the board
if the applicant satisfies the following requirements, as applicable:
|
30 days after expiration date up to 1 biennium
|
2 bienniums
|
3 bienniums
|
4 or more bienniums
|
Submits written application for reinstatement
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Pays past due renewal fee(s)
|
$50
|
$100
|
$100
|
$100
|
Pays reinstatement fees
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
Pays late fee(s) for failure to renew
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
Completes approved continuing education hours
|
8 hours
|
16 hours
|
24 hours
|
32 hours
|
Completes national board examination and pays examination
fee
|
NA
|
NA
|
NA
|
Required
$20
|
Total fees, continuing education hours, and examinations
required for reinstatement:
|
$150,
8 hours
|
$200,
16 hours
|
$200,
24 hours
|
$220,
32 hours, national board examination
|
60.10(5) Reinstatement of a lapsed instructor’s
license. The following chart illustrates the requirements for reinstatement
based on the length of time a license has lapsed.
Reinstatement of a lapsed instructor’s license may be
granted by the board if the applicant satisfies the following requirements, as
applicable:
|
30 days after expiration date up to 1 biennium
|
2 bienniums
|
3 bienniums
|
4 or more bienniums
|
Submits written application for reinstatement
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Pays past due renewal fee(s)
|
$25
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
Pays late fees for failure to renew
|
$20
|
$20
|
$20
|
$20
|
Takes a teaching technology course
|
NA
|
NA
|
NA
|
Required
|
Passes the instructor theory and Iowa law examinations and
pays the required examination fee
|
NA
|
NA
|
NA
|
Required
$20
|
Total fees and examinations required for
reinstatement:
|
$45
|
$70
|
$70
|
$90,
Instructor theory and Iowa law examinations
|
645—60.11(272C) License denial.
60.11(1) An applicant who has been denied licensure by
the board may appeal the denial and request a hearing on the issues related to
the licensure denial by serving a notice of appeal and request for hearing upon
the board not more than 30 days following the date of mailing of the
notification of licensure denial to the applicant. The request for hearing as
outlined in these rules shall specifically describe the facts to be contested
and determined at the hearing.
60.11(2) If an applicant who has been denied licensure
by the board appeals the licensure denial and requests a hearing pursuant to
this rule, the hearing and subsequent procedures shall be held pursuant to the
process outlined in Iowa Code chapter 272C.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 272C
and Iowa Code chapter 157.
ITEM 2. Rescind 645—Chapter
62 and adopt in lieu thereof the following new
chapter:
CHAPTER 62
FEES
645—62.1(147,157) License fees. All fees are
nonrefundable.
62.1(1) Licensure fee for license to practice
cosmetology arts and sciences, licensure by endorsement, licensure by
reciprocity, or an instructor’s license shall be $50.
62.1(2) Biennial license renewal fee for each license
for each biennium shall be $50.
62.1(3) Late fee for failure to renew before
expiration shall be $50.
62.1(4) Reinstatement fee for a lapsed license or an
inactive license shall be $50.
62.1(5) Duplicate license fee shall be $10.
62.1(6) Verification of license fee shall be
$10.
62.1(7) Returned check fee shall be $15.
62.1(8) Disciplinary hearing fee shall be a minimum of
$75.
62.1(9) Temporary permit fee shall be $10.
62.1(10) Theory examination fee shall be
$70.
62.1(11) Fee for retaking the theory examination shall
be $70.
62.1(12) Iowa law (jurisprudence) examination fee
shall be $30.
62.1(13) Fee for retaking the Iowa law (jurisprudence)
examination shall be $30.
62.1(14) Fee for license to conduct a school teaching
cosmetology arts and sciences shall be $500.
62.1(15) Fee for renewal of a license or change of
location of a school teaching cosmetology arts and sciences shall be $225
annually.
62.1(16) Salon license fee shall be $35.
62.1(17) Renewal of a salon license fee shall be $70
biennially.
62.1(18) Fee for change of location for a salon shall
be $35.
62.1(19) Salon name change fee shall be $15.
62.1(20) Demonstrators temporary permit fee shall be
$35 for the first day and $10 for each day thereafter that the permit is
valid.
62.1(21) Biennial license renewal fee for an
instructor for each biennium shall be $50.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 147.80
and Iowa Code chapter 157.
ARC 0320B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 157.14, the
Board of Cosmetology Arts and Sciences Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to rescind Chapter 64, “Cosmetology Arts and Sciences Continuing
Education,” and adopt new Chapter 64, “Continuing Education for
Cosmetology Arts and Sciences,” and amend Chapter 65, “Disciplinary
Procedures for Cosmetology Arts and Sciences Licensees,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments rescind the current continuing
education rules, adopt a new chapter for continuing education, and renumber the
rules regarding discipline.
Any interested person may make written comments on the
proposed amendments no later than December 20, 2000, addressed to Rosalie
Steele, Professional Licensure Division, Department of Public Health, Lucas
State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
The Division revised these rules according to Executive Order
Number 8. The Division sent letters to the public for comment, and two letters
were received in return. Division staff also had input on these rules. The
comments received were discussed by the Board and decisions were based on need,
clarity, intent and statutory authority, cost and fairness.
A public hearing will be held on December 20, 2000, from 9 to
11 a.m. in the Fifth Floor Board Conference Room,Lucas State Office Building, at
which time persons may pre–sent their views either orally or in writing.
At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the
record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed
amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
157.14 and chapter 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Rescind 645—Chapter 64 and
adopt the following new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 64
CONTINUING EDUCATION FOR
COSMETOLOGY ARTS
AND SCIENCES
645—64.1(157) Definitions. For the purpose of
these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
“Active license” means the license of a person who
is acting, functioning, and working in compliance with license
requirements.
“Administrator” means the administrator of the
board of cosmetology arts and sciences examiners.
“Approved program/activity” means a continuing
education program/activity meeting the standards set forth in these rules, which
has received advance approval by the board pursuant to these rules.
“Approved sponsor” means a person or an
organization sponsoring continuing education activities that has been approved
by the board as a sponsor pursuant to these rules. During the time an
organization, educational institution, or person is an approved sponsor, all
continuing education activities of such organization, educational institution,
or person may be deemed automatically approved.
“Audit” means the selection of licensees
for verification of satisfactory completion of continuing education requirements
during a specified time period or the selection of providers for verification of
adherence to continuing education provider requirements during a specified time
period.
“Board” means the board of cosmetology arts and
sciences examiners.
“Continuing education” means planned, organized
learning acts acquired during licensure designed to maintain, improve, or expand
a licensee’s knowledge and skills in order for the licensee to develop new
knowledge and skills relevant to the enhancement of practice, education, or
theory development to improve the safety and welfare of the public.
“Hour of continuing education” means a clock hour
spent by a licensee in actual attendance at and completion of an approved
continuing education activity.
“Inactive license” means the license of a person
who is not engaged in practice in the state of Iowa.
“Lapsed license” means a license that a person has
failed to renew as required, or the license of a person who has failed to meet
stated obligations for renewal within a stated time.
“License” means license to practice.
“Licensee” means any person or entity
licensed to practice pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 157 and 645—Chapters 60
to 65, Iowa Administrative Code.
“Prescribed practice” means an area of specialty
within the scope of cosmetology arts and sciences.
“Self–study course” means a form of
systematic learning performed at a licensee’s residence, office, or other
private location including, but not limited to, viewing of videotapes,
participating in studies electronically transmitted from another location, or
participating in self–assessment testing (open book tests that are
completed by the licensee, submitted to the provider, graded, and returned to
the licensee with correct answers).
645—64.2(157) Continuing education
requirements.
64.2(1) The biennial continuing education compliance
period shall extend for a period that begins on April 1 of one year and ends on
March 31 two years later. All licenses shall be renewed on a biennial basis.
Each biennium, each person who is licensed to practice as a licensee in this
state shall be required to complete a minimum of eight hours of continuing
education approved by the board.
a. One–half of the cosmetology arts and sciences
li–censees shall renew for the period of April 1 of an even–numbered
year to March 31 of the next even–numbered year.
b. One–half of the cosmetology arts and sciences
licensees shall renew for the period of April 1 of an odd–numbered year to
March 31 of the next odd–numbered year.
c. Requirements of licensees holding two or more licenses
within the scope of cosmetology arts and sciences:
(1) The licensee shall obtain eight hours of continuing
education in the area of cosmetology arts and sciences.
(2) For each additional license, the licensee shall obtain an
additional four hours of continuing education in the prescribed practice
discipline.
(3) Licensees that are instructors of cosmetology arts and
sciences shall obtain an additional eight hours of continuing education in
teaching technology.
d. Licensees currently licensed in Iowa but practicing
exclusively in another state may comply with Iowa continuing education
requirements for license renewal by meeting the continuing education
requirements of the state or states where the licensee practices. Those
licensees living and practicing in a state which has no continuing education
requirement for renewal of a license shall not be required to meet Iowa’s
continuing education requirement but shall pay all renewal fees when
due.
64.2(2) Requirements of new licensees. Those persons
licensed for the first time shall not be required to complete continuing
education as a prerequisite for the first renewal of their licenses. Continuing
education hours acquired anytime from the initial licensing until the second
license renewal may be used. The new licensee will be required to complete a
minimum of eight hours of continuing education per biennium for each subsequent
license renewal.
64.2(3) Hours of continuing education credit may be
obtained by attending and participating in a continuing education activity.
These hours must be approved by the board or otherwise meet the requirements
herein and be approved by the board pursuant to statutory provisions and the
rules that implement them.
64.2(4) No hours of continuing education shall be
carried over into the next biennium.
64.2(5) It is the responsibility of each licensee to
finance the cost of continuing education.
645—64.3(157) Standards for approval.
64.3(1) General criteria. A continuing education
activity which meets all of the following criteria is appropriate for continuing
education credit if it is determined by the board that the continuing education
activity:
a. Constitutes an organized program of learning which
contributes directly to the professional competency of the licensee;
b. Pertains to subject matters which integrally relate to the
practice of the profession;
c. Is conducted by individuals who have specialized education,
training and experience by reason of which said individuals should be considered
qualified concerning the subject matter of the program. The application must be
accompanied by a paper, manual or outline which substantively pertains to the
subject matter of the program and reflects program schedule, goals and
objectives. The board may request the qualifications of presenters;
d. Fulfills stated program goals, objectives, or both;
and
e. Provides proof of attendance to licensees in attendance
including:
(1) Date, location, course title, presenter(s);
(2) Numbers of program contact hours (One contact hour equals
one hour of continuing education credit); and
(3) Official signature or verification by program
sponsor.
64.3(2) Specific criteria.
a. Continuing education hours of credit may be obtained by
attending continuing education activities of an approved sponsor.
b. The licensee may attend programs on product knowledge,
methods, and systems. No direct selling of products is allowed as part of a
continuing education offering.
c. The licensee may participate in continuing education
courses/programs that are approved by the board of cosmetology arts and sciences
examiners providing criteria in these rules are met.
d. The licensee may participate in self–study courses as
defined in 645—64.1(157).
e. In addition to fulfilling the requirements in 64.2(1),
those persons holding an instructor’s license must complete a minimum of
eight hours of continuing education approved by the board in the area of
teaching technology.
f. The licensee shall obtain at least four hours in each area
of prescribed practice for each cosmetology license held.
645—64.4(157) Approval of sponsors, programs, and
activities for continuing education.
64.4(1) Approval of sponsors. An applicant who
desires approval as a sponsor of courses, programs, or other continuing
education activities shall, unless exempted elsewhere in these rules, apply for
approval to the board on the form designated by the board stating the
applicant’s educational history for the preceding two years or proposed
plan for the next two years.
a. The form shall include the following:
(1) Date(s), location, course title(s) offered and program
description;
(2) Total hours of instruction presented;
(3) Names and qualifications of instructors including
résumés or vitae; and
(4) Evaluation form(s).
b. Records shall be retained by the sponsor for four
years.
c. Attendance record report. The person or organization
sponsoring an approved continuing education activity shall provide a certificate
of attendance or verification to the licensee providing the following
information:
(1) Program date(s);
(2) Course title and presenter;
(3) Location;
(4) Number of clock hours attended and continuing education
hours earned;
(5) Name of sponsor and sponsor number;
(6) Licensee’s name; and
(7) Method of presentation.
d. All approved sponsors shall maintain a copy of the
following:
(1) The continuing education activity;
(2) List of enrolled licensees’ names and license
numbers; and
(3) Number of continuing education clock hours awarded for a
minimum of four years from the date of the continuing education
activity.
e. The sponsor shall submit a report of all continuing
education programs conducted in the previous year during the assigned month for
reporting designated by the board. The report shall include:
(1) Date(s), location, course title(s) offered and outline of
content;
(2) Total hours of instruction presented;
(3) Names and qualifications of instructors including
résumés or vitae;
(4) Evaluation form(s); and
(5) A summary of the evaluations completed by the
licensees.
64.4(2) Prior approval of programs/activities. An
organization or person other than an approved sponsor that desires prior
approval of a course, program or other educational activity or that desires to
establish approval of such activity prior to attendance shall apply for approval
to the board on a form provided by the board at least 60 days in advance of the
commencement of the activity. The board shall approve or deny such application
in writing within 30 days of receipt of such application. The application shall
state:
a. The date(s);
b. Course(s) offered;
c. Program description;
d. Total hours of instruction; and
e. Names and qualifications of speakers and other pertinent
information.
The organization or person shall be notified of approval or
denial by ordinary mail.
64.4(3) Review of programs. Continuing
educationprograms/activities shall be reported every year at the designated time
assigned by the board. The board may at any time reevaluate an approved sponsor
or program. If, after reevaluation, the board finds there is cause for
revocation of the approval of an approved sponsor, the board shall give notice
of the revocation to that sponsor by certified mail. The sponsor shall have the
right to hearing regarding the revocation. The request for hearing must be sent
within 20 days after the receipt of the notice of revocation. The hearing shall
be held within 90 days after the receipt of the request for hearing. The board
shall give notice by certified mail to the sponsor of the date set for the
hearing at least 30 days prior to the hearing. The board shall conduct the
hearing in compliance with rule 645—11.9(17A).
64.4(4) Postapproval of activities. A licensee
seeking credit for attendance and participation in an educational activity which
was not conducted by an approved sponsor or otherwise approved shall submit to
the board, within 60 days after completion of such activity, the
following:
a. The date(s);
b. Course(s) offered;
c. Program description;
d. Total hours of instruction and credit hours
requested;
e. Names and qualifications of speakers and other pertinent
information;
f. Request for credit which includes a brief summary of the
activity; and
g. Certificate of attendance or verification.
Within 90 days after receipt of such application, the board
shall advise the licensee in writing by ordinary mail whether the activity is
approved and the number of hours allowed. A licensee not complying with the
requirements of this subrule may be denied credit for such activity.
64.4(5) Voluntary relinquishment. The approved
sponsor may voluntarily relinquish sponsorship by notifying the board office in
writing.
645—64.5(157) Reporting continuing education by
licensee. At the time of license renewal, each licensee shall be required
to submit a report on continuing education to the board on a
board–approved form.
64.5(1) The information on the form shall
include:
a. Title of continuing education activity;
b. Date(s);
c. Sponsor of the activity;
d. Board–approved sponsor number;
e. Number of continuing education hours earned; and
f. Teaching method used.
64.5(2) Audit of continuing education report. After
each educational biennium, the board will audit a percentage of the continuing
education reports before granting the renewal of licenses to those being
audited.
a. The board will select licensees to be audited.
b. The licensee shall make available to the board for auditing
purposes a copy of the certificate of attendance or verification for all
reported activities that includes the following information:
(1) Date, location, course title, schedule (brochure,
pamphlet, program, presenter(s)), and method of presentation;
(2) Number of contact hours for program attended;
and
(3) Indication of the successful completion of the
course.
c. For auditing purposes, the licensee must retain the above
information for two years after the biennium has end– ed.
d. Submission of a false report of continuing education or
failure to meet continuing education requirements may cause the license to lapse
and may result in formal disciplinary action.
e. All renewal license applications that are submitted late
(after the end of the compliance period) may be subject to audit of the
continuing education report.
f. Failure to receive the renewal application shall not
relieve the licensee of responsibility of meeting continuing education
requirements and submitting the renewal fee by the end of the compliance
period.
645—64.6(157) Reinstatement of lapsed license.
Failure of the licensee to renew within 30 days after expiration date shall
cause the license to lapse. A person who allows the license to lapse cannot
engage in practice in Iowa without first complying with all regulations
governing reinstatement as outlined in the board rules. A person who allows the
license to lapse may apply to the board for reinstatement of the license.
Reinstatement of the lapsed license may be granted by the board if the
applicant:
1. Submits a written application for reinstatement to the
board;
2. Pays all of the renewal fees then due to a maximum of two
bienniums;
3. Pays the reinstatement fee;
4. Pays all late fees which have been assessed by the board
for failure to renew;
5. Provides evidence of satisfactory completion of continuing
education requirements during the period since the license lapsed. The total
number of continuing education hours required for license reinstatement is
computed by multiplying 8 by the number of bienniums since the license lapsed to
a maximum of four bienniums or 32 continuing education hours.
6. If the license has lapsed for four bienniums or more, the
person shall complete the national board examination.
7. For a lapsed instructor license, the licensee shall pay the
past renewal and late fees to a maximum of two bienniums, take a teaching
technology course, and pass the instructor and Iowa law examinations within six
months of date of reinstatement.
645—64.7(157,272C) Continuing education waiver for
active practitioners. A licensee licensed to practice as outlined in
645—Chapter 60 shall be deemed to have complied with the continuing
education requirements of this state during the period that the licensee serves
honorably on active duty in the military services or as a government employee
outside the United States as a practicing licensee under 645— Chapter
60.
645—64.8(157,272C) Continuing education exemption
for inactive practitioners. A licensee who is not engaged in practice in
the state of Iowa may be granted an exemption of continuing education compliance
and obtain a certificate of exemption upon written application to the board.
The application shall contain a statement that the applicant will not engage in
practice in Iowa without first complying with all regulations governing
reinstatement after exemption. The application for a certificate of exemption
shall be submitted upon forms provided by the board. The licensee shall have
completed the required continuing education at the time of
reinstatement.
645—64.9(157,272C) Continuing education waiver for
disability or illness. The board may, in individual cases involving
disability or illness, grant waivers of the minimum education requirements or
extension of time within which to fulfill the same or make the required reports.
No waiver or extension of time shall be granted unless written application
therefor is made on forms provided by the board and signed by the licensee and
appropriate licensed health care practitioners. The board may grant waiver of
the minimum educational requirements for any period of time not to exceed one
calendar year from the onset of disability or illness. In the event that the
disability or illness upon which a waiver has been granted continues beyond the
period of waiver, the licensee must reapply for an extension of the waiver. The
board may, as a condition of any waiver granted, require the applicant to make
up a certain portion or all of the minimum educational requirements waived by
such methods as may be prescribed by the board.
645—64.10(157,272C) Reinstatement of inactive
practitioners. Inactive practitioners who have been granted a waiver of
compliance with these rules and obtained a certificate of waiver shall, prior to
engaging in practice in the state of Iowa, satisfy the following requirements
for reinstatement.
64.10(1) Submit a written application for
reinstatement to the board upon forms provided by the board;
64.10(2) Submit the reinstatement fee;
64.10(3) Pay all of the renewal fees then due to a
maximum of two bienniums; and
64.10(4) Furnish in the application evidence of one of
the following:
a. Satisfactory completion of continuing education
requirements during the period since the license became inactive. The total
number of continuing education hours required for license reinstatement is
computed by multiplying 8 by the number of bienniums since the license lapsed to
a maximum of four bienniums or 32 continuing education hours.
b. If the license has lapsed for four bienniums or more, the
person shall complete the national board examination.
645—64.11(272C) Hearings. In the event of
denial, in whole or part, of any application for approval of a continuing
education program or credit for continuing education activity, the applicant,
licensee or program provider shall have the right within 20 days after the
sending of the notification of denial by ordinary mail to request a hearing
which shall be held within 90 days after receipt of the request for hearing.
The hearing shall be conducted by the board or an administrative law judge
designated by the board, in substantial compliance with the hearing procedure
set forth in rule 645—11.9(17A).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 272C.2
and chapter 157.
ITEM 2. Renumber rule
645—65.12(272C) as 645— 65.1(272C).
ARC 0326B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147A.4,the
Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 132, “Emergency Medical Services—Service Program
Authorization,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments are intended to implement 2000 Iowa
Acts, chapter 1009, by allowing EMS providers to function in a hospital or other
entity in which health care is ordinarily provided.
The Department has provided specific provisions for a waiver
or variance from rules in Chapter 132. A party seeking a waiver or variance
from the rules should do so pursuant to the waiver provisions contained in
subrule 132.8(11).
The Department’s Emergency Medical Services Advisory
Council unanimously adopted the proposed changes at the October 11, 2000,
meeting.
The Department of Public Health will hold a public hearing
over the Iowa Communications Network (ICN) on Tuesday, December 19, 2000, from 1
to 2 p.m. Sites participating in the ICN broadcast include the
following:
Spencer Public Library, 21 East Third, Spencer
National Guard Armory, 1712 LaClark Road, Carroll
National Guard Armory, 315 12th Avenue NW, Hampton
Department of Public Health, ICN Room, Sixth Floor, Lucas
State Office Building, 321 East 12th Street, Des Moines
National Guard Armory, 195 Radford Road, Dubuque
National Guard Armory, 501 Highway 1 South,
Washington
At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
amendments. Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have
special requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact
the Department of Public Health and advise of specific needs.
Any oral or written comments must be received on or before
December 19, 2000. Comments should be addressed to Gary Ireland, EMS Bureau
Chief, Department of Public Health, 401 SW 7th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa
50309.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
147A.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
641—132.1(147A) as follows:
Amend the following definitions:
“Ambulance” means any privately or publicly owned
rotorcraft or ground vehicle specifically designed, modified, constructed,
equipped, staffed and used regularly to transport the sick, injured or otherwise
incapacitated. who are in need of out–of–hospital emergency
medical care or whose condition requires treatment or continuous observation
while being transported.
“Ambulance service” means any privately or
publicly owned service program which utilizes ambulances in order to provide
patient transportation and emergency medical services. care at
the scene of an emergency or while en route to a hospital or during transfer
from one medical care facility to another or to a private home. An ambulance
service may use first response or rescue vehicles (nontransport) to supplement
ambulance vehicles.
“Current course completion card”
means written recognition given for training and successful course completion of
CPR or ACLS with an expiration date or a recommended renewal date that exceeds
the current date.
“Mutual aid” means an agreement, preferably in
writing, between two or more services that addresses how and under what
circumstances each service will respond to a request for assistance in
situations that exhaust available resources.
“Off–line medical direction” means the
monitoring of EMS providers through retroactive
retrospective field assessments and treatment documentation review,
critiques of selected cases with the EMS personnel, and statistical review of
the system.
“On–line medical direction” means immediate
medical advice via radio or phone communications between the EMS
provider and direction provided directly to service program EMS
providers, in accordance with written parameters and protocols, by the
medical director, supervising physician or physician designee either
on–scene or by any telecommunications system.
“Physician designee” means any registered nurse
licensed under Iowa Code chapter 152, or any physician assistant licensed under
Iowa Code chapter 148C and approved by the board of physician assistant
examiners, who holds a current course completion
card in ACLS. The physician designee may act
acts as an intermediary for a supervising physician in accordance with
written policies and protocols in directing the actions of emergency medical
care personnel in accordance with written policies and
protocols providing emergency medical services.
“Service program” or “service” means
any 24–hour emergency medical care ambulance service or
nontransport service that has received authorization by the
department.
Adopt the following new definitions in
alphabetical order:
“Critical care transport (CCT)” means specialty
care patient transportation when medically necessary for a critically ill or
injured patient, between medical care facilities, and provided by an authorized
ambulance service that is endorsed by the department to provide critical care
transportation and staffed by one or more critical care paramedics or other
health care professional in an appropriate specialty area.
“Direct supervision” means services provided by an
EMS provider in a hospital setting or other health care entity in which health
care is ordinarily performed when in the personal presence of a physician or
under the direction of a physician who is immediately available or under the
direction of a physician assistant or registered nurse who is immediately
available and is acting consistent with adopted policies and protocols of a
hospital or other health care entity.
“Patient care report” means the
out–of–hospital medical record documenting the evaluation and
management of the patient.
“Tiered response” means a rendezvous of service
programs to allow the transfer of patient care.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 641—132.2(147A)
as follows:
641—132.2(147A) Authority of emergency medical care
personnel.
132.2(1) Emergency medical
care personnel shall perform under the supervision of a physician in accordance
with Iowa Code chapter 147A and these rules.
132.2(2) An emergency medical care provider
may:
a. Render via on–line medical direction emergency
and nonemergency medical care in those areas for which the emergency medical
care provider is certified, as part of an authorized service program:
(1) At the scene of an emergency;
(2) During transportation to a hospital;
(3) While in the hospital emergency department;
(4) Until patient care is directly assumed by a physician or
by authorized hospital personnel; and
(5) During transfer from one medical care facility to another
or to a private home.
b. Function in any hospital or any other entity in which
health care is ordinarily provided only when under the direct supervision of a
physician when:
(1) Enrolled as a student or participating as a preceptor in a
training program approved by the department;
(2) Fulfilling continuing education requirements;
(3) Employed by or assigned to a hospital or other entity
in which health care is ordinarily provided only when under the direct
supervision of a physician as a member of an authorized service program,
or in an individual capacity, by rendering lifesaving services in the
facility in which employed or assigned pursuant to the emergency medical care
provider’s certification and under direct supervision of a physician,
physician assistant, or registered nurse. An emergency medical care
provider shall not routinely function without the direct supervision of a
physician, physician assistant, or registered nurse. However,
when the physician, physician assistant, or registered nurse
cannot directly assume emergency care of the patient, the emergency medical care
personnel may perform, without direct supervision, emergency medical care
procedures for which certified, if the life of the patient is in immediate
danger and such care is required to preserve the patient’s life;
(4) Employed by or assigned to a hospital or other entity
in which health care is ordinarily provided only when under the direct
supervision of a physician as a member of an authorized service
program, or in an individual capacity, to perform nonlifesaving
procedures for which trained and designated in a written job description. Such
procedures may be performed after the patient is observed by and when the
emergency medical care provider is under the supervision of the
physician, physician assistant, or registered nurse,
including when the registered nurse is not acting in the capacity of a
physician designee, and where the procedure may be immediately abandoned
without risk to the patient.
132.2(3) to 132.2(6) No change.
ARC 0315B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.17(19) and
422.68, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 39, “Filing Return and Payment of Tax,”
Chapter 40, “Determination of Net Income,” Chapter 41,
“Determination of Taxable Income,” Chapter 42, “Adjustments to
Computed Tax,” Chapter 43, “Assessments and Refunds,” Chapter
46, “Withholding,” and Chapter 52, “Filing Returns, Payment of
Tax and Penalty and Interest,” Iowa Administrative Code.
A number of changes in the individual income tax, corporate
income tax, and income tax withholding laws were made by 2000 Iowa Acts,
chapters 1078, 1058, 1072, 1103, 1163, 1194, 1209, 1146 and 1174. Most of the
changes are retroactively applicable to January 1, 2000, for tax years beginning
on or after that date. However, two of the changes are effective on January 1,
2001, for tax years beginning on or after that date.
Item 1, which amends subrule 39.1(2), provides that
nonresidents of Iowa are required to file Iowa income tax returns if they are
subject to Iowa alternative minimum tax even if the nonresidents have Iowa net
incomes of less than $1,000.
Item 2, which amends subrule 39.1(3), provides that
part–year residents of Iowa are required to file Iowa returns if they are
subject to Iowa alternative minimum tax even if the part–year residents
have Iowa net income of less than $1,000. This item also includes revision of
the implementation clause for rule 39.1(422).
Item 3, amending rule 39.12(422), provides that persons who
serve in an area designated as a qualified hazardous duty area are eligible for
the same tax benefits as persons serving in a combat zone. This item also
describes the tax benefits that are available to individuals serving in a
hazardous duty area as well as persons serving in support of persons in the
hazardous duty area. This item also includes revision of the implementation
clause.
Item 4, which amends rule 40.3(422), provides that interest
from notes issued by rural water districts is exempt from state income tax as
well as interest from bonds issued by water districts.
Item 5 amends rule 40.3(422) by adding two new paragraphs
regarding bonds issued by the Iowa higher education loan authority and bonds
issued for the Vision Iowa Program which are state tax–exempt. This item
also includes amendment of the implementation clause for rule
40.3(422).
Item 6, which amends rule 40.47(422), describes an additional
increase in the partial pension/retirement income exclusion for certain
taxpayers, which is effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1,
2001. The item also amends the implementation clause for this rule.
Item 7, amending rule 40.53(422), revises the rule for the
deduction of contributions made to the educational savings plan trust to provide
that a participant can make a greater contribution on behalf of a respective
beneficiary in a tax year than under prior law. In addition, the item provides
that the amount that is deductible on the participant’s state income tax
return for the 2000 tax year has been increased or indexed for inflation. The
implementation clause for this rule is also revised in this item.
Item 8, adopting new rule 40.55(422), provides an income tax
exemption for income payments received by victims of the holocaust for labor
performed in the World War II era and for assets stolen from or lost by these
victims. In cases in which the holocaust victims are deceased, heirs of the
victims are eligible for the income tax exemption of the income
payments.
Item 9 amends the implementation clause for rule 42.1(257,422)
to show that 2000 legislation repealed a provision for a specific surtax for the
removal of asbestos in public schools which did not affect the surtax rule.
References are added in this implementation clause to school district surtax
provisions which should have been previously cited.
Item 10, adopting new subrule 42.2(10), provides for the
computation of the research activities credit as under the prior statute. The
rule also includes a provision for making an election for computing the research
credit in a manner that is consistent with the alternative incremental credit
described in federal income tax law. Finally, the new rule provides that
taxpayers can choose the method used to compute the research credit for state
income tax purposes without considering the method used to compute the credit on
the federal return. The implementation clause for rule 42.2(422) is also
amended in this item.
Item 11 adopts new rule 42.14(422), which describes the
provisions of the assistive device credit for individual income tax purposes.
This is a credit for payments made by small businesses to acquire assistive
devices for disabled employees or to make workplace modifications for the
employees.
Item 12 amends the implementation clause for rule 43.8(422) to
show that the provision for the cow/calf refund was revised in 2000 Iowa Acts,
House File 2136 [chapter 1058], although the actual rule did not require
revision.
Item 13 amends subrule 46.1(2) by adopting a new paragraph
that describes the withholding of state income tax from distributions from
pensions and other retirement incomes to the extent the distributions are made
on or after January 1, 2001. This item also amends the implementation clause
for rule 46.1(422).
Item 14 adopts three new subrules for research activity
credits. The first research activities credit is for corporate income tax
purposes and includes a provision for computing the credit as under the prior
law. This subrule also includes a provision for an election for computing the
research activities credit using the alternative incremental credit method
provided in federal income tax law. Finally, this subrule provides that
taxpayers can choose the method used to compute the research activities credit
for state income tax purposes without considering the method used to compute the
credit on the federal return. The second subrule includes a provision for an
additional research activities credit for a taxpayer that meets the
qualifications of an eligible business. This research credit is an additional
research credit to the initial research credit for individual or corporate
purposes and is calculated like the initial research credit. The third subrule
is a research activities credit for increasing research activities within an
area designated as a quality jobs enterprise zone and is in lieu of the other
research credits.
Item 15 amends subrule 52.10(3) to make references in that
subrule to the new subrule 52.7(3) for the research activities credit and to new
subrule 52.7(4) for the research activities credit for an eligible
business.
Item 16 amends subrule 52.14(3) to make a reference in that
subrule to subrule 52.7(5) which is the new subrule for the research credit for
increasing research activities within a quality jobs enterprise zone.
Item 17 adopts new rule 52.17(422), which describes all the
provisions for the assistive device credit for corporate taxpayers. This is a
credit for amounts paid by small businesses for acquiring assistive devices for
disabled employees or for making workplace modifications for these
employees.
The proposed amendments will not necessitate additional
expenditures by political subdivisions or agencies and entities that contract
with political subdivisions.
There are no waiver provisions reflected in these rules
because the Department lacks the statutory authority to grant waivers of rules
that are mainly an interpretation of statutes.
The Department has determined that these proposed amendments
may have an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors
listed in Iowa Code section 17A.4A (1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 10).
The Department will issue a regulatory analysis as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4A (1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 10) if a written request is filed
by delivery or by mailing postmarked no later than January 2, 2001, to the
Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover
State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines, Iowa 50306. The request may
be made by the Administrative Rules Review Committee, the Administrative Rules
Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing that request who qualify as a small
business, or an organization representing at least 25 such persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed amendments on or before December 29, 2000. Such written
comments should be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division,
Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457,
Des Moines, Iowa 50306. Persons who want to orally convey their views should
contact the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and
Finance, at (515)281–4250 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance
offices on the fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by December 22,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
12.71, 15.335, 15A.9, 217.39, 261A.27, 279.52, 357A.15, 422.3, 422.7, 422.10,
422.11E, 422.12B, 422.13, 422.21, 422.33 and 422.121 as amended by 2000 Iowa
Acts, chapters 1078, 1058, 1072, 1103, 1163, 1194, 1209, 1146 and
1174.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 39.1(2) by
adopting the following new paragraph
“d.”
d. Nonresidents with net incomes of less than $1,000 that are
subject to Iowa alternative minimum tax. For tax years beginning on or after
January 1, 2000, every nonresident of Iowa who has a net income from Iowa
sources of less than $1,000 must make, sign, and file a return if the
nonresident is subject to Iowa alternative minimum tax.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 39.1(3) by
adopting the following new paragraph “d” and
amend the implementation clause for rule 701—39.1(422) as
follows:
d. Part–year residents with net incomes of less than
$1,000 that are subject to Iowa alternative minimum tax. For tax years
beginning on or after January 1, 2000, every part–year resident of Iowa
who has a net income from Iowa sources of less than $1,000 must make, sign and
file a return if the part–year resident is subject to Iowa alternative
minimum tax.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
sections 422.5 and 422.13 as amended by 1993 2000
Iowa Acts, chapter 123 1146.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 701—39.12(422)
as follows:
701—39.12(422) Tax benefits for persons serving in
the operation desert shield a combat zone or a
qualified hazardous duty area. For tax years ending after August 2,
1990, a number of state tax benefits are authorized for persons who
served serve in the an area
designated by the President and the Congress in 1991 as a
combat zone. Similar state tax benefits are also authorized for persons who
serve in an area designated by the President and the Congress as a qualified
hazardous duty area for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 1999.
Those persons who were in the combat zone serving in
support of the armed forces personnel in a combat zone or those persons who
were serving in support of armed forces personnel in a qualified hazardous duty
area are also eligible for the state tax benefits. The eligible
individuals are given the same additional time period to file state income tax
returns and perform other acts related to the department of revenue and finance
as would constitute timely filing of returns or timely performance of other acts
as described in Section 7508(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. “Other acts
related to the department” includes filing claims for refund for any type
of tax administered by the department, making tax payments other than
withholding payments, filing appeals on tax matters, filing returns for taxes
other than income tax, and performing other acts such as making timely
contributions to individual retirement accounts. The additional time period for
filing returns and performing other acts applies to the spouse of the person who
was in the combat zone or the qualified hazardous duty area or the spouse of
a person who was serving in support of persons in the combat zone or the
hazardous duty area to the extent the spouse files jointly or separately on
the combined return with the person who was in the combat zone or the
hazardous duty area, or when the spouse is a party with the person who was
serving in support of persons in the combat zone or hazardous duty
area to any tax matter with the department for which the additional time
period is allowed. For purposes of the tax benefits provided to persons
in the combat zone, the Internal Revenue Code is to include the provisions in
Public Law No. 102–2 which was enacted in January 1991. The
additional time period for filing state returns and performing other acts is 180
days after the person leaves the combat zone or hazardous duty area which
is the same time period as allowed in federal income tax law. However, a person
who was hospitalized because of illness or injury in the combat zone or the
hazardous duty area has up to five years to file returns or perform certain
acts with this department after leaving the combat zone or hazardous duty
area.
For tax years beginning on or after January 1, 1995, certain
persons performing peacekeeping duties in a location designated by Congress as a
qualified hazardous duty zone or other individuals performing military duties
overseas in support of the persons in the hazardous duty area are eligible for
the tax benefits described above. See rule 39.14(422) for additional
information on the Bosnia–Herzegovina hazardous duty
area.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
sections 422.3 and 422.21 as amended by 1996 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2168 chapter 1146.
ITEM 4. Amend rule
701—40.3(422), numbered paragraph “6,” as
follows:
6. Rural water districts: Bonds and notes issued under
Iowa Code section 357A.15.
ITEM 5. Amend rule
701—40.3(422) by adopting the following new numbered
paragraphs “22” and “23” and amending the
implementation clause as follows:
22. Iowa higher education loan authority: Obligations issued
by the authority on or after July 1, 2000, pursuant to either division of Iowa
Code chapter 261A as authorized in section 261A.27.
23. Vision Iowa program: Bonds issued on or after July 1,
2000, upon request of the vision Iowa board pursuant to subsection 8 of Iowa
Code section 12.71.
This rule is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1174, section 15, and Iowa Code section sections
261A.27 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1209, 357A.15 as amended by
2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1078, and 422.7.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 701—40.47(422),
introductory paragraph and implementation clause, as follows:
701—40.47(422) Partial exclusion of pensions and
other retirement benefits for disabled individuals, individuals who are 55 years
of age or older, surviving spouses, and survivors. For tax years beginning
on or after January 1, 1995, an individual who is disabled, is 55 years of age
or older, is a surviving spouse, or is a survivor with an insurable interest in
an individual who would have qualified for the exclusion is eligible for a
partial exclusion of retirement benefits received in the tax year. For tax
years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, the partial exclusion of retirement
benefits received in the tax year is increased up to a maximum of $6,000 for a
person other than a husband or wife who files a separate state return and up to
a maximum of $12,000 for a husband and wife who file a joint Iowa return.
For tax years beginning on or after January 1, 1998, the partial exclusion of
retirement benefits received in the tax year is was
increased to up to a maximum of $5,000 for a person
other than a husband or wife who files a separate state income tax return, and
up to a maximum of $10,000 for a husband and wife who file a joint state income
tax return. A husband and wife filing separate state income tax returns or
separately on a combined state return are allowed a combined exclusion of
retirement benefits of up to a maximum of $10,000 for tax years
beginning in 1998, 1999 and 2000 and a combined exclusion of up to a maximum of
$12,000 for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2001. The
$10,000 or $12,000 exclusion may be allocated to the husband and wife in
the proportion that each spouse’s respective pension and retirement
benefits received bear to the total combined pension and retirement benefits
received by both spouses.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 422.5
and 422.7 as amended by 1998 2000 Iowa Acts,
House File 2513 chapter 1194.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 701—40.53(422)
as follows:
Amend subrule 40.53(1), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
40.53(1) Deduction from net income for
contributions made to the Iowa educational savings plan trust on behalf of
beneficiaries. Effective with contributions made on or after July 1, 1998, an
individual referred to as a “participant” can claim a deduction on
the Iowa individual income tax return for contributions made by that individual
to the Iowa educational savings plan trust on behalf of a beneficiary. The
deduction on the 1998 Iowa return cannot exceed $2,000 per beneficiary for
contributions made in 1998 or the adjusted maximum annual amount for
contributions made after 1998. Note that the maximum annual amount that can
be deducted per beneficiary is to be may be adjusted
or increased to an amount greater than $2,000 for inflation on an annual
basis. Starting with tax years beginning in the 2000 calendar year, a
participant may contribute an amount on behalf of a beneficiary that is greater
than $2,000, but may claim a deduction on the Iowa individual return, of the
lesser of the amount given or $2,000 as adjusted by inflation. For example, if
a taxpayer made a $5,000 contribution on behalf of a beneficiary to the
educational savings plan in 2000, the taxpayer may claim a deduction on the IA
1040 return for 2000 in the amount of $2,054, as this amount is $2,000 as
adjusted for inflation in effect for 2000.
Amend the implementation clause as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 422.7 as
amended by 1998 2000 Iowa Acts, House File
2119 chapter 1163.
ITEM 8. Amend 701—Chapter 40 by
adopting the following new rule:
701—40.55(422) Exemption of income payments for
victims of the holocaust and heirs of victims. For tax years beginning on
or after January 1, 2000, income payments received by individuals because they
were victims of the holocaust or income payments received by individuals who are
heirs of victims of the holocaust are excluded in the computation of net
incomes, to the extent the payments were included in the individuals’
federal adjusted gross incomes. Victims of the holocaust were victims of
persecution in the World War II era for racial, ethnic or religious reasons by
Nazi Germany or other Axis regime.
Holocaust victims may receive income payments for slave labor
performed in the World War II era. Income payments may also be received by
holocaust victims as reparation for assets stolen from, hidden from, or
otherwise lost in the World War II era, including proceeds from insurance
policies of the victims. The World War II era includes the time of the war and
the time immediately before and immediately after the war. However, income from
assets acquired with the income payments or from the sale of those assets shall
not be excluded from the computation of net income. The exemption of income
payments shall only apply to the first recipient of the income payments who was
either a victim of persecution by Nazi Germany or any other Axis regime or a
person who is an heir of the victim of persecution.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 217.39
and 422.7 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1103.
ITEM 9. Amend rule
701—42.1(422), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 257.21,
257.29, 279.54, 298.2, 442.15, and 422.16
and 442.17.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 701—42.2(422)
by adopting the following new subrule and amending the
implementation clause as follows:
42.2(10) Research activities credit. Effective
for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, the taxes imposed for
individual income tax purposes will be reduced by a tax credit for increasing
research activities in this state. See subrule 42.2(6) for the research
activities credit that was applicable for individual income tax purposes for tax
years beginning on or after January 1, 1985, but prior to January 1,
2000.
a. The credit equals the sum of the following:
(1) Six and one–half percent of the excess of qualified
research expenses during the tax year over the base amount for the tax year
based upon the state’s apportioned share of the qualifying expenditures
for increasing research activities.
(2) Six and one–half percent of the basic research
payments determined under Section 41(e)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code
during the tax year based upon the state’s apportioned share of the
qualifying expenditures for increasing research activities. The state’s
apportioned share of the qualifying expenditures for increasing research
activities is a percent equal to the ratio of qualified research expenditures in
this state to total qualified research activities.
b. In lieu of the credit computed under paragraph
“a” of this subrule, a taxpayer may elect to compute the credit
amount for qualified research expenses incurred in this state in a manner
consistent with the alternative incremental credit described in Section 41(c)(4)
of the Internal Revenue Code. The taxpayer may make this election regardless of
the method used by the taxpayer on the taxpayer’s federal income tax
return. The election made under this paragraph is for the tax year and the
taxpayer may use another method or this same method for any subsequent tax year.
For purposes of this alternative research credit computation, the credit
percentages applicable to qualified research expenses described in clauses (i),
(ii), and (iii) of Section 41(c)(4)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code are 1.65
percent, 2.20 percent, and 2.75 percent, respectively.
For purposes of this subrule, the terms “base
amount,” “basic research payment,” and “qualified
research expense” mean the same as defined for the federal credit for
increasing research activities under Section 41 of the Internal Revenue Code,
except that for purposes of the alternative incremental credit described in
paragraph “b” of this subrule, such amounts are limited to research
activities conducted within this state. For purposes of this subrule,
“Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code in effect on
January 1, 2000.
c. An individual may claim a research activities credit
incurred by a partnership, S corporation, limited liability company, estate, or
trust electing to have the income of the business entity taxed to the
individual. The amount claimed by an individual from the business entity is to
be based upon the pro–rata share of the individual’s earnings from a
partnership, S corporation, estate or trust. Any research credit in excess of
the individual’s tax liability, less the credits authorized in Iowa Code
sections 422.11A, 422.12 and 422.12B may be refunded to the individual or may be
credited to the individual’s tax liability for the following tax
year.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code
Supplement sections 15.333 and 422.10 as amended by 2000
Iowa Acts, chapters 1194 and 1146, and Iowa Code sections 422.11A, 422.12
and 422.12B as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1146.
ITEM 11. Amend 701—Chapter 42 by
adopting the following new rule:
701—42.14(422) Assistive device tax credit.
Effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, a taxpayer, who
is a small business that purchases, rents, or modifies an assistive device or
makes workplace modifications for an individual with a disability who is
employed or will be employed by the taxpayer, may qualify for an assistive
device tax credit, subject to the availability of the credit. The assistive
device credit is equal to 50 percent of the first $5,000 paid during the tax
year by the small business for the purchase, rental, or modification of an
assistive device or for making workplace modifications. Any credit in excess of
the tax liability may be refunded or applied to the taxpayer’s tax
liability for the following tax year. If the taxpayer elects to take the
assistive device tax credit, the taxpayer is not to deduct for Iowa income tax
purposes any amount of the cost of an assistive device or workplace modification
that is deductible for federal income tax purposes. A small business will not
be eligible for the assistive device credit if the device is provided for an
owner of the small business unless the owner is a bona fide employee of the
small business.
42.14(1) Submitting applications for the credit. A
small business wanting to receive the assistive device tax credit must submit an
application for the credit to the Iowa department of economic development and
provide other information and documents requested by the Iowa department of
economic development. If the taxpayer meets the criteria for qualification for
the credit, the Iowa department of economic development will issue the taxpayer
a certificate of entitlement for the credit. However, the aggregate amount of
assistive device tax credits that may be granted by the Iowa department of
economic development to all small businesses during a fiscal year cannot exceed
$500,000. The certificate for entitlement of the assistive device credit is to
include the taxpayer’s name, the taxpayer’s address, the
taxpayer’s tax identification number, the estimated amount of the tax
credit, the date on which the taxpayer’s application was approved, the
date when it is anticipated that the assistive device project will be completed
and a space on the application where the taxpayer is to enter the date that the
assistive device project was completed. The certificate for entitlement will
not be considered to be valid for purposes of claiming the assistive device
credit on the taxpayer’s Iowa income tax return until the taxpayer has
completed the assistive device project and has entered the completion date on
the certificate of entitlement form. The tax year of the small business in
which the assistive device project is completed is the tax year for which the
assistive device credit may be claimed. For example, in a case where taxpayer A
received a certificate of entitlement for an assistive device credit on
September 15, 2000, and completed the assistive device workplace modification
project on January 15, 2001, taxpayer A could claim the assistive device credit
on taxpayer A’s 2001 Iowa return, assuming that taxpayer A is filing
returns on a calendar–year basis.
The department of revenue and finance will not allow the
assistive device credit on a taxpayer’s return if the certificate of
entitlement or a legible copy of the certificate is not attached to the
taxpayer’s income tax return. If the taxpayer has been granted a
certificate of entitlement and the taxpayer is a partnership, limited liability
company, S corporation, estate, or trust, where the income of the taxpayer is
taxed to the individual owner(s) of the business entity, the taxpayer must
provide a copy of the certificate to each of the owners with a statement showing
how the credit is to be allocated among the individual owners of the business
entity. An individual owner is to attach a copy of the certificate of
entitlement and the statement of allocation of the assistive device credit to
the individual’s state income tax return.
42.14(2) Definitions. The following definitions are
applicable to this rule:
“Assistive device” means any item, piece of
equipment, or product system which is used to increase, maintain, or improve the
functional capabilities of an individual with a disability in the workplace or
on the job. “Assistive device” does not mean any medical device,
surgical device, or organ implanted or transplanted into or attached directly to
an individual. “Assistive device” does not include any device for
which a certificate of title is issued by the state department of
transportation, but does include any item, piece of equipment, or product system
otherwise meeting the definition of “assistive device” that is
incorporated, attached, or included as a modification in or to such a device
issued a certificate of title.
“Business entity” means partnership, limited
liability company, S corporation, estate, or trust, where the income of the
business is taxed to each of the individual owners of the business, whether the
individual owner is a partner, member, shareholder, or beneficiary.
“Disability” means the same as defined in Iowa
Code section 225C.46. Therefore, “disability” means, with respect
to an individual, a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one
or more of the major life activities of the individual, a record of physical or
mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life
activities of the individual, or being regarded as an individual with a physical
or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life
activities of the individual. “Disability” does not include any of
the following:
1. Homosexuality or bisexuality;
2. Transvestism, transsexualism, pedophilia, exhibitionism,
voyeurism, gender identity disorders, or other sexual behavior
disorders;
3. Compulsive gambling, kleptomania, or pyromania;
4. Psychoactive substance abuse disorders resulting from
current illegal use of drugs;
5. Alcoholism.
“Employee” means an individual who is employed by
the small business who meets the criteria in Treasury Regulation §
31.3401(c)–1(b), which is the definition of an employee for federal income
tax withholding purposes. An individual who receives self–employment
income from the small business is not to be considered an employee of the small
business for purposes of this rule.
“Small business” means that the business either
had gross receipts in the tax year before the current tax year of $3 million or
less or employed not more than 14 full–time employees during the tax year
prior to the current tax year.
“Workplace modifications” means physical
alterations to the office, factory, or other work environment where the disabled
employee is working or is to work.
42.14(3) Allocation of credit to owners of a business
entity. If the taxpayer that was entitled to an assistive device credit is a
business entity, the business entity is to allocate the allowable credit to each
of the individual owners of the entity on the basis of each owner’s
pro–rata share of the earnings of the entity to the total earnings of the
entity. Therefore, if a partnership has an assistive device credit for a tax
year of $2.500 and one partner of the partnership receives 25 percent of the
earnings of the partnership, that partner would receive an assistive device
credit for the tax year of $625 or 25 percent of the total assistive device
credit of the partnership.
This rule is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1194, section 11.
ITEM 12. Amend the implementation clause
for rule 701—43.8(422) as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 422.120
and 422.122 and Iowa Code Supplement section 422.121 as amended by 2000 Iowa
Acts, chapter 1058.
ITEM 13. Amend rule 701—46.1(422)
as follows:
Amend subrule 46.1(2) by adopting the following
new paragraph “i”:
i. Withholding from distributions made on or after January 1,
2001, from pensions, annuities, individual retirement accounts, deferred
compensation plans, and other retirement plans. Effective for distributions
made on or after January 1, 2001, from pension plans, annuities, individual
retirement accounts, deferred compensation plans, and other retirement plans,
state income tax is generally required to be withheld from the distributions
when federal income tax is being withheld from the distributions, unless one of
the exceptions for withholding in this paragraph applies. For purposes of this
paragraph, the term “pensions and other retirement plans” includes
all distributions of retirement benefits covered by the partial exemption
described in rule 701—40.47(422).
State income tax is not required to be withheld from a
distribution from a pension or other retirement plan if the distribution is an
income which is not subject to Iowa income tax, such as a distribution of
railroad retirement benefits. State income tax is also not required to be
withheld from a pension plan or other retirement plan if the amount of the
distribution is $500 per month or less or if the taxable amount is $500 or less
and the person receiving the distribution is eligible for the partial exemption
of retirement benefits described in rule 701—40.47(422), if the state
taxable amount can be determined by the payee of the distribution. There is
also no requirement for withholding state income tax from a pension or other
retirement plan if the distribution is $1,000 per month or less or if the
taxable amount is $1,000 or less and the person receiving the distribution is
eligible for the partial exemption of retirement benefits described in rule
701— 40.47(422) and that person has indicated an intention to file a joint
state income tax return for the year in which the distribution is made. In
instances where the distribution amount or the taxable amount is more than $500
per month but less than $6,000 for the year, no state income tax will be
required to be withheld, if the person receiving the distribution is eligible
for the partial exemption of retirement benefits.
Finally, there is no requirement for withholding from a
lump–sum payment from a qualified retirement plan if the lump–sum
payment is $6,000 or less, the recipient is eligible for the partial exemption
of distributions from pensions and other retirement plans, and the
lump–sum payment is the only distribution from the retirement plan in the
year.
Amend the implementation clause as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 96.3,
99B.21, 99D.16, 99E.19, and 99F.18, 422.5 and 422.16 and
Iowa Code sections section 422.7, 422.15, and
422.16 as amended by 1998 2000 Iowa
Acts, House File 2513 chapter 1194.
ITEM 14. Amend rule 701—52.7(422)
by adopting the following new subrules and amending the
implementation clause as follows:
52.7(3) Research activities credit for tax years
beginning in 2000. Effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1,
2000, the taxes imposed for corporate income tax purposes will be reduced by a
tax credit for increasing research activities.
a. The credit equals the sum of the following:
(1) Six and one–half percent of the excess of qualified
research expenses during the tax year over the base amount for the tax year
based upon the state’s apportioned share of the qualifying expenditures
for increasing research activities.
(2) Six and one–half percent of the basic research
payments determined under Section 41(e)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code
during the tax year based upon the state’s apportioned share of the
qualifying expenditures for increasing research activities.
The state’s apportioned share of the qualifying
expenditures for increasing research activities is a percent equal to the ratio
of qualified research expenditures in this state to total qualified research
expenditures.
b. In lieu of the credit computed under paragraph
“a” of this subrule, a taxpayer may elect to compute the credit
amount for qualified research expenses incurred in this state in a manner
consistent with the alternative incremental credit described in Section 41(c)(4)
of the Internal Revenue Code. The taxpayer may make this election regardless of
the method used by the taxpayer on the taxpayer’s federal income tax
return. The election made under this paragraph is for the tax year and the
taxpayer may use another method or this same method for any subsequent tax
year.
For purposes of this alternative research credit computation,
the credit percentages applicable to qualified research expenses described in
clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of Section 41(c)(4)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code
are 1.65 percent, 2.20 percent, and 2.75 percent, respectively.
c. For purposes of this subrule, the terms “base
amount,” “basic research payment,” and “qualified
research expense” mean the same as defined for the federal credit for
increasing research activities under Section 41 of the Internal Revenue Code,
except that for purposes of the alternative incremental credit described in
paragraph “b” of this subrule, such amounts are limited to research
activities conducted within this state. For purposes of this rule,
“Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code in effect on
January 1, 2000.
d. A shareholder in an S corporation may claim the
pro–rata share of the Iowa credit for increasing research activities on
the shareholder’s individual return. The S corporation must provide each
shareholder with a schedule showing the computation of the corporation’s
Iowa credit for increasing research activities and the shareholder’s
pro–rata share. The shareholder’s pro–rata share of the Iowa
credit for increasing research activities must be in the same ratio as the
shareholder’s pro–rata share in the earnings of the S
corporation.
Any research credit in excess of the corporation’s tax
liability less the credits authorized in Iowa Code sections 422.33, 422.91 and
422.111 may be refunded to the taxpayer or credited to the estimated tax of the
corporation for the following year.
52.7(4) Research activities credit for an eligible
business. Effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, an
eligible business may claim a tax credit for increasing research activities in
this state during the period the eligible business is participating in the new
jobs and income program with the Iowa department of economic development. An
eligible business must meet all the conditions listed under Iowa Code section
15.329, which include requirements to make an investment of $10 million as
indexed for inflation and the creation of a minimum of 50 full–time
positions. The research credit authorized in this subrule is in addition to the
research activities credit described in subrule 42.2(10) or the research credit
described in subrule 52.7(3).
a. The additional research activities credit for an eligible
business is computed under the criteria for computing the research activities
credit under subrule 42.2(10) or under subrule 52.7(3), depending on which of
those subrules the initial research credit was computed. The same qualified
research expenses and basic research expenses apply in computation of the
research credit for an eligible business as were applicable in computing the
credit in subrule 42.2(10) or 52.7(3). In addition, if the alternative
incremental credit method was used to compute the initial research credit under
subrule 42.2(10) or 52.7(3), that method would be used to compute the research
credit for an eligible business. Therefore, if a taxpayer that met the
qualifications of an eligible business had a research activities credit of
$200,000 as computed under subrule 52.7(3), the research activities credit for
the eligible business would result in an additional credit for the taxpayer of
$200,000.
b. If the eligible business is a partnership, S corporation,
limited liability company, estate or trust where the income from the eligible
business is taxed to the individual owners of the business, these individual
owners may claim the additional research activities credit allowed to the
eligible business. The research credit is allocated to each of the individual
owners of the eligible business on the basis of the pro–rata share of that
individual’s earnings from the eligible business.
52.7(5) Corporate tax research credit for increasing
research activities within a quality jobs enterprise zone. Effective for tax
years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, the taxes imposed for corporate
income tax purposes will be reduced by a tax credit for increasing research
activities within an area designated as a quality jobs enterprise zone. This
credit for increasing research activities is in lieu of the research activities
credit described in subrule 42.2(10) or the research activities credit described
in subrule 52.7(3).
a. The credit equals the sum of the following:
(1) Thirteen percent of the excess of qualified research
expenses during the tax year over the base amount for the tax year based upon
the state’s apportioned share of the qualifying expenditures for research
activities.
(2) Thirteen percent of the basic research payments determined
under Section 41(e)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code during the tax year based
upon the state’s apportioned share of the qualifying expenditures for
increasing research activities. The state’s apportioned share of the
qualifying expenditures for increasing research activities is a percent equal to
the ratio of qualified research expenditures in the quality jobs enterprise zone
to total qualified research expenditures.
b. In lieu of the credit computed under paragraph
“a” of this subrule, a taxpayer may elect to compute the credit
amount for qualified research expenses incurred in the quality jobs enterprise
zone in a manner consistent with the alternative incremental credit described in
section 41(c)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code. The taxpayer may make this
election regardless of the method used by the taxpayer on the taxpayer’s
federal income tax return. The election made under this paragraph is for the
tax year and the taxpayer may use another method or this same method for any
subsequent tax year. For purposes of this alternative research credit
computation, the credit percentages applicable to qualified research expenses
described in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of Section 41(c)(4)(A) of the Internal
Revenue Code are 3.30 percent, 4.40 percent, and 5.50 percent,
respectively.
c. For purposes of this rule, the terms “base
amount,” “basic research payment,” and “qualified
research expense” mean the same as defined for the federal credit for
increasing research activities under Section 41 of the Internal Revenue Code,
except that for purposes of the alternative incremental credit described in
subrule 52.7(3) of this rule, such amounts are limited to research activities
conducted within the quality jobs enterprise zone. For purposes of this rule,
“Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code in effect on
January 1, 2000.
d. Any research credit in excess of the corporation’s
tax liability for the taxable year may be refunded to the taxpayer or credited
to the corporation’s tax liability for the following year.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
section 422.33 as amended by 1998 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2537 chapter 1194.
ITEM 15. Amend subrule 52.10(3) to read
as follows:
52.10(3) Research activities credit. An additional
research credit of 6½ percent of the
state’s apportioned share of “qualifying expenditures” is
available to an eligible business. The credit is available for qualifying
expenditures incurred after May 1, 1994. The additional research activities
credit is in addition to the credit set forth in Iowa Code section
422.33(5).
See rule 701—52.7(422) for the computation of the
research activities credit.
See also subrule 52.7(3) for the computation of the
research activities credit for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2000,
and subrule 52.7(4) for the research activities credit for an eligible business
for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2000.
Any credit in excess of the tax liability for the tax year may
be carried forward seven years or until used, whichever is the earlier. This is
in contrast to the research activities credit in Iowa Code section 422.33(5)
where any credit in excess of the tax liability for the tax year may be carried
forward until used or refunded. For tax years ending on or after July 1, 1996,
the additional research activities credit may at the option of the taxpayer be
refunded.
If the business is a partnership, S corporation, limited
liability company, or an estate or trust electing to have the income taxed
directly to an individual, an individual may claim the credit. The amount
claimed by an individual must be based on the individual’s pro–rata
share of the individual’s earnings of the partnership, S corporation,
limited liability company, or estate or trust.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
section 15.333 as amended by 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 172
and section 15.335 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1194.
ITEM 16. Amend rule
701—52.14(422), numbered paragraph “3” and the
implementation clause, as follows:
3. Research activities credit as provided in Iowa Code section
15.335 (see rule 701—52.10(15)) for tax years ending
after May 1, 1994, but prior to tax years beginning on or after January
1, 2000) and subrule 52.7(5) for the research credit for increasing research
activities within a quality jobs enterprise zone for tax years beginning on or
after January 1, 2001.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 15E.186
and Iowa Code Supplement section 15A.9(8) creat–ed
as amended by 1997 2000 Iowa Acts, House
File 724 chapter 1194.
ITEM 17. Amend 701—Chapter 52 by
adopting the following new rule:
701—52.17(422) Assistive device tax credit.
Effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2000, a taxpayer who is
a small business that purchases, rents, or modifies an assistive device or makes
workplace modifications for an individual with a disability who is employed or
will be employed by the taxpayer may qualify for an assistive device tax credit,
subject to the availability of the credit. The assistive device credit is equal
to 50 percent of the first $5,000 paid during the tax year by the small business
for the purchase, rental, or modification of an assistive device or for making
workplace modifications. Any credit in excess of the tax liability may be
refunded or applied to the taxpayer’s tax liability for the following tax
year. If the taxpayer elects to take the assistive device tax credit, the
taxpayer is not to deduct for Iowa income tax purposes any amount of the cost of
the assistive device or workplace modification that is deductible for federal
income tax purposes. A small business will not be eligible for the assistive
device credit if the device is provided for an owner of the small business
unless the owner is a bona fide employee of the small business.
52.17(1) Submitting applications for the credit. A
small business wanting to receive the assistive device tax credit must submit an
application for the credit to the Iowa department of economic development and
provide other information and documents requested by the Iowa department of
economic development. If the taxpayer meets the criteria for qualification for
the credit, the Iowa department of economic development will issue the taxpayer
a certificate of entitlement for the credit. However, the aggregate amount of
assistive device tax credits that may be granted by the Iowa department of
economic development to all small businesses during a fiscal year cannot exceed
$500,000. The certificate for entitlement of the assistive device credit is to
include the taxpayer’s name, the taxpayer’s address, the
taxpayer’s tax identification number, the estimated amount of the tax
credit, the date on which the taxpayer’s application was approved and the
date when it is anticipated that the assistive device project will be completed
and a space on the application where the taxpayer is to enter the date that the
assistive device project was completed. The certificate for entitlement will
not be considered to be valid for purposes of claiming the assistive device
credit on the taxpayer’s Iowa income tax return until the taxpayer has
completed the assistive device project and has entered the completion date on
the certificate of entitlement form. The tax year of the small business in
which the assistive device project is completed is the tax year for which the
assistive device credit may be claimed. For example, in a case where taxpayer A
received a certificate of entitlement for an assistive device credit on
September 15, 2000, and completed the assistive device workplace modification
project on January 15, 2001, taxpayer A could claim the assistive device credit
on taxpayer A’s 2001 Iowa return assuming that taxpayer A is filing
returns on a calendar–year basis.
The department of revenue and finance will not allow the
assistive device credit on a taxpayer’s return if the certificate of
entitlement or a legible copy of the certificate is not attached to the
taxpayer’s income tax return. If the taxpayer has been granted a
certificate of entitlement and the taxpayer is an S corporation, where the
income of the taxpayer is taxed to the individual owner(s) of the business
entity, the taxpayer must provide a copy of the certificate to each of the
shareholders with a statement showing how the credit is to be allocated among
the individual owners of the S corporation. An individual owner is to attach a
copy of the certificate of entitlement and the statement of allocation of the
assistive device credit to the individual’s state income tax
return.
52.17(2) Definitions. The following definitions are
applicable to this subrule:
“Assistive device” means any item, piece of
equipment, or product system which is used to increase, maintain, or improve the
functional capabilities of an individual with a disability in the workplace or
on the job. “Assistive device” does not mean any medical device,
surgical device, or organ implanted or transplanted into or attached directly to
an individual. “Assistive device” does not include any device for
which a certificate of title is issued by the state department of
transportation, but does include any item, piece of equipment, or product system
otherwise meeting the definition of “assistive device” that is
incorporated, attached, or included as a modification in or to such a device
issued a certificate of title.
“Business entity” means partnership, limited
liability company, S corporation, estate or trust, where the income of the
business is taxed to the individual owners of the business, whether the
individual owner is a partner, member, shareholder, or beneficiary.
“Disability” means the same as defined in Iowa
Code section 225C.46. Therefore, “disability” means, with respect
to an individual, a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one
or more of the major life activities of the individual, a record of physical or
mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life
activities of the individual, or being regarded as an individual with a physical
or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life
activities of the individual. “Disability” does not include any of
the following:
1. Homosexuality or bisexuality;
2. Transvestism, transsexualism, pedophilia, exhibitionism,
voyeurism, gender identity disorders, or other sexual behavior
disorders;
3. Compulsive gambling, kleptomania, or pyromania;
4. Psychoactive substance abuse disorders resulting from
current illegal use of drugs;
5. Alcoholism.
“Employee” means an individual who is employed by
the small business who meets the criteria in Treasury Regulation § 31.3401
(c)–1(b), which is the definition of an employee for federal income tax
withholding purposes. An individual who receives self–employment income
from the small business is not to be considered to be an employee of the small
business for purposes of this rule.
“Small business” means that the business either
had gross receipts in the tax year before the current tax year of $3 million or
less or employed not more than 14 full–time employees during the tax year
prior to the current tax year.
“Workplace modifications” means physical
alterations to the office, factory, or other work environment where the disabled
employee is working or is to work.
52.17(3) Allocation of credit to owners of a business
entity. If the taxpayer that was entitled to an assistive device credit is a
business entity, the business entity is to allocate the allowable credit to each
of the individual owners of the entity on the basis of each owner’s
pro–rata share of the earnings of the entity to the total earnings of the
entity. Therefore, if an S corporation has an assistive device credit for a tax
year of $2,500 and one shareholder of the S corporation receives 25 percent of
the earnings of the corporation, that shareholder would receive an assistive
device credit for the tax year of $625 or 25 percent of the total assistive
device credit of the S corporation.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
section 422.33 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1194.
ARC 0324B
SUBSTANCE ABUSE
COMMISSION[643]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 125.7(4),
the Substance Abuse Commission proposes to adopt a new Chapter 9, “Regions
for Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
This new chapter proposes to establish rules for substance
abuse prevention and treatment regions, particularly to establish a process for
changes in service areas. Iowa Code section 125.12 outlines the comprehensive
program for substance abuse treatment and requires the division of the state
into regions. The Director, with the review of the Commission, established
regions many years ago. No provision was made at that time for responding to
requests for changes in the service areas of the regions. These rules propose a
process for that action.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on or before January 4, 2001. Such written materials should be directed to
Janet Zwick, Director, Division of Health Promotion, Prevention, and Addictive
Behaviors, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office Building, 321 E. 12th
Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
A public hearing on these proposed rules will be held on
January 4, 2001, at 1 p.m. in Room 417, Lucas State Office Building, 321 E. 12th
Street, Des Moines, Iowa.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
125.12.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 9
REGIONS FOR SUBSTANCE ABUSE PREVENTION AND
TREATMENT
643—9.1(125) Service areas established. The
department of public health, with the consent of the commission on substance
abuse, has established regions for substance abuse prevention and treatment
service areas. Substance abuse assessment, prevention and education, and
outpatient and follow–up treatment and rehabilitation shall be available
in each service area. Emergency treatment provided by a facility affiliated
with or part of the medical service of a general hospital, inpatient treatment,
residential treatment, and halfway house treatment shall be available within
reasonable driving distance of the service area.
643—9.2(125) Request for a change in service
areas. Any existing service provider may file an application with the
director to change an existing service area.
643—9.3(125) Application. The application shall
include the following:
1. The name, address, and description of the
applicant;
2. A description of the proposed change;
3. The applicant’s rationale in support of the change in
service area;
4. The number of clients the applicant proposes to serve and
the proposed increase in quality or quantity of services to these
clients;
5. A description of community support for the change;
and
6. The names and addresses of all affected parties, including
existing service providers.
643—9.4(125) Notification of affected parties.
Within ten calendar days of receipt of a complete application, the director
shall provide written notification to any affected parties identified in the
application and shall allow any affected parties so notified 30 calendar days to
submit written information in support of, or in opposition to, the
application.
643—9.5(125) Public hearing. The director may
hold a public hearing at which the applicant and any affected parties may
provide an oral presentation with respect to their positions. The director
shall give notice to the applicant and all affected parties ten calendar days
prior to holding the hearing. The hearing shall not be a contested case hearing
as that term is defined in Iowa Code chapter 17A.
643—9.6(125) Proposed decision. The director
shall issue a written proposed decision which includes findings of fact and
either approves or rejects the application. In issuing this decision, the
director shall consider the proposed application, other information received
from the applicant, information received from affected parties, the terms of any
relevant contract, city and county lines, population concentrations, and
existing substance abuse treatment and prevention services.
643—9.7(125) Change during term of contract.
The director shall not approve an application which would change a service area
during the term of an existing contract.
643—9.8(125) Commission review. The
director’s proposed decision shall be reviewed by the commission at its
next regularly scheduled meeting. The commission shall review all of the
materials considered by the director, as described in rule 9.6(125), and the
proposed decision and vote to approve or reject the director’s proposed
decision.
643—9.9(125) Commission decision. The
commission’s decision shall be issued in writing and shall be final agency
action for the purposes of Iowa Code chapter 17A.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
125.12.
ARC 0300B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Notice of Intended Action
Notice is also given to the public that the
Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written
request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section
17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons
may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 68B.4, 307.10
and 307.12, the Department of Transportation hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 26, “Consent for the Sale of Goods and
Services,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Iowa Code section 68B.4 requires the Department of
Transportation to adopt rules specifying the method by which officials may
obtain agency consent for the sale of goods and services. The following
proposed amendments are made to update this chapter. The definition of
“official” is expanded to include division directors and reflects
the current definition in Iowa Code chapter 68B. The Director of Transportation
is authorized to grant consent to sales by the division directors. The person
who grants the consent to sales by the Director of Transportation is changed
from the Deputy Director of Transportation to the Division Director of the
Director’s Staff Division. The Department of Transportation no longer has
a Deputy Director of Transportation.
The Department does not intend to grant waivers for this
requirement because the requirement is statutory and cannot be waived.
Any person or agency may submit written comments concerning
these proposed amendments or may submit a written request to make an oral
presentation. The comments or request shall:
1. Include the name, address, and telephone number of the
person or agency authoring the comments or request.
2. Reference the number and title of the proposed rule, as
given in this Notice, that is the subject of the comments or request.
3. Indicate the general content of a requested oral
presentation.
4. Be addressed to the Department of
Transportation,Director’s Staff Division, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames,
Iowa50010; fax (515)239–1639; Internet E–mail
addresstracy.george@dot.state.ia.us.
5. Be received by the Director’s Staff Division no later
than December 19, 2000.
A meeting to hear requested oral presentations is scheduled
for Thursday, December 21, 2000, at 1 p.m. in the Small Materials Conference
Room of the Department of Transportation, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa.
The meeting will be canceled without further notice if no oral
presentation is requested.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
68B.
Proposed rule–making actions:
ITEM 1. Amend rule
761—26.1(68B), definition of “official,” as
follows:
“Official” means the director of
transportation, or a member of the transportation
commission, or a division director.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 26.4(2) as
follows:
26.4(2) Who may consent. The deputy director
of transportation director of the director’s staff
division is authorized to consent to sales by the director of
transportation. The director of transportation is authorized to consent to
sales by a member of the transportation commission or a division
director.
ARC 0299B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Notice of Intended Action
Notice is also given to the public that the
Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written
request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section
17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons
may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10,
307.12, and 321E.15, the Department of Transportation hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to amend Chapter 511, “Special Permits for Operation and
Movement of Vehicles and Loads of Excess Size and Weight,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
Chapter 511 is being amended to comply with current law as
follows:
Items 7, 8 and 9 implement 1997 Iowa Acts, chapter 104,
section 28 (Iowa Code section 321E.11). These proposed amendments permit
movement 30 minutes prior to sunrise to 30 minutes following sunset.
Item 17 implements 1997 Iowa Acts, chapter 100, section 11
(Iowa Code section 321E.14). This proposed amendment adds a fee for an annual
oversize/overweight permit. The fee amount for an all–systems permit is
also added.
Items 25 and 26 implement 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 13, section
20 (Iowa Code Supplement section 321E.8). These proposed amendments increase
the maximum length and height limits allowed for an indivisible vehicle or
indivisible load when moved on a highway under an annual permit.
Item 30 implements 1997 Iowa Acts, chapter 100, section 8
(Iowa Code section 321E.8) and 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 13, section 20 (Iowa Code
Supplement section 321E.8). This proposed amendment adds a new rule concerning
the issuance of annual oversize/overweight permits.
Items 34 and 35 implement 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 13, section
20 (Iowa Code Supplement section 321E.8). These proposed amendments increase
the maximum length and height limits allowed for an indivisible vehicle or
indivisible load when moved on a highway under an all–systems
permit.
Item 48 implements 1997 Iowa Acts, chapter 100, sections 7, 8
and 9 (Iowa Code sections 321E.7, 321E.8 and 321E.9) and 1999 Iowa Acts,
chapter 13, section 20 (Iowa Code Supplement section 321E.8). This proposed
amendment allows a crane to have a maximum of 24,000 pounds per axle for
movement under a single–trip permit and also adds the maximum axle weights
and maximum gross weights for vehicles and loads moved under an
annualoversize/overweight permit. These amendments also add information
concerning the maximum gross weights for vehicles and loads moved under an
all–systems permit.
Other amendments are made to Chapter 511 to add or amend
definitions, add references to the annual oversize/overweight permit where
needed, rewrite some introductory sentences to explain the various types of
permits, add or amend implementation clauses, eliminate obsolete language,
provide clarification, edit language for consistency, correct form numbers and
reflect the renumbering of rules to allow for the addition of the annual
oversize/overweight permit rule.
Waiver provisions are not included because Iowa Code chapter
321E and this chapter already provide for exceptions to be made in special or
emergency situations.
Any person or agency may submit written comments concerning
these proposed amendments or may submit a written request to make an oral
presentation. The comments or request shall:
1. Include the name, address, and telephone number of the
person or agency authoring the comments or request.
2. Reference the number and title of the proposed rule, as
given in this Notice, that is the subject of the comments or request.
3. Indicate the general content of a requested oral
presentation.
4. Be addressed to the Department of Transportation,
Director’s Staff Division, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa 50010; fax
(515)239–1639; Internet E–mail address tracy.
george@dot.state.ia.us.
5. Be received by the Director’s Staff Division no later
than December 19, 2000.
A meeting to hear requested oral presentations is scheduled
for Thursday, December 21, 2000, at 10 a.m. in the DOT Conference Room at Park
Fair Mall, 100 Euclid Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa.
The meeting will be canceled without further notice if no oral
presentation is requested.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
321 and 321E.
Proposed rule–making actions:
ITEM 1. Amend rule
761—511.1(321E) by adopting the following new
definition in alphabetical order:
“Primary roads” or “primary road
system” is defined in Iowa Code section 306.3. The primary road system
includes the interstate road system.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
761—511.1(321E) by rescinding the definition of “special or
emergency situation” and by adopting the following new
definition in alphabetical order:
“Special or emergency situation” means one or more
of the following:
1. Circumstances where the movement is necessary to cooperate
with cities, counties, other state agencies or other states in response to a
national or other disaster.
2. Circumstances where the movement is necessary to cooperate
with national defense officials.
3. Circumstances where the movement is necessary to cooperate
with public or private utilities in order to maintain their public
services.
4. Circumstances where the movement is essential to ensure
safety and protection of any person or property due to an event such as, but not
limited to, pollution of natural resources, a potential fire or an
explosion.
5. Circumstances where weather or transportation problems
create an undue hardship for citizens of the state of Iowa.
6. Circumstances where the movement
involvesemergency–type vehicles.
7. Uncommon or extraordinary circumstances where the movement
is essential to the existence of an Iowa business and the move may be
accomplished without causing undue hazards to the safety of the traveling public
or undue damage to private or public property.
8. Other unique circumstances that warrant the issuance of a
permit as determined by the permit–issuing authority.
ITEM 3. Amend rule
761—511.1(321E) by adopting the following new
implementation clause:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321E.9,
321E.15, 321E.27, 321E.29 and 321E.34.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 511.2(1) as
follows:
511.2(1) Applications, forms, instructions and
restrictions are available by mail from the Office of Motor Carrier Services,
Iowa Department of Transportation, P.O. Box 10382, Des Moines, Iowa
50306–0382; or in person at its location in Park Fair
Mall, 100 Euclid Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa; by telephone at
(515)237–3264; or by facsimile at (515)237–3257. Permits
may be obtained electronically upon making application to the office of motor
carrier services.
ITEM 5. Rescind and reserve subrule
511.2(3).
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 511.2(4),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
511.2(4) Except as provided in subrule
511.7(5) 511.7(6) and rule 511.12
511.13(321,321E), permits may be issued only for the transporting
of a single article which exceeds statutory size or weight limits or both, and
which cannot reasonably be divided or reduced to statutory size and weight
limits. However, permits may be issued for the transporting of property
consisting of more than one article when:
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 511.3(3) as
follows:
511.3(3) Movement shall be permitted only during the
hours from one–half hour before sunrise to one–half hour
after sunset unless it is established by the permit–issuing authority
that the movement can be better accomplished at another period of time because
of traffic volume conditions.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 511.3(4) as
follows:
511.3(4) Except as provided in Iowa Code section
321.457, no movement shall be permitted on the holidays of Memorial Day,
Independence Day and Labor Day, after 12 noon on days preceding these holidays
and holiday weekends, during holiday weekends, or during special events when
abnormally high traffic volumes can be expected. A holiday weekend occurs when
the holiday falls on Friday, Saturday, Sunday or Monday. No movement shall be
permitted until one–half hour before sunrise on the day after the
holiday or holiday weekend.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 511.3(7),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
511.3(7) Continuous moves. Vehicles and loads may
travel by permit between one–half hour after sunset and
one–half hour before sunrise if, in addition to the general
provisions and general requirements specified by the permit, the following
conditions are met.
ITEM 10. Amend rule
761—511.3(321E) by adopting the following new
implementation clause:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321E.1
and 321E.11.
ITEM 11. Amend rule
761—511.4(321E), introductory paragraph, as follows:
761—511.4(321E) Permits. Permits issued shall
be in writing and may be either single–trip permits,
multitrip permits, or annual
permits, annual oversize/overweight or
all–systems permits.
ITEM 12. Amend paragraph
511.4(1)“a” as follows:
a. Annual, multitrip and single–trip
permits Permits for movement on the primary road system may be
obtained in person, by telephone, facsimile, wire service, electronic
communication, or by mail from the office of motor carrier
services at the address in subrule 511.2(1).
ITEM 13. Amend paragraph
511.4(2)“a” as follows:
a. Applications for permits for movement on the primary road
system shall be made and permits shall be issued on departmental Forms 442009,
442047, 442058 and 442051, 442058 and
442059.
ITEM 14. Amend paragraph
511.4(2)“b” as follows:
b. Any applications to other permit–issuing authorities
made upon Forms 442009, 442047, 442058 and
442051, 442058 and 442059 shall be sufficient and accepted as
properly made by these authorities.
ITEM 15. Amend paragraph
511.4(3)“a” as follows:
a. An annual Annual, annual
oversize/overweight, and all–systems permit
permits shall expire on the last day of the month one year from the date
of issuance.
ITEM 16. Amend rule
761—511.5(321E), parenthetical implementation, as follows:
761—511.5(321,321E) Fees and
charges.
ITEM 17. Amend rule
761—511.5(321,321E) by renumbering subrules 511.5(2) to
511.5(7) as 511.5(4) to 511.5(9), respectively, and by
adopting new subrules 511.5(2) and 511.5(3) as follows:
511.5(2) Annual oversize/overweight permit. A fee of
$300 shall be charged for each annual oversize/overweight permit, payable prior
to the issuance of the permit.
511.5(3) All–systems permit. A fee of $120
shall be charged for each annual all–systems permit, payable prior to the
issuance of the permit.
ITEM 18. Amend renumbered subparagraph
511.5(9)“b”(4) as follows:
(4) Account privileges may be permanently canceled after
written notice to the account holder when the requirements listed in paragraph
511.5(7)“b” 511.5(9)“b” are not
met.
ITEM 19. Amend rule
761—511.5(321,321E) by adopting the following new
implementation clause:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.12,
321.122, 321E.14, 321E.29 and 321E.29A.
ITEM 20. Amend paragraph
511.6(1)“a” as follows:
a. Public liability insurance in the amounts of $100,000
bodily injury each person, $200,000 bodily injury each occurrence, and $50,000
property damage with an expiration date to cover the tenure of the annual,
annual oversize/overweight, all–systems, multitrip or
single–trip permit shall be required. In lieu of filing with the
permit–issuing authority, a copy of the current certificate of public
liability insurance in these amounts shall be carried in the vehicle for which
the permit has been issued.
ITEM 21. Amend rule
761—511.6(321E) by adopting the following new
implementation clause:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
321E.13.
ITEM 22. Amend rule
761—511.7(321,321E), introductory paragraph, as follows:
761—511.7(321,321E) Issuance of
annual Annual permits. Annual permits for travel on
state highways may be are issued for the
following: indivisible vehicles or indivisible loads for travel when
the dimensions of the vehicle or load exceed statutory limits but the weight is
within statutory limits. Routing is subject to embargoed bridges and roads and
posted speed limits. Annual permits are issued for the following:
ITEM 23. Amend paragraph
511.7(1)“b” as follows:
b. Length. 75 feet 0 inches overall. Front–end
projection may, at the discretion of the permit–issuing authority, exceed
15 feet.
ITEM 24. Amend paragraphs
511.7(1)“d,” 511.7(4)“d,”
511.7(5)“d” and 511.7(6)“d” by striking the
words “See rule 511.11(321,321E)” and inserting in lieu thereof the
words “See rule 511.12(321,321E).”
ITEM 25. Amend subrule 511.7(2) as
follows:
511.7(2) Vehicles with indivisible loads, including
con–struction machinery, mobile homes and factory–built structures,
provided the following are not exceeded:
a. Width. 14 feet 6 inches.
b. Length. 100 120 feet 0 inches
overall. Front–end projection may, at the discretion of the
permit–issuing authority, exceed 15 feet.
c. Height. Statutory: 13 15 feet
6 5 inches.
d. Weight. See rule 511.11
511.12(321,321E).
e. Distance. Movement is restricted to 50 miles unless trip
routes are obtained from the office of motor carrier services. Trip routes are
valid for five days.
ITEM 26. Amend subrule 511.7(3) as
follows:
511.7(3) Vehicles with indivisible loads, including
con–struction machinery, mobile homes and factory–built structures,
provided the following are not exceeded:
a. Width. 16 feet 0 inches.
b. Length. 100 120 feet 0
inches.
c. Height. 13 15 feet
6 5 inches.
d. Weight. See rule 761—511.11
511.12(321,321E).
e. Distance. Trip routes must be obtained from the office of
motor carrier services.
ITEM 27. Amend paragraph
511.7(4)“b” as follows:
b. Length. 100 feet 0 inches overall.
Front–end projection may, at the discretion of the
permit–issuing authority, exceed 15 feet.
ITEM 28. Rescind paragraph
511.7(5)“e.”
ITEM 29. Amend rule
761—511.7(321,321E), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.454,
321.456, 321.457, 321.463, 321E.1, 321E.2, 321E.10, 321E.28,
321E.29 and 321E.29A and Iowa Code Supplement section
321E.8.
ITEM 30. Amend 761—Chapter 511 by
renumbering rules 511.8(321,321E) to 511.13(321E) as 511.9(321,
321E) to 511.14(321E), respectively, and by adopting the following
new rule:
761—511.8(321,321E) Annual oversize/overweight
permits. Annual oversize/overweight permits are issued for indivisible
vehicles or indivisible loads for travel when either the dimensions or the
weight or both the dimensions and the weight exceed statutory limits. Travel is
not allowed on the interstate. Routing is subject to embargoed bridges and
roads and posted speed limits. Annual oversize/overweight permits are issued
for the following:
511.8(1) Vehicles with indivisible loads, including
con–struction machinery, mobile homes and factory–built structures,
provided the following are not exceeded:
a. Width. 12 feet 5 inches.
b. Length. 120 feet 0 inches.
c. Height. 15 feet 5 inches.
d. Weight. See rule 511.12(321,321E).
e. Routing. The owner or operator shall select a route using
a vertical clearance map, kip map, bridge embargo map and detour and road
embargo map provided by the department. The owner or operator shall contact the
department by telephone at 1–800–925–6469 between 8 a.m. and 4
p.m., Monday through Thursday, except for legal holidays or at any other time at
(515)237–3206 prior to making the move to verify that the owner or
operator is using the most recent information.
511.8(2) Reserved.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.454,
321.456, 321.457, 321.463, 321E.1, 321E.2 and 321E.28 and Iowa Code Supplement
section 321E.8.
ITEM 31. Amend renumbered rule
761—511.9(321, 321E), introductory paragraph, as follows:
761—511.9(321,321E) Issuance of
all–system All–systems permits.
All–system All–systems permits are issued by
the office of motor carrier services for indivisible vehicles or indivisible
loads for travel on state the primary road system
highways (unless restricted by embargo maps or posted limits)
and specified city streets and county roads when the dimensions of the
vehicle or load exceed statutory limits but the weight is within statutory
limits. Routing is subject to embargoed bridges and roads and posted
speed limits. The office of motor carrier services will provide a list of
the authorized city streets and county roads. These permits are issued
in accordance with for the following:
ITEM 32. Amend renumbered paragraph
511.9(1)“b” as follows:
b. Length. 75 feet 0 inches overall. Front–end
projection may, at the discretion of the permit–issuing authority, exceed
15 feet.
ITEM 33. Amend renumbered paragraphs
511.9(1)“d,” 511.9(4)“d,” 511.9(5)“d”
and 511.9(6)“d” by striking the words “See rule
511.11(321,321E)” and inserting in lieu thereof the words “See rule
511.12(321,321E).”
ITEM 34. Amend renumbered subrule
511.9(2) as follows:
511.9(2) Vehicles with indivisible loads, including
construction machinery, mobile homes and factory–built structures,
provided the following are not exceeded:
a. Width. 14 feet 6 inches.
b. Length. 100 120 feet 0 inches
overall. Front–end projection may, at the discretion of the
permit–issuing authority, exceed 15 feet.
c. Height. Statutory: 13 15 feet
6 5 inches.
d. Weight. See rule 511.11
511.12(321,321E).
e. Distance. Movement is restricted to 50 miles unless trip
routes are obtained from the office of motor carrier services and city and
county jurisdictions. Trip routes are valid for five days.
ITEM 35. Amend renumbered subrule
511.9(3) as follows:
511.9(3) Vehicles with indivisible loads, including
construction machinery, mobile homes and factory–built structures,
provided the following are not exceeded:
a. Width. 16 feet 0 inches.
b. Length. 100 120 feet 0
inches.
c. Height. 13 15 feet
6 5 inches.
d. Weight. See rule 761—511.11
511.12(321,321E).
e. Distance. Trip routes must be obtained from the office of
motor carrier services and city and county jurisdictions.
ITEM 36. Amend renumbered paragraph
511.9(4)“b” as follows:
b. Length. 100 feet 0 inches overall.
Front–end projection may, at the discretion of the
permit–issuing authority, exceed 15 feet.
ITEM 37. Rescind renumbered paragraph
511.9(5)“e.”
ITEM 38. Amend renumbered rule
761—511.9(321, 321E), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.454,
321.456, 321.457, 321.463, 321E.1, 321E.2, 321E.10, 321E.28 and
321E.29 and Iowa Code Supplement section 321E.8.
ITEM 39. Amend renumbered rule
761—511.10(321, 321E), introductory paragraph, as follows:
761—511.10(321,321E) Multitrip permits.
Multitrip permits are issued for indivisible vehicles or indivisible loads
for travel when either the dimensions or the weight or both the dimensions and
the weight exceed statutory limits. The permit shall be for specific routes
between points of origin and destination. Multitrip permits are issued for the
following:
ITEM 40. Amend renumbered subrule
511.10(2) as follows:
511.10(2) Multitrip permits may be issued for all
movements allowed under the single–trip permit provisions of rule
511.10 511.11(321,321E) provided the movement is within
the size and weight limitations of subrule 511.9(1)
511.10(1).
ITEM 41. Amend renumbered rule
761—511.10 (321,321E), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code
section sections 321.454, 321.456, 321.457, 321.463, 321E.1,
321E.2, 321E.9A and 321E.28.
ITEM 42. Amend renumbered rule
761—511.11(321, 321E), introductory paragraph, as follows:
761—511.11(321,321E) Issuance of
single–trip Single–trip permits.
Single–trip permits may be are issued for
a movement that exceeds statutory size or weight limits from the point of origin
to the point of ultimate destination for: for indivisible vehicles
or indivisible loads for travel when either the dimensions or the weight or both
the dimensions and the weight exceed statutory limits. The permit shall be for
a specific route between an origin and destination. Single–trip permits
are issued for the following:
ITEM 43. Amend renumbered paragraph
511.11(1)“b” as follows:
b. Length. 80 feet 0 inches overall. Front–end
projection may, at the discretion of the permit–issuing authority, exceed
15 feet 0 inches.
ITEM 44. Amend renumbered paragraphs
511.11(1)“d,” 511.11(3)“d,”
511.11(4)“d” and 511.11(5)“d” by striking the
words “See rule 511.11(321,321E)” and inserting in lieu thereof the
words “See rule 511.12(321,321E).”
ITEM 45. Amend renumbered paragraph
511.11(3)“b” as follows:
b. Length. 120 feet 0 inches overall.
Front–end projection may, at the discretion of the
permit–issuing authority, exceed 15 feet 0 inches
overall.
ITEM 46. Amend renumbered paragraph
511.11(4)“b” as follows:
b. Length. 120 feet 0 inches overall.
Front–end projection may, at the discretion of the
permit–issuing authority, exceed 15 feet 0 inches.
ITEM 47. Amend renumbered rule
761—511.11(321, 321E), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.454,
321.456, 321.457, 321.463, and 321E.1, 321E.2,
321E.9, 321E.28 and 321E.29.
ITEM 48. Rescind renumbered rule
761—511.12(321, 321E) and adopt in lieu thereof the following
new rule:
761—511.12(321,321E) Maximum axle weights and
maximum gross weights for vehicles and loads moved under permit.
511.12(1) Annual and all–systems
permits.
a. For movement under an annual or all–systems permit,
the axle weights and combined gross weight shall not exceed the limits found in
Iowa Code section 321.463.
b. See subrule 511.12(5) for exceptions for construction
machinery.
511.12(2) Annual oversize/overweight permits.
a. For movement under an annual oversize/overweight permit,
the gross weight on any axle shall not exceed 20,000 pounds, with a maximum of
136,000 pounds total gross weight.
b. See subrule 511.12(5) for exceptions for construction
machinery.
511.12(3) Multitrip permits.
a. For movement under a multitrip permit, the gross weight on
any axle shall not exceed 20,000 pounds with a maximum of 156,000 pounds total
gross weight.
b. See subrule 511.12(5) for exceptions for construction
machinery.
511.12(4) Single–trip permits.
a. For movement under a single–trip permit, the gross
weight on any axle shall not exceed 20,000 pounds.
b. If the combined gross weight exceeds 100,000 pounds, a
single–trip permit may be issued for the movement only if the
permit–issuing authority determines that it would not cause undue damage
to the road and is in the best interest of the public.
c. Cranes may have a maximum of 24,000 pounds per axle for
movement under a single–trip permit. Routes must be reviewed by the
permit–issuing authority prior to issuance.
d. See subrule 511.12(5) for exceptions for construction
machinery.
511.12(5) Construction machinery. Construction
machinery may have a gross weight of 36,000 pounds on any single axle equipped
with minimum size 26.5–inch by 25–inch flotation pneumatic tires and
a maximum gross weight of 20,000 pounds on any single axle equipped with minimum
size 18–inch by 25–inch flotation pneumatic tires, provided that the
total gross weight of the vehicle or a combination of vehicles does not exceed a
maximum of 80,000 pounds for movement under an annual or all–systems
permit and 126,000 pounds for movement under a single–trip, multitrip or
annual oversize/overweight permit.
For tire sizes and weights allowed between the maximum and
minimum indicated, the following formula shall apply: Axle weight = 20,000
pounds + (tire width – 18) ? 1,882
pounds.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.463,
321E.7 to 321E.9A and 321E.32.
ITEM 49. Amend renumbered subrule
511.13(2) as follows:
511.13(2) At the discretion of the
permit–issuing authority, the combined gross weight may exceed the
statutory weight, but the axle weights shall be subject to rule
511.11 511.12(321,321E).
ITEM 50. Rescind renumbered rule
761—511.14(321E) and adopt in lieu thereof the following new
rule:
761—511.14(321) Towing units. The towing unit
shall be a truck or truck tractor with dual wheels and with a gross vehicle
weight rating of at least 10,000 pounds when towing mobile homes or loads
exceeding 10,000 pounds.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
321.457.
ITEM 51. Amend paragraph
511.15(2)“a” as follows:
a. The escorting vehicle shall be approximately the
size of a normal passenger a mid–size automobile or
pickup motor truck with sufficient mobility to be able
to assist in an emergency and designed to afford clear and unobstructed vision
both front and rear. In questionable cases the office of motor carrier
services permit–issuing authority shall determine if a
vehicle meets these conditions.
ITEM 52. Amend paragraph
511.15(2)“j” as follows:
j. A pole used for measuring vertical clearances shall be
carried mounted on the escort vehicle. The escort shall
be required to measure all vertical clearances whenever the height of the
permitted vehicle exceeds 14 feet 4 inches up to and including 20
feet.
ITEM 53. Amend rule
761—511.15(321E), implementation clause, as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code
section sections 321E.14, and 1997 Iowa
Acts, House File 704, section 29 321E.24 and 321E.34.
ITEM 54. Amend rule
761—511.16(321,321E), implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are This rule is intended
to implement Iowa Code sections 321.452 to 321.466 and Iowa Code
chapter 321E 321.492, 321E.16 and
321E.20.
NOTICE—PUBLIC FUNDS INTEREST
RATES
In compliance with Iowa Code chapter 74A and section 12C.6,
the committee composed of Treasurer of StateMichael L. Fitzgerald,
Superintendent of Credit Unions James E. Forney, Superintendent of Banking
Holmes Foster, and Auditor of State Richard D. Johnson have established today
the following rates of interest for public obligations and special assessments.
The usury rate for November is 7.75%.
INTEREST RATES FOR PUBLIC
OBLIGATIONS AND ASSESSMENTS
74A.2 Unpaid Warrants . . . . Maximum 6.0%
74A.4 Special Assessments . . . Maximum 9.0%
RECOMMENDED for 74A.3 and 74A.7: A rate equal to 75%
of the Federal Reserve monthly published indices for U.S. Government securities
of comparable maturities.
The rate of interest has been determined by a committee of the
state of Iowa to be the minimum interest rate that shall be paid on public funds
deposited in approved financial institutions. To be eligible to accept deposits
of public funds of the state of Iowa, a financial institution shall demonstrate
a commitment to serve the needs of the local community in which it is chartered
to do business. These needs include credit services as well as deposit
services. All such financial institutions are required to provide the committee
with a written description of their commitment to provide credit services in the
community. This statement is available for examination by citizens.
New official state interest rates, effective November 9, 2000,
setting the minimums that may be paid by Iowa depositories on public funds are
listed below.
TIME DEPOSITS
7–31 days Minimum 5.80%
32–89 days Minimum 5.90%
90–179 days Minimum 6.10%
180–364 days Minimum 6.10%
One year to 397 days Minimum 6.10%
More than 397 days Minimum 6.10%
These are minimum rates only. The one year and less are
four–tenths of a percent below average rates. Public body treasurers and
their depositories may negotiate a higher rate according to money market rates
and conditions.
Inquiries may be sent to Michael L. Fitzgerald, Treasurer of
State, State Capitol, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
ARC 0302B
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4, 476.76, and 476.77, the
Utilities Board (Board) gives notice that on November 8, 2000, the Board issued
an order in Docket No. RMU–00–10, In re: Foreign
Acquisitions. Pursuant to apetition for rule making filed on September 28,
2000, byUtiliCorp United Inc. (UtiliCorp), the Board is noticing for comment
proposed changes to 199 IAC 32.2(4), which deals with public utility
acquisitions outside the United States. UtiliCorp’s proposal changes the
test for determining whether a foreign acquisition qualifies for an exemption
from the reorganization statutes and rules, Iowa Code sections 476.76 and
476.77.
Currently, 199 IAC 32.2(4) provides that Board review of
acquisitions outside the United States is not necessary in the public interest
if certain conditions are met. First, the public utility does not receive more
than 10 percent of its gross utility revenues from Iowa operations. Second, the
public utility has not expended more than $500 million in the current calendar
year on foreign acquisitions. Third, the aggregate value of foreign
acquisitions does not exceed 30 percent of the net book value of the public
utility’s assets.
UtiliCorp’s proposal eliminates the second and third
tests and replaces them with two new tests. First, the exemption would not
apply if the public utility does not hold an investment grade credit rating from
two major credit rating services. Second, the exemption would not apply if the
acquisition exceeds 15 percent of the net book value of the public
utility’s assets.
UtiliCorp in its petition for rule making said that the
proposed rule changes would expedite its bidding process and provide the Board
with information that will better allow it to judge the risks associated with a
public utility’s foreign investment strategy. The proposed amendment
requires the public utility to have an investment grade rating from two major
credit rating agencies before the exemption applies. Today, there are three
major rating agencies. The proposed amendment also requires credit reports from
all three agencies to be filed on an annual basis.
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4(1)“a” and
“b,” any interested person may file a written statement of position
pertaining to the proposed amendments. The statement must be filed on or before
December 19, 2000, by filing an original and ten copies in a form substantially
complying with 199 IAC 2.2(2). All written statements should clearly state the
author’s name and address and should make specific reference to this
docket. All communications should be directed to the Executive Secretary,
Utilities Board, 350 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0069.
If requested pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b,” or on its own motion after reviewing the statements,
the Board will determine whether an opportunity for oral presentation should be
provided.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
476.76 and 476.77.
The following amendments are proposed.
Amend subrule 32.2(4) as follows:
32.2(4) Notwithstanding
the provisions of subrules 32.2(1) and 32.2(2), board review of acquisitions
outside the United States by a public utility is not necessary in the public
interest as long as the public utility does not receive more than 10 percent of
its gross utility revenues from Iowa operations. The public utility is
to notify the board and consumer advocate of any acquisitions which take place
pursuant to the exemption within 30 days of the closing of the transaction. The
notification shall include the dollar amount of the acquisition,
and a description of the acquisition, and a
description of the financing. The public utility shall file on or before
March 1 of each year an annual summary of its foreign acquisitions and recent
credit rating reports from all major credit rating services.
However, this exemption does not apply once the public
utility expends more than $500 million per calendar year on such acquisitions or
if the aggregate value of foreign acquisitions which take place after January 1,
1996, exceeds 30 percent of the net book value of the public utility’s
assets. If one of these thresholds is met, future acquisitions
However, this exemption does not apply if the public utility does not hold an
investment grade credit rating from two major credit rating services or if its
proposed direct expenditure on the acquisition, including guarantees and
financing with recourse to the public utility, exceeds 15 percent of the net
book value of the public utility’s assets. If the exemption does not
apply, the acquisition may not take place without the filing of a proposal
for reorganization or request for waiver. In a rate case proceeding, the board
may, upon proper showing, adjust the return on equity to reflect any risk
associated with the foreign acquisitions.
ARC 0303B
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4, 476.1, 476.2, 476.11,
and 476.101 and 47 U.S.C. Sections 252(e) and (i), the Utilities Board (Board)
gives notice that on November 3, 2000, the Board issued an order in Docket No.
RMU–00–11, In re: Negotiated Interconnection Agreements. The
Board is proposing to amend 199 IAC 38.7(4) concerning the review of negotiated
interconnection agreements to accomplish its obligations under the federal
statutes while reducing the time and paperwork now required to review and
approve the agreements.
Federal statutes leave the Board with oversight of the
negotiated agreements to address public interest concerns and to ensure that no
discrimination exists against any other carrier not a party to the agreement (47
U.S.C. § 252(e)(2)(A)). The current process of issuing an order docketing
each negotiated interconnection agreement for comments, waiting 30 days,
preparing a staff memorandum, and then issuing an order approving the agreement
involves a substantial number of repetitive tasks that provide no additional
oversight to the process on the Board’s part and no discernable benefit to
the end–user customer. The Board to this date has received no comments
opposing the approval of a negotiated agreement, and internal review has not
produced a recommendation to reject any agreement.
The Board has determined that its review and approval
procedures can be simplified without diminishing the statutory oversight. There
are two aspects of the proposed changes. First are proposed changes to 199 IAC
38.7(4) to eliminate the need for the two orders issued by the Board, unless
internal review shows that the agreement discriminates against another carrier
or is not in the public interest, or comments are filed objecting to the
agreement. Second, the Board will develop a Web page on the Board’s Web
site that will list negotiated interconnection agreements, amendments, and
adoptions within five days of filing.
The Web page posting of the agreement or amendment will be the
notice to the public that will show the date for filing comments. Interested
persons will be given 30 days from the date the agreement was filed to file
objections or support for the agreement, and the agreement will be deemed
approved on the forty–first day after filing, if there are no objections
and if internal review raises no issues.
The proposed changes to the subrule and the procedures for
reviewing and approving negotiated interconnection agreements will thus shorten
the time for those seeking approval of the agreements, and the approval will
occur without the administrative burden of issuing two orders. The internal
review of the agreements will not change significantly. The Web page will
indicate the approval date of the agreement or whether the agreement has been
docketed.
Adoption by telecommunications carriers of the terms,
conditions, and rates from previously approved interconnection agreements are
allowed under 47 U.S.C. Section 252(i). Board review is not contemplated for
such adoptions. However, adoptions will be listed on the Board’s Web
page.
The Board will also rescind the paragraph setting a time line
on resubmission. The federal Act favors competition facilitated by
interconnection agreements, and the deadline for resubmission does not further
that goal.
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4(1)“a” and
“b,” any interested person may file a written statement of position
pertaining to the proposed amendments. The statement must be filed on or before
December 19, 2000, by filing an original and ten copies in a form substantially
complying with 199 IAC 2.2(2). All written statements should clearly state the
author’s name and address and should make specific reference to this
docket. All communications should be directed to the Executive Secretary, Iowa
Utilities Board, 350 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0069.
No oral presentation is scheduled at this time. Pursuant to
Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b,” an oral presentation may be requested
or the Board on its own motion after reviewing the statements may determine that
an oral presentation should be scheduled.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
17A.4, 476.1, 476.2, 476.11, 476.101, and 47 U.S.C. Sections 252(e) and
(i).
The following amendments are proposed.
Amend 199—subrule 38.7(4) as follows:
38.7(4) Board review of agreements.
a. Filing of agreements. All
interconnections interconnection agreements shall be
filed with the board for approval within 15 days after the issuance of a final
decision on the arbitrated issues, in the case of arbitrated agreements or, in
the case of negotiated agreements, after the execution of the
agreement.
b. Notice of negotiated agreements, amendments, and
adoption of agreements. Notice of the filing of a negotiated
interconnection agreement, an amendment to an agreement, or adoption of an
agreement will be posted within five working days after the filing date, on the
board’s Web site, http://www.state.ia.us/iub.
b c. Comments on arbitrated
agreements. Within ten days following the filing of the arbitrated
agreement or 30 days after a negotiated agreement is filed for
with the board for review, the parties involved in the
negotiations or arbitration, and any other interested party,
may submit written comments to the board supporting either approval or rejection
of the agreement. If the board does not approve or reject the agreement within
90 days after a negotiated agreement or within 30 days after
submission by the parties of an agreement adopted by arbitration, the agreement
shall be deemed approved.
c. Resubmission: If the board rejects a voluntary
agreement or arbitration award, the parties may resubmit the agreement for board
approval within 30 days following such rejection if the parties have remedied
the deficiencies set forth in the board’s findings.
d. Comments on negotiated agreements and amendments to
agreements. Within 30 days of the filing date of the negotiated
agreement or amendment, the parties involved in the negotiations and any other
interested party may submit written comments with the board supporting either
acceptance or rejection of the agreement or amendment. If no comments are filed
and no issues are generated by the internal board review, the agreement or
amendment shall be deemed approved 41 days after the filing date. If comments
opposing approval are filed or the internal board review recommends
investigation, the agreement or amendment shall be docketed. The docketing
order shall be issued within 40 days after the filing date. If the board does
not issue a decision on a docketed filing within 90 days after the filing date,
the agreement or amendment shall be deemed approved.
e. Comments on adoption of agreements. No
board approval is necessary when there is an adoption of the terms,
conditions, and rates from an approved interconnection agreement. The
adoption is effective upon filing. If there are terms, conditions, or rates in
the filing that are not from an adopted agreement, then the filing is subject to
the provisions of paragraph 38.7(4)“d.”
f. Indefinite terms, conditions, or rates. When the
agreement or amendment contains terms, conditions, or rates that are not yet
agreed to, the parties shall file an amendment to the agreement once they have
reached agreement on the terms, conditions, or rates.
FILED EMERGENCY
ARC 0334B
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1023,
section 5, and Iowa Code chapter 17A, the Insurance Division hereby adopts new
Chapter 90, “Financial Information Regulation,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The purpose of these rules is to comply with the federal
Gramm–Leach–Bliley Act, Pub. L. No. 106–102, which regulates
the privacy of information held by an insurer or a producer. Federal law
requires that states adopt rules by November 13, 2000, to carry out Title V of
the Act. These rulesrequire insurers and producers to develop privacy policies,
to develop systems for implementing these policies and protecting personal
information of consumers and customers and to provide notices to all customers
and consumers prior to either the effective date or a later compliance date
established by the Division. These rules also establish a compliance date of
July 1, 2001, for entities regulated by the Division. This date is consistent
with the compliance date established by federal regulators responsible for
enforcing the Act as it applies to federally regulated financial
institutions.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Division finds
that notice and public participation are unnecessary. This finding is based
upon the fact that rules are required by all states and must comply with the
federal Act.
The Division also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of these rules should
be waived and the rules should become effective on November 13, 2000, as they
confer a benefit on consumers and customers.
These rules are also published herein under Notice of Intended
Action as ARC 0325B to allow public comment. This emergency filing
permits the Division to implement the new provisions of the law.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1023, section 5, and P.L. 106–102.
These rules became effective November 13, 2000.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 90
FINANCIAL INFORMATION REGULATION
191—90.1(505) Purpose and scope.
90.1(1) This chapter governs the treatment of
nonpublic personal financial information about individuals by all licensees of
the insurance division.
90.1(2) This chapter also applies to nonpublic
personal financial information about individuals who obtain or are claimants or
beneficiaries of products or services primarily for personal, family or
household purposes from licensees. This chapter does not apply to information
about individuals or companies that obtain products or services for business,
commercial or agricultural purposes.
90.1(3) A licensee domiciled in this state that is in
compliance with this chapter shall be deemed to be in compliance with Title V of
P.L. 106–102 in a state that has not enacted laws or regulations that meet
the requirements of Title V.
191—90.2(505) Definitions. For the purpose of
these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
“Affiliate” means any company that controls, is
controlled by or is under common control with another company.
“Clear and conspicuous” means that a notice is
reasonably understandable and designed to call attention to the nature and
significance of the information in the notice.
“Collect” means to obtain information that the
licensee organizes or can retrieve by the name of an individual or by
identifying number, symbol or other identifying article assigned to the
individual, irrespective of the source of the underlying information.
“Commissioner” means the insurance
commissioner.
“Company” means a corporation, limited liability
company, business trust, general or limited partnership, association, sole
proprietorship or similar organization.
“Consumer” means an individual, or that
individual’s legal representative, who seeks to obtain, obtains or has
obtained from a licensee an insurance product or service that is to be used
primarily for personal, family or household purposes and about whom the licensee
has nonpublic personal information. Consumer includes any of the
following:
1. An individual who provides nonpublic personal information
to a licensee in connection with obtaining or seeking to obtain financial,
investment or economic advisory services relating to an insurance product or
service is a consumer regardless of whether the licensee establishes an ongoing
advisory relationship.
2. An applicant for insurance prior to the inception of
insurance coverage is a licensee’s consumer.
3. An individual is a licensee’s consumer if:
• The individual is a
beneficiary of a life insurance policy underwritten by the licensee;
• The individual is a
claimant under an insurance policy issued by the licensee;
• The individual is an
insured or an annuitant under an insurance policy or an annuity, respectively,
issued by the licensee; or
• The individual is a
mortgagor of a mortgage covered under a mortgage insurance policy; and
• The licensee discloses
nonpublic personal financial information about the individual to a nonaffiliated
third party other than as permitted under rules 90.12(505), 90.13(505) and
90.14(505) of this chapter.
An individual who is a consumer of another financial
institution is not a licensee’s consumer solely because the licensee is
acting as agent for, or provides processing or other services to, that financial
institution.
An individual is not the consumer of the licensee provided
that the licensee provides the initial, annual and revised notices required
under rules 90.3(505), 90.4(505), and 90.7(505) to the plan sponsor, group or
blanket insurance policyholder or group annuity contract holder, workers’
compensation plan participant, or further, provided that the licensee does not
disclose to a nonaffiliated third party nonpublic personal financial information
about such an individual other than as permitted under rules 90.12(505),
90.13(505) and 90.14(505) and solely due to any of the following:
a. The consumer is a participant in or a beneficiary of an
employee benefit plan that the licensee administers or sponsors or for which the
licensee acts as a trustee, insurer or fiduciary,
b. The consumer is covered under a group or blanket insurance
policy or group annuity contract issued by the licensee, or
c. The consumer is a beneficiary in a workers’
compensation plan.
However, an individual described in “a” through
“c” is a consumer of a licensee if the licensee does not meet all
the above conditions. In no event shall an individual solely by virtue of the
status described in “a” through “c” above be deemed a
customer for purposes of this chapter.
An individual is not a licensee’s consumer solely
because the individual is a beneficiary of a trust for which the licensee is a
trustee or because the individual has designated the licensee as trustee for a
trust.
“Consumer reporting agency” means “consumer
reporting agency” as defined in Section 603(f) of the federal Fair Credit
Reporting Act.
“Control” means any of the following:
1. Ownership, control or power to vote 25 percent or more of
the outstanding shares of any class of voting security of the company, directly
or indirectly, or acting through one or more other persons;
2. Control in any manner over the election of a majority of
the directors, trustees or general partners or individuals exercising similar
functions of the company; or
3. The power to exercise, directly or indirectly, a
controlling influence over the management or policies of the company, as the
commissioner determines.
“Customer” means a consumer who has a customer
relationship with a licensee.
“Customer relationship” means a continuing
relationship between a consumer and a licensee under which the licensee provides
to the consumer one or more insurance products or services that are to be used
primarily for personal, family or household purposes.
A consumer has a continuing relationship with a licensee if
the consumer is a current policyholder of an insurance product issued by or
through the licensee or if the consumer obtains financial, investment or
economic advisory services relating to an insurance product or service from the
licensee for a fee.
A consumer does not have a continuing relationship with a
licensee under the following examples:
1. The consumer applies for insurance but does not purchase
the insurance;
2. The licensee sells the consumer airline travel insurance in
an isolated transaction;
3. The individual is no longer a current policyholder of an
insurance product or no longer obtains insurance services with or through the
licensee;
4. The consumer is a beneficiary or claimant under a policy
and has submitted a claim under a policy choosing a settlement option involving
an ongoing relationship with the licensee;
5. The consumer is a beneficiary or a claimant under a policy
and has submitted a claim under that policy choosing a lump sum settlement
option;
6. The customer’s policy is lapsed, expired, or
otherwise inactive or dormant under the licensee’s business practices and
the licensee has not communicated with the customer about the relationship for a
period of 12 consecutive months, other than annual privacy notices, material
required by law or regulation, communication at the direction of a state or
federal authority, or promotional materials;
7. The individual is an insured or an annuitant under an
insurance policy or annuity, respectively, but is not the policyholder or owner
of the insurance policy or annuity; or
8. For the purposes of these rules, the individual’s
last–known address according to the licensee’s record is deemed
invalid. An address of record is deemed invalid if mail sent to that address by
the licensee has been returned by the postal authorities as undeliverable and if
subsequent attempts by the licensee to obtain a current valid address for the
individual have been unsuccessful.
“Designed to call attention” means a licensee
designs to call attention to the nature and significance of the information in a
notice if the licensee does the following:
1. Uses a plain–language heading to call attention to
the notice;
2. Uses a typeface and type size that are easy to
read;
3. Provides wide margins and ample line spacing;
4. Uses boldface or italics for key words; and
5. Is in a form that combines the licensee’s notice with
other information, uses distinctive type size, style, and graphic devices, such
as shading or sidebars.
“Financial institution” means any institution the
business of which is engaging in activities that are financial in nature or
incidental to the financial activities described in Section 4(k) of the Bank
Holding Company Act of 1956. Financial institution does not include the
following:
1. Any person or entity with respect to any financial activity
that is subject to the jurisdiction of the commodity futures trading
commissioner under the Commodity Exchange Act.
2. The Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation or any entity
charged and operating under the Farm Credit Act of 1971.
3. Institutions chartered by Congress specifically to engage
in securitizations, secondary market sales including sales of servicing rights,
or similar transactions related to a transaction of a consumer as long as the
institutions do not sell or transfer nonpublic personal information to a
nonaffiliated third party.
“Financial product or service” means any product
or service that a financial holding company could offer by engaging in an
activity that is financial in nature or incidental to such a financial activity
under Section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. Financial service
includes a financial institution’s evaluation or brokerage of information
that the financial institution collects in connection with a request or an
application from a consumer for a financial product or service.
“Insurance product or service” means any product
or service that is offered by a licensee pursuant to the insurance laws of Iowa.
Insurance service includes a licensee’s evaluation, brokerage or
distribution of information that the licensee collects in connection with a
request or an application from a consumer for an insurance product or
service.
“Licensee” means all licensed carriers, producers
and other persons licensed or required to be licensed, or authorized or required
to be authorized, or registered or required to be registered pursuant to the
insurance laws of the state or by the department of public health. Licensee
shall also include an unauthorized insurer that accepts business placed through
a licensed excess lines broker but only in regard to the excess lines placements
pursuant to state rules.
“Nonaffiliated third party” means any person
except a licensee’s affiliate or a person employed jointly by a licensee
and any company that is not a licensee’s affiliate. Nonaffiliated third
party includes any company that is an affiliate solely by virtue of the direct
or indirect ownership or control of the company by the licensee or its affiliate
in conducting merchant banking or investment banking activities of the type
described in Section 4(k)(4)(H) of the federal Bank Holding Company Act or
insurance company investment activities of the type described in Section
4(k)(4)(I) of the federal Bank Holding Company Act.
“Nonpublic personal information” or
“nonpublic personal financial information” means personally
identifiable financial information and any list, description or other groupings
of consumers and publicly available information pertaining to them that is
derived using any personally identifiable financial information that is not
publicly available.
Nonpublic personal financial information does not include
health information, publicly available information, except as included on a list
as described above or any list or description pertaining to consumers that is
derived without using any personally identifiable financial information that is
not publicly available.
“Opt out” means a direction by the consumer that
the licensee not disclose nonpublic personal financial information about the
consumer to a nonaffiliated third party other than as permitted by rules
90.12(505), 90.13(505), and 90.14(505).
“Personally identifiable financial information”
means any information a consumer provides to a licensee to obtain an insurance
product or service from the licensee, information about a consumer resulting
from a transaction involving an insurance product or service between a licensee
and a consumer or information the licensee otherwise obtains about a consumer in
connection with providing an insurance product or service to that
consumer.
Personally identifiable financial information does not include
health information, a list of names and addresses of customers of an entity that
is not a financial institution and information that does not identify a
consumer, such as aggregate information or blind data that does not contain
personal identifiers such as account numbers, names, and addresses.
“Publicly available information” means any
information that a licensee has a reasonable basis to believe is lawfully made
available to the general public from federal, state, or local government
records, widely distributed media sources or disclosures to the general public
that are required to be made by federal, state or local law.
“Reasonably understandable” means the
licensee’s notice is presented in the following form:
1. Using clear, concise sentences, paragraphs, and
sections;
2. Using short explanatory sentences or bullet lists whenever
possible;
3. Uses definite, concrete, plain language and active voice
whenever possible;
4. Avoids multiple negatives;
5. Avoids legal or highly technical business terminology
whenever possible; and
6. Avoids explanations that are imprecise and readily subject
to different interpretations.
191—90.3(505) Initial privacy notice to consumers
required.
90.3(1) A licensee shall provide a clear and
conspicuous notice that accurately reflects its privacy policies and practices
to the following persons and at the following times:
a. An individual who becomes the licensee’s customer,
not later than when the licensee establishes a customer relationship, except as
provided in subrule 90.3(5); and
b. A consumer, before the licensee discloses any nonpublic
personal financial information about the consumer to any nonaffiliated third
party, if the licensee makes a disclosure other than as authorized by rules
90.13(505) and 90.14(505).
90.3(2) A licensee is not required to provide an
initial notice to a consumer under subrule 90.3(1) if:
a. The licensee does not disclose any nonpublic personal
financial information about the consumer to any nonaffiliated third party other
than as authorized by rules 90.13(505) and 90.14(505) and the licensee does not
have a customer relationship with the consumer; or
b. A notice has been provided by an affiliated licensee, as
long as the notice clearly identifies all licensees to whom the notice applies
and is accurate with respect to the licensee and the other
institutions.
90.3(3) A licensee establishes a customer relationship
at the time the licensee and the consumer enter into a continuing
relationship.
90.3(4) When an existing customer obtains a new
insurance product or service from a licensee that is to be used primarily for
personal, family or household purposes, the licensee satisfies the initial
notice requirements of subrule 90.3(1) as follows:
a. The licensee provides a revised policy notice under rule
90.7(505) that covers the customer’s new insurance product or service;
or
b. If the initial, revised or annual notice that the licensee
most recently provided to that customer was accurate with respect to the new
insurance product or service, the licensee does not need to provide a new
privacy notice under subrule 90.3(1).
90.3(5) A licensee may provide the initial notice
required by paragraph 90.3(1)“a” within a reasonable time after the
licensee establishes a customer relationship if:
a. Establishing the customer relationship is not at the
customer’s election; or
b. Providing notice not later than when the licensee
establishes a customer relationship would substantially delay the
customer’s transaction and the customer agrees to receive the notice at a
later time.
90.3(6) When a licensee is required by this rule to
deliver an initial privacy notice, the licensee shall deliver it according to
rule 90.8(505). If the licensee uses a short–form initial notice for
noncustomers according to subrule 90.5(6), the licensee may deliver its privacy
notice according to subrule 90.5(6).
191—90.4(505) Annual privacy notice to customers
required.
90.4(1) A licensee shall provide a clear and
conspicuous notice to customers that accurately reflects its privacy policies
and practices not less than annually during the continuation of the customer
relationship. “Annually” means at least once in any period of 12
consecutive months during which that relationship exists. A licensee may define
the 12 consecutive month period, but the licensee shall apply it to the customer
on a consistent basis.
90.4(2) A licensee is not required to provide an
annual notice to a former customer. A former customer is an individual with
whom a licensee no longer has a continuing relationship.
90.4(3) When a licensee is required by this rule to
deliver an annual privacy notice, the licensee shall deliver it according to
rule 90.8(505).
191—90.5(505) Information to be included in privacy
notices.
90.5(1) The initial annual and revised privacy notices
that a licensee provides under rules 90.3(505), 90.4(505) and 90.7(505) shall
include each of the following items of information in addition to any other
information the licensee wants to provide and that apply to the licensee and to
the consumers to whom the licensee sends its privacy notice:
a. The categories of nonpublic personal financial information
that the licensee collects;
b. The categories of nonpublic personal financial information
that the licensee discloses;
c. The categories of affiliates and nonaffiliated third
parties to whom the licensee discloses nonpublic personal financial information,
other than those parties to whom the licensee discloses information under rules
90.13(505) and 90.14(505);
d. The categories of nonpublic personal financial information
about the licensee’s former customers that the licensee discloses and the
categories of affiliates and nonaffiliated third parties to whom the licensee
discloses nonpublic personal financial information about the licensee’s
former customers, other than those parties to whom the licensee discloses
information under rules 90.13(505) and 90.14(505);
e. A separate description of the categories of information the
licensee discloses and the categories of third parties with whom the licensee
has contracted if a licensee discloses nonpublic personal financial information
to a nonaffiliated third party under rule 90.12(505) and no other exception in
rules 90.13(505) and 90.14(505) applies to that disclosure;
f. An explanation of the consumer’s right under subrule
90.9(1) to opt out of the disclosure of nonpublic personal financial information
to nonaffiliated third parties, including the methods by which the consumer may
exercise that right at that time;
g. Any disclosures that the licensee makes under Section
603(d)(2)(A)(iii) of the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act;
h. The licensee’s policies and practices with respect to
protecting the confidentiality and security of nonpublic personal financial
information; and
i. Any disclosure that the licensee makes under subrule
90.5(2).
90.5(2) If a licensee discloses nonpublic personal
financial information as authorized under rules 90.13(505) and 90.14(505), the
licensee is not required to list those exceptions in the initial or annual
privacy notices required by rules 90.3(505) and 90.4(505). When describing the
categories of parties to whom disclosure is made, the licensee is required to
state only that it makes disclosures to other affiliated or nonaffiliated third
parties, as applicable and permitted by law.
90.5(3) If a licensee discloses nonpublic personal
financial information under the exception in rule 90.12(505) to a nonaffiliated
third party to market products or services that it offers alone or jointly with
another financial institution, the licensee satisfies the disclosure requirement
of paragraph 90.5(1)“e” if it does the following:
a. Lists the categories of nonpublic personal financial
information it discloses using the same categories and examples the licensee
used to meet the requirements of paragraph 90.5(1)“b” as applicable;
and
b. States whether the third party is a service provider that
performs marketing services on the licensee’s behalf or on behalf of the
licensee and another financial institution or a financial institution with whom
the licensee has a joint marketing agreement.
90.5(4) If a licensee does not disclose and does not
wish to reserve the right to disclose nonpublic personal financial information
about customers or former customers to affiliates or nonaffiliated third parties
except as authorized under rules 90.13(505) and 90.14(505), the licensee may
simply state that fact, in addition to the information it shall provide under
paragraphs 90.5(1)“a,” “h,” and “i” and
subrule 90.5(2).
90.5(5) A licensee shall describe its policies and
practices with respect to protecting the confidentiality and security of
nonpublic personal financial information if it does both of the
following:
a. Describes in general terms who is authorized to have access
to the information; and
b. States whether the licensee has security practices and
procedures in place to ensure the confidentiality of the information in
accordance with the licensee’s policy. The licensee is not required to
describe technical information about the safeguards it uses.
90.5(6) A licensee may satisfy the initial notice
requirements in 90.3(1)“b” and 90.6(3) for a consumer who is not a
customer by providing a short–form initial notice at the same time as the
licensee delivers an opt–out notice as required in rule
90.6(505).
a. The short–form initial notice shall be clear and
conspicuous, state that the licensee’s privacy notice is available upon
request and explain a reasonable means by which the consumer may obtain that
notice.
b. The licensee shall deliver its short–form initial
notice according to rule 90.8(505). The licensee is not required to deliver its
privacy notice with its short–form initial notice. The licensee instead
may simply provide the consumer a reasonable means to obtain its privacy notice.
If a consumer who receives the licensee’s short–form notice requests
the licensee’s privacy notice, the licensee shall deliver its privacy
notice according to rule 90.8(505).
90.5(7) The licensee’s notice may include
categories of nonpublic personal financial information that the licensee
reserves the right to disclose in the future but does not currently disclose and
categories of affiliates or nonaffiliated third parties to whom the licensee
reserves the right in the future to disclose, but to whom the licensee does not
currently disclose, nonpublic personal financial information.
191—90.6(505) Form of opt–out notice to
consumers and opt–out methods.
90.6(1) A licensee required to provide an
opt–out notice under subrule 90.9(1) shall provide a clear and conspicuous
notice to each of its consumers that accurately explains the right to opt out
under that rule. The notice shall state the following:
a. The licensee discloses or reserves the right to disclose
nonpublic personal financial information about its consumer to a nonaffiliated
third party;
b. The consumer has the right to opt out of that disclosure;
and
c. A reasonable means by which the consumer may exercise the
opt–out right.
90.6(2) A licensee may provide the opt–out
notice together with or on the same written or electronic form as the initial
notice the licensee provides in accordance with rule 90.3(505).
90.6(3) If a licensee provides the opt–out
notice later than required for the initial notice in accordance with rule
90.3(505), the licensee shall also include in writing or, if the consumer
agrees, electronically a copy of the initial notice with the opt–out
notice.
90.6(4) If two or more consumers jointly obtain an
insurance product or service from a licensee, the licensee may provide a single
opt–out notice. The licensee’s opt–out notice shall explain
how the licensee will treat an opt–out direction by a joint
consumer.
a. Any of the joint consumers may exercise the right to opt
out. The licensee may do either of the following:
(1) Treat an opt–out direction by a joint consumer as
applying to all of the associated joint consumers; or
(2) Permit each joint consumer to opt out
separately.
b. The licensee shall permit one of the joint consumers to opt
out on behalf of all the joint consumers if a licensee permits each joint
consumer to opt out separately.
c. A licensee may not require all joint consumers to opt out
before it implements any opt–out direction.
90.6(5) A licensee shall comply with a
consumer’s opt–out direction as soon as reasonably practicable after
the licensee receives it.
90.6(6) A consumer may exercise the right to opt out
at any time.
90.6(7) A consumer’s direction to opt out under
this rule is effective until the consumer revokes it in writing or
electronically, if the consumer agrees to revoke electronically.
90.6(8) When a customer relationship terminates, the
customer’s opt–out direction continues to apply to the nonpublic
personal financial information that the licensee collected during or related to
that relationship. If the individual subsequently establishes a new customer
relationship with the licensee, the opt–out direction that applied to the
former relationship does not apply to the new relationship.
90.6(9) When a licensee is required to deliver an
opt–out notice by this rule, the licensee shall deliver it according to
rule 90.8(505).
191—90.7(505) Revised privacy notices.
90.7(1) Except as otherwise authorized in this rule, a
licensee shall not, directly or through an affiliate, disclose any nonpublic
personal financial information about a consumer to a nonaffiliated third party
other than as described in the initial notice that the licensee provided to that
consumer under rule 90.3(505) unless the following occur:
a. The licensee has provided to the consumer a clear and
conspicuous revised privacy notice that accurately describes its policies and
practices;
b. The licensee has provided to the consumer a new
opt–out notice;
c. The licensee has given the consumer a reasonable
opportunity, before the licensee discloses the information to the nonaffiliated
third party, to opt out of the disclosure; and
d. The consumer does not opt out.
90.7(2) A revised privacy notice is not required if the
licensee discloses nonpublic personal financial information to a new
nonaffiliated third party that the licensee adequately described in its prior
notice.
90.7(3) When a licensee is required to deliver a
revised privacy notice by this rule, the licensee shall deliver it according to
rule 90.8(505).
191—90.8(505) Delivery of notice.
90.8(1) A licensee shall provide any notices that
these rules require so that each consumer can reasonably be expected to receive
actual notice in writing, or if the consumer agrees, electronically.
90.8(2) A licensee may reasonably expect that a
customer will receive actual notice of the licensee’s annual privacy
notice if one of the following occurs:
a. The customer uses the licensee’s Web site to access
insurance products and services electronically and agrees to receive notices at
the Web site and the licensee posts its current privacy notice continuously in a
clear and conspicuous manner on the Web site; or
b. The customer has requested that the licensee refrain from
sending any information regarding the customer relationship, and the
licensee’s current privacy notice remains available to the customer upon
request.
90.8(3) A licensee may not provide any notice required
by this rule solely by orally explaining the notice, either in person or over
the telephone.
90.8(4) For customers only, a licensee shall provide
the initial notice required by paragraph 90.3(1)“a,” the annual
notice required by subrule 90.4(1) and the revised notice required by rule
90.7(505) so that the customer can retain them or obtain them later in writing
or, if the customer agrees, electronically.
90.8(5) A licensee may provide a joint notice from the
licensee and one or more of its affiliates or other financial institutions, as
identified in the notice, as long as the notice is accurate with respect to the
licensee and the other institutions. A licensee may also provide a notice on
behalf of another financial institution.
90.8(6) If two or more consumers jointly obtain an
insurance product or service from a licensee, the licensee may satisfy the
initial, annual and revised notice requirements of subrules 90.3(1), 90.4(1) and
90.7(1), respectively, by providing one notice to those consumers
jointly.
191—90.9(505) Limits on disclosure of nonpublic
personal financial information to nonaffiliated third parties.
90.9(1) A licensee may not directly or through any
affiliate disclose any nonpublic personal financial information about a consumer
to a nonaffiliated third party except as otherwise authorized in these rules
unless the following occur:
a. The licensee has provided to the consumer an initial notice
as required under rule 90.3(505).
b. The licensee has provided to the consumer an opt–out
notice as required in rule 90.6(505).
c. The licensee has given the consumer a reasonable
opportunity to opt out of the disclosure before the licensee discloses the
information to the nonaffiliated third party; and
d. The consumer does not opt out.
90.9(2) A licensee provides a consumer with a
reasonable opportunity to opt out under the following methods:
a. The licensee mails the notices required in 90.9(1) to the
consumer and allows the consumer to opt out by mailing a form, calling a
toll–free telephone number or any other reasonable means within 30 days
from the date the licensee mailed the notices.
b. A customer opens an on–line account with a licensee
and agrees to receive the notices required in 90.9(1) electronically, and the
licensee allows the customer to opt out by any reasonable means within 30 days
after the date that the customer acknowledges receipt of the notices in
conjunction with opening the account.
c. For an isolated transaction such as providing the customer
with an insurance quote, a licensee provides the consumer with a reasonable
opportunity to opt out if the licensee provides the notice required in 90.9(1)
at the time of the transaction and requests that the consumer decide, as a
necessary part of the transaction, whether to opt out before completing the
transaction.
90.9(3) A licensee shall comply with this rule
regardless of whether the licensee and the consumer have established a customer
relationship.
90.9(4) Unless a licensee complies with this rule, the
licensee may not directly or through any affiliate disclose any nonpublic
personal financial information about a consumer that the licensee has collected,
regardless of whether the licensee collected it before or after receiving the
direction to opt out from the consumer.
90.9(5) A licensee may allow a consumer to select
certain nonpublic personal financial information or certain nonaffiliated third
parties with respect to which the consumer wishes to opt out.
191—90.10(505) Limits on redisclosure and reuse of
nonpublic personal financial information.
90.10(1) In the event a licensee receives nonpublic
personal financial information from a nonaffiliated financial institution under
an exception to rules 90.13(505) and 90.14(505), the licensee’s disclosure
and use of that information is limited as follows:
a. The licensee may disclose the information to the affiliates
of the financial institution from which the licensee received the
information;
b. The licensee may disclose the information to its
affiliates, but the licensee’s affiliates may, in turn, disclose and use
the information only to the extent that the licensee may disclose and use the
information; and
c. The licensee may disclose and use the information pursuant
to an exception in rule 90.13(505) or 90.14(505) in the ordinary course of
business to carry out the activity covered by the exception under which the
licensee received the information.
90.10(2) In the event a licensee received nonpublic
personal financial information from a nonaffiliated financial institution other
than under an exception in rules 90.13(505) and 90.14(505), the licensee may
disclose the information only as follows:
a. To the affiliates of the financial institution from which
the licensee received the information;
b. To its affiliates, but its affiliates may, in turn,
disclose the information only to the extent that the licensee may disclose the
information; and
c. To any other person, if the disclosure would be lawful if
made directly to that person by the financial institution from which the
licensee received the information.
90.10(3) In the event a licensee discloses nonpublic
personal financial information to a nonaffiliated third party under an exception
in rules 90.13(505) and 90.14(505), the third party may disclose and use that
information only as follows:
a. The third party may disclose the information to the
licensee’s affiliates;
b. The third party may disclose the information to its
affiliates, but its affiliates may, in turn, disclose and use the information
only to the extent that the third party may disclose and use the information;
and
c. The third party may disclose and use the information
pursuant to an exception in rules 90.13(505) and 90.14(505) in the ordinary
course of business to carry out the activity covered by the exception under
which it received the information.
90.10(4) In the event a licensee discloses nonpublic
personal financial information to a nonaffiliated third party other than under
an exception in rules 90.13(505) and 90.14(505), the third party may disclose
the information only to the following:
a. The licensee’s affiliates;
b. The third party’s affiliates, but the third
party’s affiliates, in turn, may disclose the information only to the
extent the third party can disclose the information; and
c. Any other person, if the disclosure would be lawful if the
licensee made it directly to that person.
191—90.11(505) Limits on sharing account number
information for marketing purposes.
90.11(1) A licensee shall not directly or through an
affiliate disclose, other than to a consumer reporting agency, a policy number
or similar form of access number or access code for a consumer’s policy or
transaction account to any nonaffiliated third party for use in telemarketing,
direct–mail marketing or marketing through electronic mail to the
consumer.
90.11(2) The above subrule does not apply if a
licensee discloses a policy number or similar form of access number or access
code to any of the following:
a. A licensee’s service provider solely in order to
perform marketing for the licensee’s own products or services, as long as
the service provider is not authorized to directly initiate charges to the
account;
b. A licensee who is a producer solely in order to perform
marketing for the licensee’s own products or services; or
c. A participant in an affinity or similar program where the
participants in the program are identified to the customer when the customer
enters into the program.
191—90.12(505) Exception to opt–out
requirements for disclosure of nonpublic personal financial information for
service providers and joint marketing.
90.12(1) The opt–out requirements in rules
90.6(505) and 90.9(505) do not apply when a licensee provides nonpublic personal
financial information to a nonaffiliated third party to perform services for the
licensee or functions for the licensee on the licensee’s behalf, if the
licensee does the following:
a. Provides the initial notice in accordance with rule
90.3(505); and
b. Enters into a contractual agreement with the third party
that prohibits the third party from disclosing or using the information other
than to carry out the purposes for which the licensee disclosed the information,
including use under an exception in rules 90.13(505) and 90.14(505) in the
ordinary course of business to carry out those purposes.
90.12(2) The services a nonaffiliated third party
performs for a licensee under subrule 90.12(1) may include marketing of the
licensee’s own products or services or marketing of financial products or
services offered pursuant to joint agreements between the licensee and one or
more financial institutions.
90.12(3) For purposes of this rule, “joint
agreement” means a written contract pursuant to which a licensee and one
or more financial institutions jointly offer, endorse or sponsor a financial
product or service.
191—90.13(505) Exceptions to notice and
opt–out requirements for disclosure of nonpublic personal financial
information for processing and servicing transactions.
90.13(1) The requirements for initial notice in
paragraph 90.3(1)“b,” for the opt out in rules 90.6(505) and
90.9(505), and for service providers and joint marketing in rule 90.12(505) do
not apply if the licensee discloses nonpublic personal financial information as
necessary to effect, administer or enforce a transaction that a consumer
requests or authorizes, or in connection with the following:
a. Servicing or processing an insurance product or service
that a consumer requests or authorizes;
b. Maintaining or servicing the consumer’s account with
a licensee, or with another entity as part of a private–label credit card
program or other extension of credit on behalf of such entity;
c. A proposed or actual securitization, secondary market sale
including sales of servicing rights, or similar transaction related to a
transaction of the consumer; or
d. Reinsurance or stop loss or excess loss
insurance.
90.13(2) For purposes of this rule, “necessary
to effect, administer or enforce a transaction” means that the disclosure
is as follows:
a. Required, or is one of the lawful or appropriate methods,
to enforce the licensee’s rights or the rights of other persons engaged in
carrying out the financial transaction or providing the product or service;
or
b. Required, or is a usual, appropriate or acceptable method,
for the following transactions:
(1) To carry out the transaction or the product or service
business of which the transaction is a part, and record, service or maintain the
consumer’s account in the ordinary course of providing the insurance
product or service;
(2) To administer or service benefits or claims relating to
the transaction or the product or service business of which it is a
part;
(3) To provide a confirmation, statement or other record of
the transaction or information on the status or value of the insurance product
or service to the consumer or the consumer’s agent or broker;
(4) To accrue or recognize incentives or bonuses associated
with the transaction that are provided by a licensee or any other
party;
(5) To underwrite insurance at the consumer’s request
or for any of the following purposes as they relate to a consumer’s
insurance: account administration, reporting, investigating or preventing fraud
or material misrepresentation, processing premium payments, processing insurance
claims, administering insurance benefits including utilization review
activities, participating in research projects or as otherwise required or
specifically permitted by federal or state law; or
(6) To disclose in connection with the following:
1. The authorization, settlement, billing, processing,
clearing, transferring, reconciling or collection of amounts charged, debited or
otherwise paid using a debit, credit or other payment card, check or account
number, or by other payment means;
2. The transfer of receivables, accounts or interests therein;
or
3. The audit of debit, credit or other payment
information.
191—90.14(505) Other exceptions to notice and
opt–out requirements for disclosure of nonpublic personal financial
information.
90.14(1) The requirements for initial notice to
consumers in paragraph 90.3(1)“b,” for the opt out in rules
90.6(505) and 90.9(505), and for service providers and joint marketing in rule
90.12(505) do not apply when a licensee discloses nonpublic personal financial
information as follows:
a. With the consent or at the direction of the consumer,
provided that the consumer has not revoked the consent or direction;
b. To protect the confidentiality or security of a
licensee’s records pertaining to the consumer, service, product, or
transaction;
c. To protect against or prevent actual or potential fraud or
unauthorized transactions;
d. For required institutional risk control or for resolving
consumer disputes or inquiries;
e. To persons holding a legal or beneficial interest relating
to the consumer;
f. To persons acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity
on behalf of the consumer;
g. To provide information to insurance rate advisory
organizations, guaranty funds or agencies, agencies that are rating a licensee,
persons that are assessing the licensee’s compliance with industry
standards, and the licensee’s attorneys, accountants and
auditors;
h. To the extent specifically permitted or required under
other provisions of law and in accordance with the federal Right to Financial
Privacy Act of 1978, to law enforcement agencies including the Federal Reserve
Board; Office of the Comptroller of the Currency; Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation; Office of Thrift Supervision; National Credit Union Administration;
the Securities and Exchange Commission; the Secretary of the Treasury, with
respect to 31 U.S.C. Chapter 53, Subchapter II, and 12 U.S.C. Chapter 21, a
state insurance authority, and the Federal Trade Commission, selfregulatory
organizations or for an investigation on a matter related to public
safety;
i. To a consumer reporting agency in accordance with the
federal Fair Credit Reporting Act;
j. From a consumer report reported by a consumer reporting
agency;
k. In connection with a proposed or actual sale, merger,
transfer or exchange of all or a portion of a business or operating unit if the
disclosure of nonpublic personal financial information concerns solely consumers
of the business unit;
l. To comply with federal, state, or local laws, rules and
other applicable legal requirements;
m. To comply with a properly authorized civil, criminal or
regulatory investigation, or subpoena or summons by federal, state or local
authorities;
n. To respond to judicial process or government regulatory
authorities having jurisdiction over a licensee for examination, compliance or
other purposes as authorized by law;
o. For purposes related to the replacement of a group benefit
plan, a group health plan, a group welfare plan or a workers’ compensation
plan.
90.14(2) A consumer may revoke consent by subsequently
exercising the right to opt out of future disclosures of nonpublic personal
financial information as permitted under subrule 90.6(6).
191—90.15(505) Notice through a Web site. If a
licensee provides a notice on a Web site, the licensee shall comply with the
above requirements if the licensee uses text or visual cues to encourage
scrolling down the page if necessary to view the entire notice and ensure that
other elements on the Web site such as text, graphics, hyperlinks or sound do
not distract attention from the notice. In addition, the licensee shall either
place the notice on a screen that consumers frequently access, such as a page on
which transactions are conducted, or place a link on a screen that consumers
frequently access that connects directly to the notice and is labeled
appropriately to convey the importance, nature and relevance of the
notice.
191—90.16(505) Licensee exception to notice
requirement.
90.16(1) A licensee is not subject to the notice and
opt–out requirements for nonpublic personal financial information as
follows:
a. The licensee is an employee, agent or other representative
of another licensee; and
b. The other licensee otherwise complies with, and provides
the notices required by, the provisions of the rules and the licensee does not
disclose any nonpublic personal financial information to any person other than
the other licensee or its affiliates in a manner permitted by these
rules.
90.16(2) An excess lines broker or excess lines
insurer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the notice and opt–out
requirements for nonpublic personal financial information in these rules
provided the following:
a. The broker or insurer does not disclose nonpublic personal
financial information of a consumer or a customer to nonaffiliated third parties
for any purpose including joint servicing or marketing under rule 90.12(505)
except as permitted by rules 90.13(505) or 90.14(505); and
b. The broker or insurer delivers to the consumer at the time
a customer relationship is established a notice on which the following is
printed in 16–point type:
PRIVACY
NOTICE
NEITHER THE U.S. BROKER THAT HANDLED THIS
INSURANCE NOR THE INSURERS THAT HAVE UNDERWRITTEN THIS INSURANCE WILL DISCLOSE
NONPUBLIC PERSONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BUYER TO NONAFFILIATES OF THE
BROKERS OR INSURERS
EXCEPT AS PERMITTED BY
LAW.
191—90.17(505) Protection of Fair Credit Reporting
Act. Nothing in these rules shall be construed to modify, limit or
supersede the operations of the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act, and no
inference shall be drawn on the basis of the provisions of these rules regarding
whether information is transaction or experience information under Section 603
of that Act.
191—90.18(505) Nondiscrimination. A licensee
shall not unfairly discriminate against any consumer or customer because that
consumer or customer has opted out from the disclosure of the consumer’s
or customer’s nonpublic personal financial information pursuant to the
provisions of this chapter.
191—90.19(505) Severability. If any rule or
portion of a rule of this chapter or its applicability to any person or
circumstance is held invalid by a court, the remainder of the rules or the
applicability of the provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be
affected.
191—90.20(505) Penalties. An insurer or
producer or licensee that violates a requirement of these rules shall be found
to have committed a violation of Iowa Code section 507B.4 in addition to any
other penalties provided by the laws of this state.
191—90.21(505) Effective dates.
90.21(1) These rules became effective November 13,
2000. However, in order to provide sufficient time for licensees to establish
policies and systems to comply with the requirements of these rules, the
commissioner extends the time for compliance until July 1, 2001.
90.21(2) A licensee shall provide by July 1, 2001, an
initial notice as required by rule 90.3(505) to consumers who are the
licensee’s customers on July 1, 2001.
90.21(3) Until July 1, 2002, a contract that a
licensee has entered into with a nonaffiliated third party to perform services
for the licensee or functions on the licensee’s behalf satisfies the
provisions of paragraph 90.12(1)“a,” even if the contract does not
include a requirement that the third party maintain confidentiality of nonpublic
personal financial information, provided that the licensee entered into the
agreement on or before July 1, 2001.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1023, section 5, and P.L. 106–102.
[Filed Emergency 11/9/00, effective 11/13/00]
[Published 11/29/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/29/00.
ARC 0332B
NURSING BOARD[655]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
147.76, the Board of Nursing hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 3,
“Licensure to Practice Registered Nurse/Licensed Practical Nurse”
and Chapter 5, “Continuing Education,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments provide for the notification by mail of the
availability of the license renewal application at the Board’s Internet
address. The licensee may obtain the renewal application by mail upon request.
The requirement for submission of a certificate at the time of renewal for
certain licensees is eliminated. These amendments facilitate on–line
renewal.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Board finds
that notice and public participation are unnecessary because the amendments
facilitate licensure.
The Board also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the amendments
should be waived and these amendments should be made effective upon filing, as
they confer a benefit by expediting the licensure renewal process.
The Board of Nursing adopted these amendments on November 8,
2000.
These amendments became effective November 9, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 147, 152 and 272C.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Rescind subrule 3.7(3) and adopt
in lieu thereof the following new subrule 3.7(3):
3.7(3) Renewal. At least 60 days prior to expiration
of the license, the licensee shall be notified by mail that a renewal
application is available at the board’s Internet address. Renewal
applications are also available by mail upon request.
a. The required materials and the renewal fee as specified in
rule 3.1(17A,147,152,272C) are to be submitted to the board office 30 days
before license expiration.
b. When the licensee has satisfactorily completed the
requirements for renewal 30 days before expiration of the previous license, a
renewal wallet card shall be mailed to the licensee before expiration of the
previous license.
c. A license to practice as a registered nurse/licensed
practical nurse based on renewal shall expire every three years on the fifteenth
day of the birth month.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 5.2(3),
paragraph “e,” to read as follows:
e. A licensee shall be deemed to have complied with the
continuing education requirements when that person at the time of renewal
possesses evidence of certification in a specialty area of nursing practice for
the advanced registered nurse practitioner as defined in rule
655—7.1(152). The continuing education credit requirements shall be
waived; however, a licensee who claims this exception shall submit a
copy retain evidence of current certification by the national
organization at the time of renewal as well as other requirements
specified in 655—subrule 3.7(3) to be submitted upon
request.
[Filed Emergency 11/9/00, effective 11/9/00]
[Published 11/29/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/29/00.
ARC 0327B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 135.43, the
Department of Public Health hereby adopts a new Chapter 92, “Iowa Fatality
Review Committee,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The new chapter implements 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1137,
authorizing the Director of Public Health to establish a “Child Fatality
Review Committee.” The chapter provides that the purpose of the child
fatality review committee is to determine whether the Department of Human
Services and others involved with the case of child abuse responded
appropriately and to issue a report containing its findings and
recommendations.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department
finds that notice and public participation are unnecessary because the new
chapter implements 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1137.
The Department also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the new chapter
should be waived and that it be made effective upon filing as it confers a
benefit to the public.
The State Board of Health adopted this chapter on November 8,
2000, during its regularly scheduled meeting.
This chapter is subject to the Department’s rules
regarding waivers.
These rules became effective November 9, 2000.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1137.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 92
IOWA FATALITY REVIEW COMMITTEE
641—92.1(135) Purpose. The purpose of the child
fatality review committee is to determine whether the department of human
services and others involved with the case of child abuse responded
appropriately.
641—92.2(135) Definitions.
“Child abuse assessment” means an assessment
performed in accordance with Iowa Code section 232.71B.
“Child fatality” means the death of a child
through the age of 17 years.
“Committee” means the Iowa child fatality review
committee.
“Department” means the department of public
health.
“Director” means the director of the department of
public health.
“Multidisciplinary team” means the group of
individuals as defined in Iowa Code section 235A.13.
641—92.3(135) Committee. The committee is an ad
hoc committee appointed by the director on a case–by–case basis.
The committee shall include a medical examiner, a pediatrician who is
knowledgeable concerning deaths of children, and a person involved in law
enforcement. The committee may also consult with individuals with specific
child death expertise as necessary to perform the duties and responsibilities of
the committee. The department shall provide staffing and administrative support
to the committee.
641—92.4(135) Formation of the committee. The
director may appoint a committee to review the death of a child under the age of
18 upon the request from a member of the legislature or the governor in cases in
which a report of suspected child abuse had been filed with the department of
human services pursuant to Iowa Code section 232.70 as amended by 2000 Iowa
Acts, chapter 1137, section 4, within two years preceding the child’s
death.
641—92.5(135) Committee protocol for review. In
determining whether the department of human services and others involved with
the case of child abuse responded appropriately, the committee shall review
records relevant to the child’s death, which may include but are not
limited to the following:
1. All reports of suspected child abuse on the identified
child made to the department of human services pursuant to Iowa Code section
232.70 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1137, section 4;
2. All child abuse assessments performed on the identified
child in accordance with Iowa Code section 232.71B;
3. All other department of human services records maintained
on the identified child;
4. All relevant law enforcement records which refer to the
identified child;
5. All relevant medical and hospital records of the identified
child;
6. All relevant court records which refer to the identified
child;
7. Records of any multidisciplinary team which reviewed the
case of the identified child;
8. Records of any public entity which reviewed the case of
the identified child; and
9. All relevant records maintained by a day care provider,
other child care provider, preschool, elementary school, middle school, or high
school which refer to the identified child.
The committee shall also consult with any multidisciplinary
team that is operating in the area where the fatality occurred.
641—92.6(135) Content of report. Upon
completion of the review, the director shall submit the committee’s report
to the governor and general assembly. The committee report shall include
findings concerning the case and recommendations for changes to prevent child
fatalities when similar circumstances exist. The report shall include but is
not limited to the following information:
1. The dates, outcomes, and results of any actions taken by
the department of human services and others in regard to each report and
allegation of child abuse involving the child who died.
2. The results of any review of the case performed by a
multidisciplinary team or by any other public entity that reviewed the
case.
3. Confirmation of the department of human services’
receipt of any report of child abuse involving the child, including confirmation
as to whether or not any assessment involving the child was performed in
accordance with Iowa Code section 232.71B, the results of any assessment, a
description of the most recent assessment and the services offered to the
family, the services rendered to the family, and the basis for the
department’s decisions concerning the case.
641—92.7(135) Consultation with county attorney.
Prior to issuing the report, the committee shall consult with the county
attorney responsible for prosecution of the alleged perpetrator of the child
fatality. The committee’s report shall include child abuse information
associated with the case and the child but is subject to the restrictions
applicable to the department of human services for release of information
concerning a child fatality or near fatality in accordance with Iowa Code
section 235A.15(9) [2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1137, section 9].
641—92.8(135) Supplemental report. Following
the com– pletion of the trial of any alleged perpetrator of the child
fatality and the appeal period for the granting of a new trial, the committee
shall issue a supplemental report containing the information that was withheld,
in accordance with rule 92.7(135), so as not to jeopardize the prosecution or
the rights of the alleged perpetrator to a fair trial as described in Iowa Code
section 235A.15(9)“f” and “g” [2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1137, section 9].
641—92.9(135) Confidentiality and disclosure of
information. The committee shall have access to patient records and other
confidential information. The committee may redisseminate confidential
information in the committee’s report which shall be submitted to the
governor and the general assembly. For all other purposes, the committee shall
maintain the confidentiality of all records which are confidential under Iowa
Code section 22.7, Iowa Code chapter 235, or other provision of law. A person
in possession or control of medical, investigative, or assessment information or
other information pertaining to a child death and child abuse review shall allow
the inspection and reproduction of the information by the department, upon the
request of the department, to be used only in the administration and for the
duties of the Iowa child fatality review committee. A person does not incur
legal liability by reason of releasing information to the department as required
under and in compliance with this rule.
641—92.10(135) Immunity and liability. Review
committee members are immune from any liability, civil or criminal, which might
otherwise be incurred or imposed as a result of any act, omission, proceeding,
decision, or determination undertaken or performed, or recommendation made as a
review committee member provided that the review committee members acted in good
faith and without malice in carrying out their official duties in their official
capacity. A complainant bears the burden of proof in establishing malice or
lack of good faith in an action brought against review committee members
involving the performance of their duties and powers.
A person who releases or discloses confidential data,
rec– ords, or any other type of information in violation of this chapter
is guilty of a serious misdemeanor.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1137.
[Filed Emergency 11/9/00, effective 11/9/00]
[Published 11/29/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/29/00.
FILED
ARC 0304B
BANKING DIVISION[187]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
524.213, the Banking Division of the Commerce Department hereby adopts an
amendment to Chapter 1, “Description of Organization,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The amendment removes the fixed number of assistants and
provides that the Superintendent, pursuant to Iowa Code section 524.208,
determines the number of assistants deemed necessary to the proper discharge of
the duties imposed upon the Superintendent by the laws of this state.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on October 4, 2000, as ARC 0159B. A public
hearing was held on October 24, 2000, at 10 a.m. in the Banking Division
Conference Room at 200 East Grand Avenue, Suite 300, Des Moines, Iowa. No
parties attended the public hearing. Three written comments were received prior
to the hearing; however, none of these comments were germane to the proposed
amendment.
This rule as amended does not provide for waivers inspecified
situations because the rule itself allows flexibility as to the number of
assistants that may be appointed by the Superintendent to carry out the duties
of the office.
This amendment is identical to the amendment published under
Notice of Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
524.208.
This amendment will become effective January 3,
2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend paragraph 1.3(1)“b” to read as
follows:
b. Assistants to the superintendent.
Three assistants to the The superintendent may
appoint assistants to perform duties prescribed by the superintendent,
including general supervision of all bank examining personnel, administration
and supervision of regulatory examinations, and administration and
supervision of all matters relating to the exercise of banking powers authorized
by the laws of this state and other matters for which each is
responsible.
[Filed 11/8/00, effective 1/3/01]
[Published 11/29/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/29/00.
ARC 0305B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 217.6 and 2000
Iowa Acts, chapter 1228, section 13, subsection 2, paragraph “a,”
and section 44, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 52,
“Payment,” and Chapter 177, “In–Home Health Related
Care,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments increase the maximum and flat State
Supplementary Assistance (SSA) residential care facility (RCF) and in–home
health related care (IHHRC) reimbursement rate. The maximum RCF reimbursement
rate will be increased from $24.26 to $24.50 per day. The flat RCF
reimbursement rate will be increased from $17.36 to $17.50 per day. The monthly
IHHRC reimbursement rate will be increased from $466.49 to $471.06.
The Seventy–eighth General Assembly directed that the
Department may take actions to meet the federal pass–along requirement
mandated by Title XVI of the Social Security Act, Section 1618, if necessary.
These rate increases are necessary to meet the federal pass–along
requirements for calendar year 2000.
In order to comply with the federal pass–along
requirement in calendar year 2000, Iowa’s total SSA expenditures must be
at least $19,575,651. Based on current projections, the Department projects
that calendar year 2000 may be short of this required spending level. Current
projections indicate that a 0.98 percent increase in the RCF and IHHRC
reimbursement rates is necessary to ensure compliance with the pass–along
requirement in calendar year 2000. This spending shortfall is attributable to a
decline in in–home health related care usage.
These amendments do not provide for waiver in specified
situations because they confer a benefit and are required to meet the federal
pass–along requirement, as mandated by the legislature. Individuals may
request a waiver of the monthly IHHRC reimbursement under the Department’s
general rule on exceptions at rule 441—1.8(217).
These amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency
and published in the August 9, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
0009B. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was
published in the August 9, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
0008B.
Subrule 52.1(3) was revised to reflect the removal of policy
which was adopted on an emergency basis effective November 1, 2000. (See ARC
0231B in the November 1, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin.) That policy
implemented an increase in the maximum RCF reimbursement rate from $24.50 to
$29.34 per day for the month of November only.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments
November 8, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
249.3(2) and 249.4 and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1228, section 13, subsection 2,
paragraph “a.”
These amendments shall become effective February 1, 2001, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby
rescinded.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 52.1(3),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
52.1(3) Residential care. Payment to a recipient in a
residential care facility shall be made on a flat per diem rate of
$17.36 $17.50 or on a cost–related reimbursement
system with a maximum reimbursement per diem rate of $29.34 for the
month of November 2000 and $24.50 for each month thereafter
$24.50. A cost–related per diem rate shall be established for each
facility choosing this method of payment according to rule
441—54.3(249).
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—177.4(249)
as follows:
Amend subrule 177.4(3) as follows:
177.4(3) Maximum costs. The maximum cost of service
shall be $466.49 $471.06. The provider shall accept the
payment made and shall make no additional charges to the recipient or
others.
Amend subrule 177.4(7), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
177.4(7) Income for adults. The gross income of the
individual and spouse, living in the home, shall be limited to
$466.49 $471.06 per month if one needs care or
$932.98 $942.12 if both need care, with the following
disregards:
Amend subrule 177.4(8), paragraph
“b,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
b. The income of the child shall be limited to
$466.49 $471.06 per month with the following
disregards:
[Filed 11/8/00, effective 2/1/01]
[Published 11/29/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/29/00.
ARC 0306B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 217.6, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 60, “Refugee Cash
Assistance,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments change the definition of date of entry for
asylees and disregard as income and as a resource incidental cash resettlement
moneys that sponsors make available to refugees applying for refugee cash
assistance (RCA).
Eligibility for RCA is limited to eight months. The
eight–month period begins with the date the alien enters the United
States. However, aliens seeking asylum cannot access RCA until they have
actually been granted asylum. Currently, because of the time it generally takes
the Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) to process alien status
adjustments, ayslees are often prohibited from accessing RCA because the
eight–month period from the date they entered the United States has
expired by the time they are granted asylum.
To better serve asylees, the Office of Refugee Resettlement
(ORR) has ruled that for aliens seeking asylum the “date of entry”
is the date they are granted asylum and begins the eight–month eligibility
period for RCA.
EXAMPLE: April 3 – date of entry into the United States
December 5 – date asylum is
granted
Under these amendments, December 5 is considered the
“date of entry.” The eight–month eligibility period for RCA
would be December through July.
Under the current rule, the asylee would not be able to access
RCA because the eight–month eligibility period (April through November)
would have expired November 30, before the date asylum was granted.
The first few months after having been granted asylum are
critical to asylees as they attempt to find work, adapt to a new culture and
environment and, in many cases, attempt to bring their families from countries
that are war–torn and unsafe. The new rule allows for asylees to receive
assistance during a most difficult time period.
Unlike other aliens, refugees are brought to the United States
by the state’s voluntary resettlement agencies. Resettlement agencies
receive funds from the U.S. Department of State and ORR to be used for
refugees’ basic living expenses when first arriving in the United States,
such as for housing, furniture, clothing, and other needed items. Refugees also
usually have a local sponsor, such as an individual, a church or fraternal
group. The particular resettlement agency makes the resettlement funds
available to the refugee’s local sponsor for use within established
guidelines. Sponsors generally use the funds to make vendor payments to stores,
landlords and other entities providing services or goods to the refugee family.
Occasionally, a sponsor or the resettlement agency may give a small amount of
the resettlement funds directly to the refugee family for necessary personal
items, such as toiletries.
Under the current rule, cash that sponsors or resettlement
agencies give directly to the refugee family is counted against the RCA cash
grant. Under these amendments, the cash will be disregarded. These amendments
allow for the exchange of a small amount of cash for needed personal items
without refugees’ incurring a reduction in their RCA grant.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because these amendments are required by federal regulations that do
not provide for waivers.
These amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency
and published in the October 4, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
0157B. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was
published in the October 4, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
0158B.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments
November 8, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
217.6.
These amendments shall become effective February 1, 2001, at
which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby
rescinded.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—60.7(217),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
441—60.7(217) Time limit for eligibility. A
refugee may receive assistance, if otherwise eligible, during the first eight
months the refugee is in the United States, beginning the month the refugee
enters the country. EXCEPTION: For asylees, the date of entry is the date
asylum is granted. The eight–month period of eligibility begins the month
asylum is granted. A nonrefugee child in the home with a
refugee parent (or refugee parents, if both are in the home) is eligible for
assistance until the parent(s) has been in the United States for eight months,
or until the child reaches eight months of age, whichever occurs first.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 60.7(2) by
adopting the following new paragraph
“d”:
d. Any cash grant received by the applicant under the
Department of State or the Department of Justice reception and placement
programs shall be disregarded as income and as a resource.
[Filed 11/8/00, effective 2/1/01]
[Published 11/29/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/29/00.
ARC 0307B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 75, “Conditions of
Eligibility,” and Chapter 89, “Debts Due from Transfers of
Assets,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments
November 8, 2000. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 4, 2000, as ARC
0146B.
These amendments revise policy governing transfer of assets to
become eligible for Medicaid to implement legislative changes adopted by the
Seventy–eighth General Assembly, which became effective July 1, 2000. The
amendments are as follows:
• A definition is added to
subrule 75.23(8) governing conditions of eligibility for Medicaid on
“transfer or disposal of assets” which includes:
1. Giving away or selling an interest in an asset;
2. Placing an interest in an asset in a trust that is not
available to the grantor;
3. Removing or eliminating an interest in a jointly owned
asset in favor of other owners;
4. Disclaiming an inheritance of any property, interest, or
right pursuant to Iowa Code section 633.704 on or after July 1, 2000;
5. Failure to take a share of an estate as a surviving spouse
(also known as “taking against a will”) on or after July 1, 2000, to
the extent that the value received by taking against the will would have
exceeded the value of the inheritance received under the will; or
6. Transferring or disclaiming the right to income not yet
received.
Items “1” through “3” and
“6” above reflect existing policy. Items “4” and
“5” are required by the new legislation.
When a person disclaims an inheritance, or fails to exercise
the right to take against a will, that person is avoiding the receipt of an
asset that could be used to pay for medical care. If not penalized as transfers
of assets, the result would be Medicaid dollars being used to pay for services
for which the divested funds could have otherwise paid.
The following are amendments to 441—Chapter 89 governing
transfer of assets policy for debt recovery.
• Under current policy,
transfers of less than $2,000 are not counted as creating a debt to the
Department. Transfers of assets by the same transferor over a calendar year are
aggregated. These amendments limit the amount for transfers from $2,000 per
calendar year to $2,000 over a five–year look back period.
• The exemption of the
transfer of a homestead to any person other than a person exempt under federal
regulations is eliminated. Transfers of a homestead to a spouse, disabled or
minor children, children who provide care that enabled the parent to avoid
earlier admission to the nursing facility, and to siblings who lived with the
transferor for a specified time period continue to be exempt.
• A new rule is added to
clarify that actions initiated under Iowa Code chapter 249F are not appealable
under the Iowa Administrative Procedure Act (Iowa Code chapter 17A). Any review
will go directly to district court.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because the changes are required by state legislation that does not
provide for waiver.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.3 and Iowa Code chapter 249F as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1060.
These amendments shall become effective January 3,
2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 75.23(8) by
adopting the following new definition in alphabetical
order:
“Transfer or disposal of assets” means any
transfer or assignment of any legal or equitable interest in any asset as
defined above, including:
1. Giving away or selling an interest in an asset;
2. Placing an interest in an asset in a trust that is not
available to the grantor (see 75.24(2)“b”(2));
3. Removing or eliminating an interest in a jointly owned
asset in favor of other owners;
4. Disclaiming an inheritance of any property, interest, or
right pursuant to Iowa Code section 633.704 on or after July 1, 2000 (see Iowa
Code Supplement section 249A.3(11) as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1060,
section 3);
5. Failure to take a share of an estate as a surviving spouse
(also known as “taking against a will”) on or after July 1, 2000, to
the extent that the value received by taking against the will would have
exceeded the value of the inheritance received under the will (see Iowa Code
Supplement section 249A.3(11) as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1060,
section 3); or
6. Transferring or disclaiming the right to income not yet
received.
ITEM 2. Amend the implementation clause
following rule 441—75.23(249A) as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code
section sections 249A.3 and 249A.4.
ITEM 3. Amend rule
441—89.3(249F) as follows:
Amend numbered paragraph “5” as
follows:
5. Transfers of less than $2,000. However,
all All transfers by the same transferor during a
calendar year the five–year period prior to the application
for medical assistance by the transferor shall be aggregated. If a
transferor transfers property to more than one transferee during a
calendar year the five–year period prior to application for
medical assistance by the transferor, the $2,000 exemption shall be divided
equally between the transferees for the five–year period prior to
application for medical assistance.
Rescind and reserve numbered paragraph
“9.”
ITEM 4. Amend 441—Chapter 89 by
adopting the following new rule:
441—89.10(249F) Exemption from Iowa Code chapter 17A.
Actions initiated under Iowa Code chapter 249F are not subject to Iowa Code
chapter 17A. Review by the district court shall be an original hearing before
the district court.
ITEM 5. Amend the implementation clause
following 441—Chapter 89 as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 249F
as amended by 1999 Iowa Acts, Senate File 92 2000 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1060.
[Filed 11/8/00, effective 1/3/01]
[Published 11/29/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/29/00.
ARC 0308B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 79, “Other Policies
Relating to Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” appearing in the Iowa
Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments
November 8, 2000. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on September 20, 2000, as ARC
0131B.
The Seventy–eighth General Assembly directed the
Department to increase the reimbursement rate for state fiscal year 2000 for
critical access hospitals to the rate provided for these hospitals under the
federal Medicare program.
The Balanced Budget Amendment Act of 1997, Rural Hospital
Flexibility Grant Program, provides guidelines for Medicare to reimburse
critical access hospitals approved under the critical access hospital (CAH)
program for the reasonable cost of services provided. A critical access
hospital is defined as a facility that serves a rural or vulnerable population
and is necessary to the economic health and well–being of the surrounding
community.
Under the critical access hospital (CAH) program, the CAH is
reimbursed by Medicare for reasonable costs, rather than on a DRG or APG basis.
The Department of Public Health has implemented and oversees the CAH program.
The Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA) certifies hospitals as critical
access hospitals. The Department of Inspections and Appeals inspects and
licenses critical access hospitals.
According to Medicare Conditions of Participation for critical
access hospitals as described in 42 CFR Part 485, Subpart F, and state hospital
licensure requirements administered by the Department of Inspections and
Appeals, to qualify as a critical access hospital the hospital shall:
• Be located in a rural area
as defined by the Medicare program.
• Be no less than 35 miles
from another hospital or be designated by the Department of Public Health as a
necessary provider of health care services.
• Provide 24–hour
emergency care.
• Maintain no more than 15
acute care inpatient beds.
• Have a maximum of 25 acute
care inpatient beds in the case of a hospital having a swing–bed agreement
with a limit of 15 acute care patients.
• Limit stays to a maximum
of a 96–hour annual average.
Additionally, the hospital shall continue to comply with all
general hospital licensure requirements as defined in Department of Inspections
and Appeals rules at 481—Chapter 51.
There are approximately 45 hospitals that could qualify to
become CAHs over the next five years. As of August 31, 2000, there are 11
certified CAHs; and 8 more are in the process of certification.
These amendments provide for an additional annual payment to
critical access hospitals based on the reasonable cost of services provided to
Medicaid patients. The state legislature appropriated $250,000 from the Tobacco
Settlement funds for the Department to reimburse approved critical access
hospitals at the same rates as Medicare.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specific
situations because they confer a benefit on CAHs. All CAHs should be reimbursed
using the same methodology.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4 and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1221, section 1, subsection 1, paragraph
“g.”
These amendments shall become effective February 1,
2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 79.1(1) by
adopting the following new paragraph
“g”:
g. Retrospectively adjusted prospective rates. Critical
access hospital providers are reimbursed prospectively on a DRG basis for
inpatient care and an APG basis for outpatient care, pursuant to subrule
79.1(5), with retrospective adjustments based on annual cost reports submitted
by the hospital at the end of the hospital’s fiscal year. The retroactive
adjustment equals the difference between the reasonable costs of providing
covered services to eligible fee–for–service Medicaid recipients
(excluding recipients in managed care), determined in accordance with Medicare
cost principles, and the Medicaid fee–for–service reimbursement
received on the DRG and APG basis. Amounts paid prior to adjustment that exceed
reasonable costs shall be recovered by the department. The base rate upon which
the DRG and APG payment is built shall be changed after any retrospective
adjustment to reflect, as accurately as is possible, the reasonable costs of
providing covered services to eligible fee–for–service Medicaid
recipients for the coming year using the most recent utilization as submitted to
the fiscal agent and Medicare cost principles.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 79.1(2) by
adopting the following new basis of reimbursement provider
category in alphabetical order:
Provider category
|
Basis of
reimbursement
|
Upper limit
|
Hospitals (Critical access)
|
Retrospectively adjusted prospective rates. See
79.1(1)“g” and 79.1(5)
|
The reasonable cost of covered services provided to medical
assistance recipients or the upper limits for other hospitals, whichever is
greater.
|
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 79.1(5) as
follows:
Amend paragraph “a” by adopting the
following new definition in alphabetical order:
“Critical access hospital” or “CAH”
means a hospital licensed as a critical access hospital by the department of
inspections and appeals pursuant to rule 481—51.52(135B).
Adopt the following new paragraph
“aa”:
aa. Retrospective adjustment for critical access hospitals.
Payments to critical access hospitals pursuant to paragraphs
79.1(5)“a” to “z” are subject to a retrospective
adjustment equal to the difference between the reasonable costs of covered
services provided to eligible fee–for–service Medicaid recipients
(excluding recipients in managed care), based on the hospital’s annual
cost reports and Medicare cost principles, and the Medicaid
fee–for–service reimbursement received pursuant to paragraphs
79.1(5)“a” to “z.” Amounts paid prior to adjustment
that exceed reasonable costs shall be recovered by the department. The base
rate upon which the DRG and APG payment is built shall be changed after any
retrospective adjustment to reflect, as accurately as is possible, the
reasonable costs of providing the covered service to eligible
fee–for–service Medicaid recipients for the coming year using the
most recent utilization as submitted to the fiscal agent and Medicare cost
principles.
[Filed 11/8/00, effective 2/1/01]
[Published 11/29/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/29/00.
ARC 0309B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 234.6 and
235B.5, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 176,
“Dependent Adult Abuse,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative
Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments
November 8, 2000. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on October 4, 2000, as ARC
0147B.
These amendments revise and clarify the process for requesting
dependent adult abuse information and update policy regarding who may request an
employment background check to conform policy with changes passed by the
Seventy–eighth General Assembly. In addition, form names and numbers and
Iowa Code references are updated.
Policy is revised to clarify who should request information
from the county office and who should request information from the Central
Registry. Only subjects of a report and persons authorized to access the
information who are making an oral request because they believe the information
is needed immediately may request the information from the county. All other
requests are to be submitted to the Registry by mail or fax.
Administrators of an agency providing care to a dependent
adult in another state, the superintendent, or the superintendent’s
designee, of a school district, and the authorities in charge of an accredited
nonpublic school are added to the list of persons authorized to have access to
dependent adult abuse information for the purposes of a volunteer or employment
record check.
A subrule containing policy governing the method of
dissemination of abuse information is rescinded as the information is contained
elsewhere in the rules.
Policy is added to provide that, if health care programs
complete an employment background check using the Internet electronic
information system maintained by the Health Facilities Division of the
Department of Inspections and Appeals, the administrator of the program is
required to sign a form, before receiving the information, agreeing not to
redisseminate the information received.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because only persons authorized by Iowa law to receive dependent
adult abuse information may do so.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
235B as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Chapter 1067.
These amendments shall become effective January 3,
2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 176.3(1),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. Adult Dependent adult abuse exists
as defined in Iowa Code Supplement section 235B.2.
ITEM 2. Amend subrules 176.6(4) and
176.6(10) as follows:
176.6(4) County attorneys, law enforcement agencies,
multidisciplinary teams as defined in Iowa Code section 235A.13,
subsection 9, 235B.1, subsection 1, and social services agencies
in the state shall cooperate and assist in the evaluation or assessment upon the
request of the department. County attorneys and appropriate law enforcement
agencies shall also take any other lawful action necessary or advisable for the
protection of the dependent adult.
176.6(10) In every case involving adult abuse which is
substantiated by the department and which results in a judicial proceeding on
behalf of the dependent adult, legal counsel shall be appointed by the
court, to represent the dependent adult in the proceedings.
The court may also appoint a guardian ad litem to represent the dependent adult
when necessary to protect the dependent adult’s best interests. The same
attorney may be appointed to serve both as legal counsel and as guardian ad
litem. Before legal counsel or a guardian ad litem is appointed pursuant to
1983 Iowa Acts, chapter 153, section 4,
Iowa Code section 235B.3, subsection 7, paragraph “c,” the
court shall require the dependent adult and any person legally responsible for
the support of the dependent adult to complete under oath a detailed financial
statement. If, on the basis of that financial statement, the court deems that
the dependent adult or the legally responsible person is able to bear all or a
portion of the cost of the legal counsel or guardian ad litem, the court shall
so order. In cases where the dependent adult or the legally responsible person
is unable to bear the cost of the legal counsel or guardian ad litem, the
expense shall be paid out of the court expense fund by the
county.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—176.10(235B)
as follows:
Amend subrules 176.10(1) and 176.10(2) as follows:
176.10(1) Requests for information. Written requests
for adult abuse information by the subject of a report as defined in subrule
176.10(3), paragraph “a,” shall may be
submitted to the county office of the department on Form
SS–1114 470–0612, Request for Dependent
Adult Abuse Registry Information, except as provided in subrule
176.10(3), paragraph “c.” .
Oral requests for dependent adult abuse information may be
made to the county office or the central registry when the person making the
request believes that the information is needed immediately and the person is
authorized to access the information, pursuant to the requirements of Iowa Code
section 235B.7, subsection 2. If a request is made orally by telephone, a
written request shall be filed within 72 hours of the oral request using Form
470–0612, Request for Dependent Adult Abuse Registry Information. When an
oral request to the county office to obtain dependent adult abuse information is
granted by the central registry, the county shall document the approval to the
central registry through use of Form 470–0612.
Requests may All other requests for
information shall be made by telephone to the central
registry by mail or fax pursuant to the requirements of Iowa Code
chapter 235B as amended by 1991 Iowa Acts, Senate File
455, section 7, subsection 2 section 235B.7.
Oral requests must be followed by a written request to the central
registry within 72 hours on Form
SS–1114.
176.10(2) Verification of identity. The county office
shall verify the identity of the person making the request on Form
SS–1114 470–0612, Request for Dependent
Adult Abuse Registry Information. Upon verification of the identity of
the person making the request, the county office shall transmit the request to
the central registry. The central registry shall verify the identity of persons
making requests for information directly to the central registry by telephone,
mail, fax, or in person, on Form 470–0612, Request for Dependent
Adult Abuse Registry Information.
Amend subrule 176.10(3), paragraph
“e,” by adopting the following new
subparagraphs:
(8) The administrator of an agency providing care to a
dependent adult in another state, for the purpose of performing an employment
background check.
(9) The superintendent, or the superintendent’s
designee, of a school district or the authorities in charge of an accredited
nonpublic school for the purposes of a volunteer or employment record
check.
Rescind subrule 176.10(4) and adopt the following
new subrule in lieu thereof:
176.10(4) Requests concerning applicants for
employment and employees of health care programs. A health care program making
a request for dependent adult abuse information for the purpose of determining
employability, as authorized by Iowa Code section 235B.6, subsection 2,
paragraph “e,” subparagraphs (6) and (7), and section 135C.33,
subsection 6, shall request the information directly from the central registry
or obtain the information from the Internet electronic information system
maintained by the health facilities division of the department of inspections
and appeals.
Requests made directly to the central registry shall be made
on Form 470–0612, Request for Dependent Adult Abuse Registry Information.
Health care programs requesting dependent adult abuse
background checks on employee applicants and employees by use of the Internet
electronic information system shall complete Form 470–3767,
Non–Redissemination Agreement. The form shall be signed by the
administrator of the health care program and be sent to the central registry
before receipt of the information from the department. The administrator shall
agree not to redisseminate dependent adult abuse information obtained through
the Internet electronic information system, except as authorized in Iowa Code
sections 235B.6 and 235B.8.
Amend subrules 176.10(5) and 176.10(8) to 176.10(10) as
follows:
176.10(5) Dissemination of undetermined reports. A
report which cannot be determined by a preponderance of the evidence to be
founded or unfounded may be disseminated and redisseminated in accordance with
Iowa Code chapter 235B as amended by 1991 Iowa Acts, Senate File 455,
section 6, section 235B.8 until the report is expunged.
Information referred to in the report may be referred to in subsequent reports
and evaluations.
176.10(8) Dependent adult abuse information
dissem–inated and redisseminated. Notwithstanding subrule 176.10(l),
written requests and oral requests are not required for dependent adult abuse
information that is disseminated to an employee of the department of human
services, a district court, or the attorney representing the department as
authorized by Iowa Code chapter 235B as amended by 1991 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 455, section 6 section 235B.6.
176.10(9) Required notification. The department shall
notify orally the subject of a report of the results of the evaluation or
assessment. The department shall subsequently transmit a written notice to the
subject which will include information regarding the results, the
confidentiality provisions of Iowa Code Supplement sections
235B.6 and 235B.12, and the procedures for correction or expungement and appeal
of dependent adult abuse information as provided in Iowa Code
Supplement section 235B.10.
176.10(10) Mandatory reporter notification. The
department shall attempt to notify orally the mandatory reporter who made the
report in a dependent adult abuse case of the results of the evaluation or
assessment and of the confidentiality provisions of Iowa Code Supplement
section sections 235B.6 and Iowa Code section
235B.12. The department shall subsequently transmit a written notice on Form
470–2444, Adult Protective Notification, to the mandatory reporter who
made the report. The form shall include information regarding the results of
the evaluation or assessment and confidentiality provisions. A copy of the
written notice shall be transmitted to the registry and shall be maintained by
the registry as provided in Iowa Code section 235B.8.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 441—176.13(235B)
as follows:
Amend subrules 176.13(1) to 176.13(3) as follows:
176.13(1) Founded reports. A report of dependent
adult abuse determined to be founded shall be retained and sealed by the
registry in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 235B as amended by 1991
Iowa Acts, Senate File 455, section 9 section 235B.9.
176.13(2) Unfounded reports. A report of dependent
adult abuse determined to be unfounded shall be expunged when it is determined
to be unfounded in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 235B as amended by
1991 Iowa Acts, Senate File 455, section 9, subsection 2 section
235B.9, subsection 2.
176.13(3) Undetermined reports. A report of dependent
adult abuse in which the information cannot be determined by a preponderance of
the evidence to be founded or unfounded shall be expunged by the registry in
accordance with Iowa Code chapter 235B as amended by 1991 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 455, section 9 section 235B.9, subsection
2.
Rescind the implementation clause.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 176.15(2),
paragraphs “c” and “e,” as
follows:
c. That no team members shall redisseminate adult abuse
information obtained solely through the multidisciplinary team. This shall not
preclude redissemination of information as authorized by Iowa Code
chapter 235B as amended by 1991 Iowa Acts, Senate File 455, section
6, section 235B.6 when an individual team member has received
information as a result of another authorized access provision of the
Code.
e. That any written report or document produced by the team
pertaining to an individual case shall be made a part of the file for the case
and shall be subject to all confidentiality provisions of Iowa Code
chapter 235B as amended by 1991 Iowa Acts, Senate File 455
sections 235B.6 and 235B.8 and of 441—Chapter 176.
ITEM 6. Amend 441—Chapter
176, implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 235B
as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1067.
[Filed 11/8/00, effective 1/3/01]
[Published 11/29/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/29/00.
ARC 0301B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[653]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and
272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby amends Chapter 13,
“Standards of Practice and Professional Ethics,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on April 19, 2000, as ARC 9786A. This amendment
is identical to that published under Notice of Intended Action.
The Board of Medical Examiners approved the amendment during a
meeting held via telephone conference call November 6, 2000. The Board of
Pharmacy Examiners approved the amendment during a meeting held via telephone
conference call on November 6, 2000.
The rule permits physicians to prescribe via written protocol
adult immunizations for influenza and pneumococcal vaccines for administration
by authorized pharmacists. Physicians may also prescribe other adult
immunizations for an individual patient by a prescription or medication order
for administration by an authorized pharmacist. The rule defines the
preparatory process the authorized pharmacist must complete and itemizes the
elements needed in a written protocol for a physician to prescribe adult
immunizations for administration to patients by an authorized pharmacist.
Finally, the rule describes the supervisory relationship between a prescribing
physician and an administering pharmacist.
A rule pertaining to the administration of immunizations by
pharmacists has also been adopted by the Board of Pharmacy Examiners and is
published herein as ARC 0329B.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
147.76 and 272C.3.
This amendment will become effective January 3,
2001.
The following new rule is adopted.
653—13.3(147) Supervision of pharmacists who
administer adult immunizations. A physician may prescribe adult
immunizations via written protocol for influenza and pneumococcal vaccines for
administration by an authorized pharmacist if the physician meets these
requirements for supervising the pharmacist.
13.3(1) Definitions.
a. “Authorized pharmacist” means an
Iowa–licensed pharmacist who has documented that the pharmacist has
successfully completed an educational program meeting the training standards on
vaccine administration as provided by an American Council on Pharmaceutical
Education (ACPE)–approved provider of continuing pharmaceutical education
that:
(1) Requires documentation by the pharmacist of current
certification in the American Heart Association or the Red Cross Basic Cardiac
Life Support Protocol for health care providers;
(2) Is an evidence–based course that includes study
material and hands–on training and techniques for administering vaccines,
requires testing with a passing score, complies with current Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention guidelines, and provides instruction and experiential
training in the following content areas:
1. Standards for immunization practices;
2. Basic immunology and vaccine protection;
3. Vaccine–preventable diseases;
4. Recommended immunization schedules;
5. Vaccine storage and management;
6. Informed consent;
7. Physiology and techniques for vaccine
administration;
8. Pre– and post–vaccine assessment and
counseling;
9. Immunization record management; and
10. Management of adverse events, including identification,
appropriate response, documentation, and reporting.
b. “Vaccine” means a specially prepared antigen
which, upon administration to a person, will result in immunity and,
specifically for the purposes of this rule, shall mean influenza and
pneumococcal vaccines.
c. “Written protocol” means a physician’s
order for one or more patients that contains, at a minimum, the
following:
(1) A statement identifying the individual physician
authorized to prescribe drugs and responsible for the delegation of
administration of adult immunizations for influenza and pneumococcus;
(2) A statement identifying the individual authorized
pharmacists;
(3) A statement that forbids an authorized pharmacist from
delegating the administration of adult immunizations to anyone other than
another authorized pharmacist or a registered nurse;
(4) A statement identifying the vaccines that may be
administered by an authorized pharmacist, the dosages, and the route of
administration;
(5) A statement identifying the activities an authorized
pharmacist shall follow in the course of administering adult immunizations,
including:
1. Procedures for determining if a patient is eligible to
receive the vaccine;
2. Procedures for determining the appropriate scheduling and
frequency of drug administration in accordance with applicable
guidelines;
3. Procedures for record keeping and long–term record
storage including batch or identification numbers;
4. Procedures to follow in case of life–threatening
reactions; and
5. Procedures for the pharmacist and patient to follow in case
of reactions following administration;
(6) A statement that describes how the authorized pharmacist
shall report the administration of adult immunizations, within 30 days, to the
physician issuing the written protocols and to the patient’s primary care
physician, if one has been designated by the patient. In case of serious
complications, the authorized pharmacist shall notify the physicians within 24
hours and submit a VAERS report to the bureau of immunizations, Iowa department
of public health. (VAERS is the Vaccine Advisory Event Reporting System.) A
serious complication is one that requires further medical or therapeutic
intervention to effectively protect the patient from further risk, morbidity, or
mortality.
13.3(2) Supervision. A physician who prescribes adult
immunizations to an authorized pharmacist for administration shall adequately
supervise that pharmacist. Physician supervision shall be considered adequate
if the delegating physician:
a. Ensures that the authorized pharmacist is prepared as
described in subrule 13.3(1), paragraph “a”;
b. Provides a written protocol that is updated at least
annually;
c. Is available through direct telecommunication for
consultation, assistance, and direction, or provides physician backup to provide
these services when the physician supervisor is not available;
d. Is an Iowa–licensed physician who has a working
relationship with an authorized pharmacist within the physician’s local
provider service area.
13.3(3) Administration of other adult immunizations by
pharmacists. A physician may prescribe, for an individual patient by
prescription or medication order, other adult immunizations to be administered
by an authorized pharmacist.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.76
and 272C.3.
[Filed 11/7/00, effective 1/3/01]
[Published 11/29/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/29/00.
ARC 0337B
NATURAL RESOURCE
COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6),
the Natural Resource Commission hereby rescinds Chapter 61, “State Parks
and Recreation Areas,” Iowa Administrative Code, and adopts new Chapter 61
with the same title.
This amendment accomplishes the following:
1. Rescinds the current Chapter 61 and replaces it with a new
version.
2. Increases camping fees.
3. Increases the rental fee for cabins at
Lacey–Keosauqua State Park and Lake Wapello State Park.
4. Sets fees for the new cabins to be built at Backbone State
Park.
5. Allows heated lodges and cabins to be reserved for the
entire month of January instead of just the first week of January.
6. Adds Pleasant Creek, Lake Darling, Green Valley and
McIntosh Woods State Parks cabin areas to the list of parks where a small tent
by the camping cabins is allowed.
7. Prohibits paintball guns in state parks and recreation
areas.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on October 4, 2000, as ARC 0166B. Fewer than 25
letters and telephone calls from the public were received stating that the
increase was too much and asking why the Commission did not provide a senior
citizen discount. Several commenters also mentioned that the campers should not
be the only ones paying for park improvements and that an entrance fee should be
charged instead or funding should be provided from the General Fund. Based on
the minimum response from the public, the camping fee increase was not changed.
The following changes from the Notice have been made:
1. The definition of “group camp” was changed to
read as follows:
“‘Group camp’ means those camping areas at
Dolliver, Springbrook and Lake Keomah where organized groups (i.e., family
groups or youth groups) may camp. Dining hall facilities are
available.”
2. A change was made to correctly identify the location of
Noble Island in Allamakee County.
3. The spelling of “Williams Prairie” and
“AmeriCorps” has been corrected.
4. In subrule 61.3(1), the words “per night” were
added to clarify camping fee rates.
5. In paragraph 61.3(1)“b,” the calculations for
camping fees have been corrected and the correct camping fees have been
listed.
6. In paragraph 61.3(1)“j,” the number of coupons
in the camping coupon book was changed to seven and the associated fee was
changed.
7. In paragraph 61.3(5)“g,” the number of days
campers must leave a campground was changed from five days back to three days
and the word “day” was changed to “night” in regard to
the number of “nights” a camper may register.
8. In paragraph 61.4(1)“b,” information regarding
cabin, yurt, and lodge rental tax calculations was added and the word
“day” was changed to “night” in regard to cabin and yurt
rental fees.
9. In paragraph 61.4(1)“c,” the word
“shelter” was changed to “lodge” in the listing for
Wapsipinicon State Park.
10. A new paragraph “e” was added to subrule
61.4(1) to set the reservation fee for the new shelters with kitchen facilities
at Elinor Bedell and Lake Manawa State Parks.
11. The phrase “of the first night of the rental
period” was deleted in the last sentence of paragraph
61.4(3)“g.” The sentence now reads as follows:
“No walk–in rentals will be permitted after 6
p.m.”
12. The last sentence of paragraph
61.5(8)“b”(2)“1” was changed to clarify how a
nonhandicapped person may accompany a handicapped person who holds a permit for
use of a vehicle in a park.
13. Paragraph 61.5(8)“b”(2)“3” was
changed to clarify that a handicapped permit holder wishing access to a preserve
must consult with a preserves staff member in Des Moines.
14. In paragraph 61.5(8)“b”(5)“2,” the
speed limit that an approved motor vehicle may be operated at was decreased to 5
mph.
15. In subrule 61.5(13), Plymouth County was added to the
location of Stone State Park.
16. Subrule 61.7(4) was changed to clarify the permitted use
of guns for deer hunting in the Mines of Spain Recreation Area.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
422.43, 455A.4, 461A.3, 461A.3A, 461A.35, 461A.38, 461A.39, 461A.42, 461A.43,
461A.45 to 461A.51, 461A.57, and 723.4 and Iowa Code chapter 724.
This amendment will become effective on January 3,
2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind 571—Chapter 61 and adopt in lieu thereof the
following new chapter:
CHAPTER 61
STATE PARKS AND RECREATION AREAS
571—61.1(461A) Applicability. This chapter is
applicable to all state–owned parks and recreation areas managed by the
department of natural resources and political subdivisions unless otherwise
noted.
571—61.2(461A) Definitions.
“Bank or shoreline” means the zone of contact of a
body of water with the land and an area within 25 feet of the water’s
edge.
“Basic unit” or “basic camping unit”
means the portable shelter used by one to six persons.
“Beach” is as defined in rule
571—64.1(461A).
“Beach house open shelter” means a building
located on the beach which is open on two or more sides and which may or may not
have a fireplace.
“Cabin” means a small one–story dwelling of
simple construction which is available for rental on a daily or weekly
basis.
“Camping” means the erecting of a tent or shelter
of natural or synthetic material, or placing a sleeping bag or other bedding
material on the ground or parking a motor vehicle, motor home, or trailer for
the apparent purpose of overnight occupancy.
“Chaperoned, organized youth group” means a group
of persons 17 years of age and under which is sponsored by and accompanied by
adult representatives of a formal organization including, but not limited to,
Boy Scouts and Girl Scouts of America, churches, Young Men’s and Young
Women’s Christian Association.
“Fishing” means taking or attempting to take fish
utilizing hook, line and bait as defined in Iowa Code section 481A.72, or use of
permitted devices for taking rough fish as determined by Iowa Code section
481A.76.
“Free climbing” means climbing with the use of
hands and feet only and without the use of ropes, pins and other devices
normally associated with rappelling and rock climbing.
“Group camp” means those camping areas at
Dolliver, Springbrook and Lake Keomah where organized groups (i.e., family
groups or youth groups) may camp. Dining hall facilities are
available.
“Lodge” means a day–use building which is
enclosed on all four sides and may have kitchen facilities such as a stove or
refrigerator and which is available for rent on a daily basis.
“Lodge” does not include buildings that are open on two or more
sides and that contain fireplaces only.
“Modern area” means a camping area which has
showers and flush toilets.
“Nonmodern area” means a camping area in which no
showers are provided and which contains only pit–type latrines or
flush–type toilets. Potable water may or may not be available to
campers.
“Open shelter” means a building which is open on
two or more sides and which may or may not include a fireplace.
“Organized youth group campsite” means a
designated camping area within or next to the main campground where chaperoned,
organized youth groups may camp.
“Person with physical disability” means an
individual, commonly termed a paraplegic or quadriplegic, with paralysis or a
physical condition of the lower half of the body with the involvement of both
legs, usually due to disease or injury to the spinal cord; a person who is a
single or double amputee of the legs; or a person with any other physical
affliction which makes it impossible to ambulate successfully in park or
recreation area natural surroundings without the use of a wheeled
conveyance.
“Persons with disabilities parking permit” means
an identification device bearing the international symbol of accessibility
issued by the Iowa department of transportation or similar devices issued by
other states. The device can be a hanging device or on a motor vehicle as a
plate or sticker as provided in Iowa Code section 321L.2 or 321L.9.
“Possession” means exercising dominion or control
with or without ownership over property.
“Prohibited activity” means any activity other
than fishing as defined in this rule including, but not limited to, picnicking
and camping.
“Property” means personal property such as goods,
money, or domestic animals.
“Recreation areas” means the following areas that
have been designated by action of the natural resource commission:
Area
|
County
|
Badger Creek Recreation Area
|
Madison
|
Brushy Creek Recreation Area
|
Webster
|
Claire Wilson Park
|
Dickinson
|
Emerson Bay and Lighthouse
|
Dickinson
|
Fairport Recreation Area
|
Muscatine
|
Lower Gar Access
|
Dickinson
|
Marble Beach
|
Dickinson
|
Mines of Spain Recreation Area
|
Dubuque
|
Pioneer Recreation Area
|
Mitchell
|
Pleasant Creek Recreation Area
|
Linn
|
Templar Park
|
Dickinson
|
Volga River Recreation Area
|
Fayette
|
Wilson Island Recreation Area
|
Pottawattamie
|
These areas are managed for multiple uses, including public
hunting, and are governed by rules established in this chapter as well as
571—Chapters 52 and 105. Use and management of these areas are governed
by Iowa Code chapter 461A and by rules prescribed on area signs pursuant to Iowa
Code section 461A.44.
“Refuse” means trash, garbage, rubbish, waste
papers, bottles or cans, debris, litter, oil, solvents, liquid or solid waste or
other discarded material.
“Scuba diving” means swimming with the aid of
self–contained underwater breathing apparatus.
“State park” means the following areas managed by
the state and designated by action of the natural resource commission:
Area
|
County
|
A. A. Call
|
Kossuth
|
Backbone
|
Delaware
|
Beed’s Lake
|
Franklin
|
Bellevue
|
Jackson
|
Big Creek
|
Polk
|
Black Hawk
|
Sac
|
Bobwhite
|
Wayne
|
Cedar Rock
|
Buchanan
|
Clear Lake
|
Cerro Gordo
|
Dolliver Memorial
|
Webster
|
Elinor Bedell
|
Dickinson
|
Elk Rock
|
Marion
|
Fort Atkinson
|
Winneshiek
|
Fort Defiance
|
Emmet
|
Geode
|
Henry
|
George Wyth
|
Black Hawk
|
Green Valley
|
Union
|
Gull Point
|
Dickinson
|
Honey Creek
|
Appanoose
|
Lacey–Keosauqua
|
Van Buren
|
Lake Ahquabi
|
Warren
|
Lake Anita
|
Cass
|
Lake Darling
|
Washington
|
Lake Keomah
|
Mahaska
|
Lake Macbride
|
Johnson
|
Lake Manawa
|
Pottawattamie
|
Lake of Three Fires
|
Taylor
|
Lake Wapello
|
Davis
|
Ledges
|
Boone
|
Lewis and Clark
|
Monona
|
Maquoketa Caves
|
Jackson
|
McIntosh Woods
|
Cerro Gordo
|
Mini–Wakan
|
Dickinson
|
Nine Eagles
|
Decatur
|
Noble Island
|
Allamakee
|
Okamanpedan
|
Emmet
|
Palisades–Kepler
|
Linn
|
Pikes Peak
|
Clayton
|
Pikes Point
|
Dickinson
|
Pilot Knob
|
Winnebago
|
Pine Lake
|
Hardin
|
Prairie Rose
|
Shelby
|
Preparation Canyon
|
Monona
|
Red Haw
|
Lucas
|
Rice Lake
|
Winnebago
|
Rock Creek
|
Jasper
|
Shimek Forest Camp
|
Lee
|
Springbrook
|
Guthrie
|
Stephens Forest Camp
|
Lucas
|
Stone
|
Plymouth and Woodbury
|
Trapper’s Bay
|
Dickinson
|
Twin Lakes
|
Calhoun
|
Union Grove
|
Tama
|
Viking Lake
|
Montgomery
|
Walnut Woods
|
Polk
|
Wanata
|
Clay
|
Wapsipinicon
|
Jones
|
Waubonsie
|
Fremont
|
Wildcat Den
|
Muscatine
|
Yellow River Forest Camp
|
Allamakee
|
Use and management of these areas are governed by Iowa Code
chapter 461A and by other rules prescribed on area signs pursuant to Iowa Code
section 461A.44.
“State park managed by another governmental
entity” means the following areas designated by action of the natural
resource commission:
Area
|
County
|
Browns Lake–Bigelow Park
|
Woodbury
|
Cold Springs
|
Cass
|
Crystal Lake
|
Hancock
|
Eagle Lake
|
Hancock
|
Echo Valley
|
Fayette
|
Frank A. Gotch
|
Humboldt
|
Galland School
|
Lee
|
Heery Woods
|
Butler
|
Kearny
|
Palo Alto
|
Lake Cornelia
|
Wright
|
Lake Odessa Campground
|
Louisa
|
Margo Frankel Woods
|
Polk
|
Mill Creek
|
O’Brien
|
Oak Grove
|
Sioux
|
Oakland Mills
|
Henry
|
Pammel
|
Madison
|
Sharon Bluffs
|
Appanoose
|
Spring Lake
|
Greene
|
Swan Lake
|
Carroll
|
Use and management of these areas are governed by Iowa Code
chapter 461A, by this chapter, and by rules adopted by the managing
entity.
“State preserve” means the following areas or
portion of the areas designated by action of the natural resource commission and
state preserves advisory board:
Area
|
County
|
A. F. Miller
|
Bremer
|
Ames High Prairie
|
Story
|
Anderson Prairie
|
Emmet
|
Behrens Ponds and Woodland
|
Linn
|
Berry Woods
|
Warren
|
Bird Hill
|
Cerro Gordo
|
Bixby
|
Clayton
|
Bluffton Fir Stand
|
Winneshiek
|
Brush Creek Canyon
|
Fayette
|
Brushy Creek
|
Webster
|
Cameron Woods
|
Scott
|
Casey’s Paha
|
Tama
|
Catfish Creek
|
Dubuque
|
Cayler Prairie
|
Dickinson
|
Cedar Bluffs Natural Area
|
Mahaska
|
Cedar Hills Sand Prairie
|
Black Hawk
|
Cheever Lake
|
Emmet
|
Claybanks Forest
|
Cerro Gordo
|
Clay Prairie
|
Butler
|
Coldwater Cave
|
Winneshiek
|
Crossman Prairie
|
Howard
|
Decorah Ice Cave
|
Winneshiek
|
Derald Dinesen Prairie
|
Shelby
|
Dolittle Prairie
|
Story
|
Fallen Rock
|
Hardin
|
Fish Farm Mounds
|
Allamakee
|
Five Ridge Prairie
|
Plymouth
|
Fleming Woods
|
Poweshiek
|
Fort Atkinson
|
Winneshiek
|
Freda Haffner Kettlehole
|
Dickinson
|
Gitchie Manitou
|
Lyon
|
Hanging Bog
|
Linn
|
Hardin City Woodland
|
Hardin
|
Hartley Fort
|
Allamakee
|
Hayden Prairie
|
Howard
|
Hoffman Prairie
|
Cerro Gordo
|
Indian Bluffs Primitive Area
|
Jones
|
Indian Fish Trap
|
Iowa
|
Kalsow Prairie
|
Pocahontas
|
Kish–Ke–Kosh
|
Jasper
|
Lamson Woods
|
Jefferson
|
Liska–Stanek Prairie
|
Webster
|
Little Maquoketa River Mounds
|
Dubuque
|
Malanaphy Springs
|
Winneshiek
|
Malchow Mounds
|
Des Moines
|
Manikowski Prairie
|
Clinton
|
Mann Wilderness Area
|
Hardin
|
Marietta Sand Prairie
|
Marshall
|
Mericle Woods
|
Tama
|
Merrill A. Stainbrook
|
Johnson
|
Merritt Forest
|
Clayton
|
Montauk Historical Site
|
Fayette
|
Mossy Glen
|
Clayton
|
Mount Talbot
|
Woodbury and Plymouth
|
Mt. Pisgah Cemetery
|
Union
|
Nestor Stiles
|
Cherokee
|
Ocheyedan Mound
|
Osceola
|
Old State Quarry
|
Johnson
|
Palisades–Dows
|
Linn
|
Pecan Grove
|
Muscatine
|
Pellet Memorial Woods
|
Cass
|
Pilot Grove
|
Iowa
|
Pilot Knob
|
Hancock
|
Retz Memorial Woods
|
Clayton
|
Roberts Creek
|
Clayton
|
Rock Creek Island
|
Cedar
|
Rock Island Botanical
|
Linn
|
Roggman Boreal Slopes
|
Clayton
|
Rolling Thunder Prairie
|
Warren
|
Savage Memorial Woods
|
Henry
|
Searryl’s Cave
|
Jones
|
Sheeder Prairie
|
Guthrie
|
Silver Lake Fen
|
Dickinson
|
Silvers–Smith Woods
|
Dallas
|
Slinde Mounds
|
Allamakee
|
St. James Lutheran Church
|
Winneshiek
|
Starr’s Cave
|
Des Moines
|
Steele Prairie
|
Cherokee
|
Stinson Prairie
|
Kossuth
|
Strasser Woods
|
Polk
|
Sylvan Runkel
|
Monona
|
Toolesboro Mounds
|
Louisa
|
Turin Loess Hills
|
Monona
|
Turkey River Mounds
|
Clayton
|
White Pine Hollow
|
Dubuque
|
Williams Prairie
|
Johnson
|
Wittrock Indian Village
|
O’Brien
|
Woodland Mounds
|
Warren
|
Woodman Hollow
|
Webster
|
Woodthrush Woods
|
Jefferson
|
Use and management of these areas are governed by rules
established in this chapter as well as by management plans adopted by the
preserves advisory board.
“Swim” or “swimming” means to propel
oneself in water by natural means, such as movement of limbs, and includes but
is not limited to wading and the use of inner tubes or beach toy–type
swimming aids.
“Winter season” means from the second Saturday in
October to the third Sunday in May.
“Yurt” means a one–room circular fabric
structure built on a platform which is available for rental on a daily or weekly
basis.
571—61.3(461A) Camping.
61.3(1) Fees. The following are maximum
per–night fees for camping in state parks and recreation areas. The fees
may be reduced or waived by the director for special events or special
promotional efforts sponsored by the department of natural resources. Special
events or promotional efforts shall be conducted so as to give all park facility
users equal opportunity to take advantage of reduced or waived fees. Reductions
or waivers shall be on a statewide basis covering like facilities. In the case
of promotional events, prizes shall be awarded by random drawing of
registrations made available to all park visitors during the event.
|
Fee
|
Sales Tax
|
Total Per Night
|
a. The following fees shall be in effect from the Monday
before the national Memorial Day holiday through Monday, the national Labor Day
holiday except where the period of applicability has been extended by
61.3(1)“k”:
|
|
Nonmodern
|
$8.57
|
.43
|
$9.00
|
Modern
|
10.48
|
.52
|
11.00
|
b. The following fees shall be in effect from the Tuesday
following the national Labor Day holiday through Sunday one week prior to the
national Memorial Day holiday except where the period of applicability has been
limited by 61.3(1)“k”:
|
|
Nonmodern
|
5.71
|
.29
|
6.00
|
Modern
|
7.62
|
.38
|
8.00
|
c. Per person over the basic unit of six
|
.48
|
.02
|
.50
|
d. Electricity
|
4.76
|
.24
|
5.00
|
This fee will be charged in addition to the camping fee on
sites where electricity is available (whether it is used or not).
|
|
e. Chaperoned, organized youth group campsite, per
group
|
14.29
|
.71
|
15.00
|
f. Cable television hookup
|
1.90
|
.10
|
2.00
|
g. Sewer and water hookup
|
2.85
|
.15
|
3.00
|
h. Additional fee for campgrounds designated for
equestrian use. This fee is in addition to applicable fees listed
above.
|
2.85
|
.15
|
3.00
|
i. Additional vehicle permitted under
61.3(5)“d”
|
4.76
|
.24
|
5.00
|
j. Camping tickets (book of seven)
|
86.67
|
4.33
|
91.00
|
(1) Camping tickets shall be valid for the calendar year in
which the book is purchased and the calendar year immediately
following.
In areas subject to a local option sales tax, the fee shall be
administratively adjusted so that persons camping in those areas will pay the
same total cost applicable in other areas.
(2) Camping tickets sold in one year will be valid for the
following year. Persons using camping tickets purchased during the previous
year will not be required to pay the difference due to any fee
increase.
k. Fees as given in paragraph “a” shall be in
effect each year in the following areas during the time period shown
below:
Backbone State Park, Delaware County—Monday before the
national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower facilities
are closed for the season, whichever comes first.
Elinor Bedell State Park, Dickinson County—Monday before
the national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower
facilities at Gull Point State Park are closed for the season, whichever comes
first.
Elk Rock State Park, Marion County—Monday before the
national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower facilities
are closed for the season, whichever comes first.
Emerson Bay Campground, Dickinson County—Monday before
the national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower
facilities are closed for the season, whichever comes first.
Fairport Campground, Muscatine County—May 1 through
Monday, the national Labor Day holiday.
Gull Point State Park, Dickinson County—Monday before
the national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower
facilities are closed for the season, whichever comes first.
Lake Manawa State Park, Pottawattamie County— Monday
before the national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower
facilities are closed for the season, whichever comes first.
Ledges State Park, Boone County—Monday before the
national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower facilities
are closed for the season, whichever comes first.
Maquoketa Caves State Park, Jackson County—Monday before
the national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower
facilities are closed for the season, whichever comes first.
Marble Beach Campground, Dickinson County— Monday before
the national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower
facilities are closed for the season, whichever comes first.
Pikes Peak State Park, Clayton County—Monday before the
national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower facilities
are closed for the season, whichever comes first.
Waubonsie State Park, Fremont County—Monday before the
national Memorial Day holiday through October 31 or until the shower facilities
are closed for the season, whichever comes first.
61.3(2) Varying fees. Fees charged for like services
in state–owned areas under management by political subdivisions may vary
from those established by this chapter.
61.3(3) Procedures for camping registration.
a. In most instances, registration of campers will be handled
by a self–registration process. Registration forms will be provided by
the department of natural resources.
Campers shall, within one–half hour of arrival at the
campground, complete the registration form, place the appropriate fee or number
of camping tickets in the envelope and place the envelope in the depository
provided by the department of natural resources. One copy must then be placed
in the holder provided at the campsite.
b. Campsites are considered occupied and registration for a
campsite shall be considered complete when the requirements of
61.3(3)“a,” second paragraph, have been met; however, it shall be
the responsibility of the registered camper to ensure that the site is visibly
occupied, thereby secure from others registering into the site if the site
appears not to be occupied.
c. Campsite registration must be in the name of a person 18
years of age or older who will occupy the camping unit on that site for the full
term of the registration.
d. Each camping ticket as provided in 61.3(1)“j”
shall cover the cost of one night of camping in a modern area on a site where
electricity is furnished. Persons camping on equestrian sites or on sites which
also have sewer and water hookups or cable television hookups available must pay
the additional charges for these services in addition to utilizing a camping
ticket. Use of a camping ticket in an area or on a site which would require a
lesser fee than an electrical site in a modern area will not entitle the user to
a refund or credit of any nature.
61.3(4) Designated youth group campsite registration
and reservations.
a. Registration procedures for designated youth group
campsites shall be governed by “a,” “b” and
“c” of 61.3(3).
b. Designated youth group campsites may be reserved by
contacting the park manager. Reservations will be accepted only for the current
calendar year.
61.3(5) Restrictions on campsite/campground use. This
subrule sets forth conditions of public use which apply to all state parks and
recreation areas. These general conditions are subject to exceptions for
specific areas as listed in 61.3(6), 61.6(461A) and 61.9(461A). The
conditions in this subrule are in addition to specific conditions and
restrictions set forth in Iowa Code chapter 461A.
a. Camping is restricted to designated camping areas within
state parks and recreation areas and state forest campgrounds.
b. Camping is restricted to one basic unit per site except
that a small tent or other type of camping unit may be placed on a site with the
basic unit so long as the persons occupying the second unit are under 18 years
of age and are dependent members of the immediate family occupying the basic
unit.
c. Each camping group shall utilize only the electrical outlet
fixture designated for its particular campsite. No extension cords or other
means of hookup shall be used to furnish electricity from one designated
campsite to another.
d. Each camping group will be permitted to park one motor
vehicle not being used for camping purposes at the campsite. One additional
vehicle may be parked at the campsite, unless otherwise posted at the park,
provided that the fee given in 61.3(1)“i” has been paid.
e. All motor vehicles, excluding motorcycles, not covered by
the provision in 61.3(5)“d” shall be parked in designated
extra–vehicle parking areas.
f. Campers shall register as provided in subrule 61.3(3)
within one–half hour of entering the campground.
g. Campers shall vacate the campground or register for the
night prior to 4 p.m. daily. Registration can be for more than 1 night at a
time but not for more than 14 consecutive nights. All members of the camping
party must vacate the state park campground after the fourteenth night and may
not return to that same area until a minimum of 3 days has passed. All
equipment must be removed from the site at the end of each stay. The
14–night limitation shall not apply to volunteers working under a
department of natural resources campground host program agreement or to seasonal
employees working under the Internship or AmeriCorps program.
h. Campsites marked with the international symbol of
accessibility shall be used only by vehicles displaying a persons with
disabilities parking permit. The vehicle must be in use by a person with a
disability, either as an operator or passenger.
i. In designated campgrounds in all state areas, equine
animals and llamas must be stabled inside a trailer or, when provided, at a
hitch rail, individual stall or corral. Equine animals and llamas may be
hitched to trailers for short periods of time to allow for grooming and
saddling. These animals may be stabled at trailers where no hitching facilities
are provided. Portable stalls/pens or electric fences are not
permitted.
61.3(6) Area–specific restrictions on campground
use. Notwithstanding the general conditions of public use set forth in 61.3(5)
and 61.5(461A), special conditions shall apply to specific areas listed as
follows:
a. Brushy Creek Recreation Area, Webster County.
(1) In the designated equestrian campgrounds, the maximum
number of equine animals to be tied to the new, larger hitching rails is six and
the maximum number for the older, smaller rails is four. Persons with a number
of equine animals in excess of the number permitted on the hitching rail at
their campsite shall be allowed to stable their additional animals in a trailer
or at a nearby, unrented campsite.
(2) In the designated equestrian campgrounds, equine animals
may be tied to trailers for short periods of time to allow grooming or saddling;
however, the tying of equine animals to the exterior of trailers for extended
periods of time or for stabling is not permitted.
b. Mines of Spain Recreation Area, Dubuque County. All
persons except campers shall vacate all portions of the Mines of Spain
Recreation Area prior to 10:30 p.m. each day, and no person or persons shall
enter into the area until 4 a.m. the following day. Campers must remain in the
campground between 10:30 p.m. and 4 a.m.
c. Volga River State Recreation Area, Fayette County. Access
into and out of designated campgrounds shall be permitted from 4 a.m. to 10:30
p.m. From 10:30 p.m. to 4 a.m., only registered campers are permitted in the
campground.
d. Lake Manawa State Park, Pottawattamie County. Except for
the following limitations on campground length of stay, campsite use
restrictions as stated in 61.3(5) shall apply to Lake Manawa.
Registration can be for more than 1 night at a time but not
for more than 14 consecutive nights. No person may camp at the Lake Manawa
campground for more than 14 nights in any 30–day period.
e. Walnut Woods State Park, Polk County. Except for the
following limitations on campground length of stay, campsite use restrictions as
stated in 61.3(5) shall apply to Walnut Woods.
Registration can be for more than 1 night at a time but not
for more than 14 consecutive nights. No person may camp at the Walnut Woods
campground for more than 14 nights in any 30–day period.
61.3(7) Campground fishing. Rule 61.9(461A) is not
intended to prohibit fishing by registered campers who fish from the shoreline
within the camping area.
571—61.4(461A) Rental facilities, including cabins,
lodges, open shelters, beach house open shelters, yurts, and group camps.
The following are maximum fees for facility use in state parks and recreation
areas. The fees may be reduced or waived by the director for special events or
special promotional efforts sponsored by the department of natural resources.
Special events or promotional efforts shall be conducted so as to give all park
facility users equal opportunity to take advantage of reduced or waived fees.
Reductions or waivers shall be on a statewide basis covering like facilities.
In the case of promotional events, prizes shall be awarded by random drawing of
registrations made available to all park visitors during the event.
61.4(1) Fees:
a. Cabin rental. This fee does not include tax. Tax will be
calculated at time of final payment.
|
Per Night*
|
Per Week
|
Backbone State Park, Delaware County
|
|
|
Renovated cabins
|
$50
|
$300
|
Two–bedroom cabins
|
85
|
510
|
Deluxe cabins
|
100
|
600
|
Dolliver State Park, Webster County
|
35
|
210
|
Green Valley State Park, Union County
|
35
|
210
|
Lacey–Keosauqua State Park, Van Buren County
|
40
|
240
|
Lake Darling State Park, Washington County
|
30
|
175
|
Lake of Three Fires State Park, Taylor County
|
22
|
120
|
Lake Wapello State Park, Davis County (except Cabin No.
13)
|
50
|
300
|
Lake Wapello State Park, Davis County (Cabin No. 13)
|
85
|
510
|
Palisades–Kepler State Park, Linn County
|
30
|
175
|
Pine Lake State Park, Hardin County
|
|
|
Sleeping–area cabins (four–person occupancy
limit)
|
40
|
240
|
One–bedroom cabins
|
55
|
330
|
Pleasant Creek State Recreation Area, Linn County
|
30
|
175
|
Springbrook State Park, Guthrie County
|
22
|
120
|
Wilson Island State Recreation Area, Pottawattamie County (No.
1)
|
18
|
110
|
Extra cots, where available
|
1
|
|
*Minimum two nights
|
|
b. Yurt rental. This fee does not include tax. Tax will be
calculated at time of final payment.
|
Per Night*
|
Per Week
|
McIntosh Woods State Park, Cerro Gordo County
|
$30
|
$175
|
*Minimum two nights
|
|
c. Lodge rental per reservation. This fee does not include
tax. Tax will be calculated at time of payment.
|
Per Day
|
A. A. Call State Park, Kossuth County
|
$70
|
Backbone State Park Auditorium, Delaware County**
|
40
|
Backbone State Park, Delaware County
|
100
|
Beed’s Lake State Park, Franklin County
|
55
|
Bellevue State Park–Nelson Unit, Jackson
County
|
80
|
Clear Lake State Park, Cerro Gordo County
|
80
|
Dolliver Memorial State Park–Central Lodge, Webster
County **
|
40
|
Dolliver Memorial State Park–South Lodge, Webster
County
|
55
|
Ft. Defiance State Park, Emmet County
|
40
|
George Wyth State Park, Black Hawk County**
|
50
|
Gull Point State Park, Dickinson County
|
100
|
Lacey–Keosauqua State Park, Van Buren County
|
60
|
Lake Ahquabi State Park, Warren County
|
60
|
Lake Keomah State Park, Mahaska County
|
50
|
Lake Macbride State Park, Johnson County
|
55
|
Lake of Three Fires State Park, Taylor County
|
55
|
Lake Wapello State Park, Davis County
|
60
|
Lewis and Clark State Park, Monona County
|
40
|
Palisades–Kepler State Park, Linn County
|
100
|
Pine Lake State Park, Hardin County
|
60
|
Pleasant Creek Recreation Area, Linn County**
|
50
|
Stone State Park, Woodbury/Plymouth Counties
|
100
|
Walnut Woods State Park, Polk County
|
110
|
Wapsipinicon State Park, Jones County
|
|
Heated year–round lodge
|
40
|
Unheated seasonal lodge
|
30
|
**Does not contain kitchen facilities
d. Open shelter reservation, $20 plus applicable
tax.
e. Reservation for open shelter with kitchen, $50 plus
applicable tax.
f. Beach house open shelter reservation, $40 plus applicable
tax.
Lake Ahquabi State Park, Warren County
Lake Wapello State Park, Davis County
Pine Lake State Park, Hardin County
Springbrook State Park, Guthrie County
g. Group camp rental. This fee does not include
tax.
(1) Dolliver State Park, Webster County, and Springbrook State
Park, Guthrie County. Rental includes use of restroom/shower facility at
Dolliver.
1. Chaperoned, organized youth groups—$1.25 per day per
person with a minimum charge per day of $55.
2. Other groups—$15 per day per cabin plus $25 per day
for the kitchen and dining facility.
(2) Springbrook dining hall—day use only, $40.
(3) Lake Keomah State Park, Mahaska County.
1. Chaperoned, organized youth groups—$25 per day for
the dining/restroom facility plus the applicable camping fee.
2. Other groups—$25 per day for the dining/restroom
facility plus the applicable camping fee.
61.4(2) Varying fees. Fees charged for like services
in state–owned areas under management by political subdivisions may vary
from those established by this chapter.
61.4(3) Procedures for lodge, open shelter, beach
house open shelter, yurt, cabin, and group camp registration, reservations and
rentals.
a. Reservations for all rental facilities must be in the name
of a person 18 years of age or older who will be present at the facility for the
full term of the reservation.
b. Except for the year–round–use cabins and heated
lodges, reservations for the facilities listed in this subrule are to be made
only for the current calendar year. For the year–round–use cabins
and the heated lodges at Walnut Woods, Wapsipinicon, and Lacey–Keosauqua
State Parks, reservations will be accepted starting on November 1 of each year
only for the month of January of the next year.
c. Mail–in reservations for the next calendar year
received prior to January 1 or November 1, as applicable, will be placed in a
box and chosen by random drawing on the first business day following January 1
or November 1.
d. All mail–in requests will be handled on a
random–drawing basis daily throughout the calendar year.
e. Telephone and walk–in reservations will not be
accepted until the first business day following November 1 of each year for the
heated cabins and heated lodges and the first business day after January 1 of
each year for all other cabins, yurts, group camps, lodges, open shelters, beach
house open shelters, or designated organized youth campsites.
f. Walk–in and telephone requests on the first business
day following January 1 or November 1, as applicable, will be handled on a
first–come, first–served basis after all mail–in requests have
been handled. Walk–in and telephone requests after the first business day
following January 1 or November 1 will be handled on a first–come,
first–served basis.
g. Except as provided in 61.4(3)“h” and
“i,” cabin and group camp reservations must be for a minimum of one
week (Saturday p.m. to Saturday a.m.). Reservations for more than a
two–week stay will not be accepted for any facility. These facilities, if
not reserved, may be rented for a minimum of two nights on a walk–in,
first–come, first–served basis. No walk–in rentals will be
permitted after 6 p.m.
h. After Labor Day week, and prior to the Monday before
the national Memorial Day holiday, two–night reservations may be made in
advance for cabin use during that time period. Such reservations must be
received at least seven days prior to the first night of the desired
two–night stay.
i. The sleeping–room cabin at Wilson Island State
Recreation Area, the cabins and group camp at Dolliver, the cabins at Pleasant
Creek, Green Valley and Lake Darling, the yurts at McIntosh Woods, and the group
camp at Springbrook State Park may be reserved for a minimum of two nights
throughout the rental season.
j. Persons renting cabins, yurts or group camp facilities must
check in at or after 4 p.m. on Saturday. Check–out time is 11 a.m. or
earlier on Saturday.
k. Persons renting facilities listed in 61.4(3)“i”
must check in at or after 4 p.m. on the first day of the two–night rental
period. Check–out time is 11 a.m. or earlier on the last day of the
two–night rental period.
l. Except by arrangement for late arrival with the park
manager, no cabin, yurt or group camp reservation will be held past 6 p.m. on
the first night of the reservation period if the person reserving the facility
does not arrive. When arrangements for late arrival have been made, the person
must appear prior to the park’s closing time established by Iowa Code
section 461A.46 and subrule 61.5(10) or access will not be permitted to the
facility until 8 a.m. the following day. Arrangements must be made with the
park manager if next–day arrival is to be later than 9 a.m.
m. The number of persons occupying rental cabins is limited to
six in cabins which contain one bedroom or lessand eight in cabins with two
bedrooms. Occupancy of the sleeping–area and camping cabins located at
Green Valley State Park, Lake Darling State Park, Pine Lake State Park, Pleasant
Creek State Recreation Area and Wilson Island State Recreation Area is limited
to four persons. Occupancy of the yurts is limited to four persons.
n. Except at Wilson Island State Recreation Area, Dolliver
State Park, Pleasant Creek State Recreation Area, Lake Darling State Park, Green
Valley State Park and McIntosh Woods State Park, no tents or other camping units
are permitted for overnight occupancy in the designated cabin area. Tents or
camping units placed in the cabin area are subject to the occupancy requirements
of 61.3(5)“b.”
o. Lodges, open shelters and beach house open shelters may be
reserved using the procedures outlined in paragraphs “a” through
“f.” Lodges, open shelters and beach house open shelters which are
not reserved are available on a first–come, first–served
basis.
p. Except by arrangement with the park manager in charge of
the area, persons renting lodge, shelter, and beach house open shelter
facilities and all guests shall vacate the facility by 10 p.m.
61.4(4) Winter season cabin rental—Backbone
State Park, Pine Lake State Park and Wilson Island Recreation Area. Procedures
and conditions for winter season cabin rental include the following:
a. Procedures for winter season rentals of the heated cabins
at Backbone State Park, Pine Lake State Park, and Wilson Island State Recreation
Area shall be governed by paragraphs “a” through “f,”
“h,” “i,” “m,” and “n” of
61.4(3).
b. All reservation requests must be for a minimum stay of two
nights.
c. All reservation requests must be received by the park
manager at least two weeks prior to the first night covered by the reservation
in order to allow work schedule adjustments for park personnel.
d. Unreserved cabins may be rented for a minimum of two nights
on a walk–in, first–come, first–served basis. Renters must
check in during normal business hours (8 a.m. to4 p.m.). Check–in will be
subject to availability of staff.
e. Reservations may not be held past 9 p.m. on the first night
of the reservation period if the person reserving the facility does not arrive
or make arrangements with the park manager for late arrival. The cabin may be
rented on a first–come, first–served basis to another person if the
original renter has not arrived or made other arrangements prior to 12 noon of
the next day.
61.4(5) Reservations for handicapped–accessible
cabins at Backbone and Pine Lake State Parks.
a. Persons with physical disabilities may make reservations
for the four year–round cabins at Backbone State Park and the
handicapped–accessible cabin at Pine Lake State Park under the following
procedures:
(1) Priority reservations for these facilities will be
accepted from October 1 through December 1 at 4:30 p.m., or the closest business
day, for the following calendar year only. This may include the full week
containing the New Year’s Day holiday of that year.
(2) Application for reservations must be on forms furnished by
DNR.
(3) Mail–in reservations received between the dates
given in subparagraph (1) shall be placed in a box and chosen by random drawing
on the first business day following December 1. Walk–in and telephone
requests on December 1 or the closest business day will be handled on a
first–come, first–served basis without priority
considerations.
b. Reservation requests received outside of the above
application period will be handled by the procedures given in
61.4(3)“a” through “o.”
c. Procedures for rental of the handicapped–accessible
cabins shall be governed by paragraphs “a,” “g,”
“h,” “j,” and “l” through “n” of
61.4(3).
61.4(6) Reservation and damage deposits for all rental
facilities.
a. Reservation deposit.
(1) All cabin, yurt or group camp reservation requests must be
accompanied by a reservation deposit equivalent to one day of the daily rate for
that rental unit as provided in 61.4(1)“a,” “b” or
“g.” No sales tax shall be included. The deposit shall be required
for each rental unit and rental period requested. The reservation deposit will
be applied toward the total rental fee when the rental fee is due. Reservations
made by telephone will be held for seven working days. If written confirmation
and the reservation deposit are not received by the end of the seventh working
day, the reservation will be canceled.
(2) Requests for lodge, open shelter, and beach house open
shelter rental shall be accompanied by the full rental fee as provided in
61.4(1)“c” through “f,” including tax. Reservations
made by telephone will be held for seven working days. If written confirmation
and the reservation fee are not received by the end of the seventh working day,
the reservation will be canceled.
b. Rental fee and damage deposit payment.
(1) Upon arrival for the cabin or yurt rental period, renters
shall pay in full a damage deposit in the amount of $50 and the remainder of the
applicable rental fee, including all sales tax. This damage deposit shall be
paid by use of a separate financial instrument (e.g., check, money order, or
cash) from the rental fee.
(2) Upon arrival for the group camp rental period, renters
shall pay in full a damage deposit of $50. The remainder of the applicable
rental fee, including all sales tax, shall be paid in full when the rental
period is over and the area is ready to be vacated.
(3) Upon arrival for the lodge rental period, renters shall
pay in full a damage deposit of $50.
(4) Damage deposits will be refunded only after authorized
personnel inspect the rental facility to ensure that the facility and
furnishings are in satisfactory condition.
(5) If it is necessary for department personnel to clean up
the facility or repair any damage beyond ordinary wear and tear, a log of the
time spent in such cleanup or repair shall be kept. The damage deposit refund
shall be reduced by an amount equivalent to the applicable hourly wage of the
employees for the time necessary to clean the area or repair the damage and by
the cost of any repairs of furnishings.
(6) The deposit is not to be construed as a limit of liability
for damage to state property. The department may take legal action necessary to
recover additional damages.
(7) Individuals who wish to cancel a reservation must do so at
least 30 calendar days prior to the rental date in order to receive a full
refund of the reservation deposit or any rental fees paid in advance. If it is
necessary to cancel a reservation after the 30–day allowance, a refund may
be made only under the following conditions:
1. Inclement weather prohibits arrival at or entrance to the
state park cabin, group camp, open shelter, lodge area, beach house open shelter
or yurt.
2. Personal emergency prevents arrival or requires departure
prior to the end of the rental period. Personal emergency is defined to include
a death, serious illness or accident involving immediate family. Rental fees
may be refunded on a prorated basis in the case of early departure due to
personal emergency.
61.4(7) Miscellaneous fees. This fee does not include
tax.
Maximum Fee
|
Vessel storage space (wet or dry)
|
|
Pontoon boats—eight months or less
|
$150
|
eight months or less (new docks)
|
200
|
year–round
|
200
|
year–round (new docks)
|
250
|
Other boats—eight months or less
|
125
|
eight months or less (new docks)
|
150
|
year–round
|
150
|
year–round (new docks)
|
200
|
571—61.5(461A) Restrictions—area and use.
This rule sets forth conditions of public use which apply to all state parks
and recreation areas. These general conditions are subject to exceptions for
specific areas as listed in 61.3(6), 61.6(461A) and 61.9(461A). The conditions
in this rule are in addition to specific conditions and restrictions set forth
in Iowa Code chapter 461A.
61.5(1) Animals.
a. The use of equine animals and llamas is limited to roadways
or to trails designated for such use.
b. Animals are prohibited within designated beach
areas.
c. Livestock are not permitted to graze or roam within state
parks and recreation areas. The owner of the livestock shall remove the
livestock immediately upon notification by the department of natural resources
personnel in charge of the area.
d. Except for dogs being used in designated hunting or in dog
training areas, pets such as dogs or cats shall not be allowed to run at large
within state parks, recreation areas, and preserves. Such animals shall be on a
leash or chain not to exceed six feet in length and shall be either led by or
carried by the owner, attached to an anchor/tie out or vehicle, or confined in a
vehicle.
61.5(2) Beach use/swimming.
a. Except as provided in paragraphs “b” and
“d” of this subrule, all swimming and scuba diving shall take place
in the beach area within the boundaries marked by ropes, buoys, or signs within
state park and recreation areas. Inner tubes, air mattresses and other
beach–type items shall be used only in designated beach areas.
b. Persons may scuba dive in areas other than the designated
beach area provided they display the diver’s flag as specified in rule
571—41.10(462A).
c. The provisions of paragraph “a” of this subrule
shall not be construed as prohibiting wading in areas other than the beach by
persons actively engaged in shoreline fishing.
d. Unless otherwise posted, persons may swim outside the beach
area under the following conditions:
(1) Within ten feet of a vessel which is anchored not less
than 100 yards from the shoreline or the marked boundary of a designated
beach.
(2) Sailboat or other vessel passengers who enter the water to
upright or repair their vessel and remain within ten feet of that
vessel.
(3) All vessels, except those being uprighted, must be
attended at all times by at least one person remaining on board.
61.5(3) Bottles. Possession or use of breakable
containers, the fragmented parts of which can injure a person, is prohibited in
beach areas of state parks and recreation areas.
61.5(4) Chainsaws. Except by written permission of
the director of the department of natural resources, chainsaw use is prohibited
in state parks and recreation areas. This provision is not applicable to
employees of the department of natural resources in the performance of their
official duties.
61.5(5) Firearms. The use of firearms in state parks
and recreation areas, as defined in 61.2(461A), is limited to the
following:
a. Lawful hunting as traditionally provided at Badger Creek
Recreation Area, Brushy Creek Recreation Area, Pleasant Creek Recreation Area,
Volga River Recreation Area and Wilson Island Recreation Area.
b. Target and practice shooting in areas designated by
DNR.
c. Special events, festivals, and education programs sponsored
or permitted by DNR.
d. Special hunts authorized by the natural resource commission
to control animal population.
61.5(6) Fishing off boat docks within state areas.
Persons may fish off all state–owned docks within state parks and
recreation areas. Persons fishing off these docks must yield to boats and not
interfere with boaters. Willful interference is a violation of this
subrule.
61.5(7) Garbage. Using government refuse receptacles
for dumping household, commercial, or industrial refuse brought as such from
private property is prohibited.
61.5(8) Motor vehicle restrictions.
a. Except as provided in these rules, motor vehicles are
prohibited on state parks, recreation areas and preserves except on constructed
and designated roads, parking lots and campgrounds.
b. Persons with physical disabilities. Persons with physical
disabilities may use certain motor vehicles on state parks, recreation areas and
preserves, according to restrictions set out in this paragraph, in order that
they might enjoy such recreational opportunities as are available to
others.
(1) Definition. For purposes of this subrule, the following
definition shall apply. “Motor vehicle” means any
self–propelled vehicle, electric or gas, having at least three wheels, but
no more than six, and that is limited in engine displacement to less than 800
cubic centimeters and in total dry weight to less than 1,450 pounds.
(2) Permits.
1. Each person with a physical disability must have a permit
issued by the director in order to use motor vehicles on state parks, recreation
areas, and preserves. Such permits will be issued without charge. An applicant
must submit a certificate from a doctor stating that the applicant meets the
criteria describing a person with a physical disability. One nonhandicapped
companion may accompany the permit holder on the same vehicle if that vehicle is
designed for more than one rider; otherwise the companion must walk.
2. Existing permits. Those persons possessing a valid permit
for use of a motorized vehicle on game management areas as provided in
571—51.7(461A) may use a motor vehicle to gain access to recreational
opportunities and facilities within state parks, recreation areas and
preserves.
(3) Approved areas. A permit holder must contact the park
manager or natural resource technician of the specific area that the permit
holder wishes to use on each visit. The park manager or technician will
determine which areas or portions of areas will not be open to use by
permittees, in order to protect permittees from hazards or to protect certain
natural resources of the area. The park manager or technician may assist by
arranging access to the areas within the park manager’s or
technician’s jurisdiction and by designating specific sites or trails on
the area where the motor vehicle may be used and where it may not be used. The
park manager or technician will provide a map of the park or recreation area
showing sites where use is permitted and bearing the signature of the manager or
technician. Approval for use of a motor vehicle on state preserves also
requires consultation with a member of the preserves staff in Des
Moines.
(4) Exclusive use. The issuance of a permit does not imply
that the permittee has exclusive use of an area. Permittees shall take
reasonable care so as not to unduly interfere with the use of the area by
others.
(5) Prohibited acts and restrictions.
1. Except as provided in 61.5(8)“a,” the use of a
motor vehicle on any park, recreation area or preserve by a person without a
valid permit or at any site not approved on a signed map is prohibited. Permits
and maps must be carried by the permittee at any time the permittee is using a
motor vehicle on a park, recreation area or preserve and must be exhibited to
any department employee or law enforcement official upon request.
2. The speed limit for an approved motor vehicle off roadways
will be no more than 5 mph. The permit of a person who is found exceeding the
speed limit will be revoked.
3. The permit of any person who is found causing damage to
cultural and natural features or abusing the privilege of riding off–road
within the park will be revoked.
(6) Employees exempt. Restrictions in subrule 61.5(8) shall
not apply to department personnel, law enforcement officials, or other
authorized persons engaged in research, management or enforcement when in
performance of their duties.
61.5(9) Noise. Creating or sustaining any
unreasonable noise in any portion of all state parks and recreation areas is
prohibited at all times. The nature and purpose of a person’s conduct,
the impact on other area users, the time of day, location, and other factors
which would govern the conduct of a reasonable, prudent person under the
circumstances shall be used to determine whether the noise is unreasonable. This
shall include the operation or utilization of motorized equipment or machinery
such as an electric generator, motor vehicle, or motorized toy; or audio device
such as a radio, television set, tape deck, public address system, or musical
instrument; or other device causing unreasonable noise. Between the hours of
10:30 p.m. and 6 a.m., noise which can be heard at a distance of 120 feet or
three campsites shall be considered unreasonable.
61.5(10) Opening and closing times. Except by
arrangement or permission granted by the director or the director’s
authorized representative or as otherwise stated in this chapter, the following
restrictions shall apply: All persons shall vacate all state parks before 10:30
p.m., each day, except authorized campers in accordance with Iowa Code section
461A.46, and no person or persons shall enter into such parks and preserves
until 4 a.m. the following day.
61.5(11) Paintball guns. The use of any item
generally referred to as a paintball gun is prohibited in state parks,
recreation areas and preserves.
61.5(12) Restrictions on picnic site use.
a. Open picnic sites marked with the international symbol of
accessibility shall be used only by a person or group with a person qualifying
for and displaying a persons with disabilities parking permit on the
person’s vehicle.
b. Paragraph 61.5(12)“a” does not apply to picnic
shelters marked with the international accessibility symbol. The use of the
symbol on shelters shall serve only as an indication that the shelter is
wheelchair accessible.
61.5(13) Rock climbing or rappelling. The rock
climbing practice known as free climbing and climbing or rappelling activities
which utilize bolts, pitons, or similar permanent anchoring equipment or ropes,
harnesses, or slings is prohibited in state parks and recreation areas, except
by persons or groups registered with the park manager or technician in charge of
the area. Individual members of a group must each sign a registration.
Climbing or rappelling will not be permitted at the Ledges State Park, Boone
County; Dolliver State Park, Webster County; Stone State Park, Woodbury and
Plymouth Counties; Wildcat Den State Park, Muscatine County; or Mines of Spain
Recreation Area, Dubuque County. Other sites may be closed to climbing or
rappelling if environmental damage or safety problems occur or if an endangered
or threatened species is present.
61.5(14) Speech or conduct unreasonably interfering
with lawful use of an area by others.
a. Unprovoked speech commonly perceived as offensive or
abusive is prohibited when such speech unreasonably interferes with lawful use
and enjoyment of the area by another member of the public.
b. Quarreling or fighting is prohibited when it unreasonably
interferes with the lawful use and enjoyment of the area by another member of
the public.
571—61.6(461A) Certain conditions of public use
applicable to specific parks and recreation areas. Notwithstanding the
general conditions of public use set forth in 61.3(5) and 61.5(461A), special
conditions shall apply to the specific areas listed as follows:
61.6(1) Hattie Elston Access and Claire Wilson Park,
Dickinson County.
a. Except as provided in 61.9(461A), these areas are closed to
public access from 10:30 p.m. to 4 a.m.
b. Parking of vehicles of any type on these areas is
prohibited unless the vehicle operator and occupants are actively using the area
for fishing or other recreational purposes.
c. Overnight camping is prohibited.
61.6(2) Pleasant Creek Recreation Area, Linn County.
Swimming is limited by the provisions of 61.5(2); also, swimming is prohibited
at the beach from 10:30 p.m. to6 a.m. daily. Access into and out of the north
portion of the area between the east end of the dam to the campground shall be
closed from 10:30 p.m. to 4 a.m., except that walk–in overnight fishing
will be allowed along the dam. The areas known as the dog trial area and the
equestrian area shall be closed from 10:30 p.m. to 4 a.m., except for equestrian
camping and for those persons participating in a DNR–authorized field
trial. From 10:30 p.m. to 4 a.m., only registered campers are permitted in the
campground.
61.6(3) Wapsipinicon State Park, Jones County. The
recreation area portion of the park is closed to the public from 10:30 p.m. to 4
a.m.
571—61.7(461A) Mines of Spain hunting, trapping and
firearms use.
61.7(1) The following described portions of the Mines
of Spain Recreation Area are established and will be posted as wildlife
refuges:
a. That portion within the city limits of the city ofDubuque
located west of U.S. Highway 61 and north of Mar Jo Hills Road.
b. The tract leased by the department of naturalresources from
the city of Dubuque upon which the E. B.Lyons Interpretive Center is
located.
c. That portion located south of the north line of Section 8,
Township 88 North, Range 3 East of the 5th P.M. between the west property
boundary and the east line of said Section 8.
d. That portion located north of Catfish Creek, east of the
Mines of Spain Road and south of the railroad tracks. This portion contains the
Julien Dubuque Monument.
61.7(2) Trapping and archery hunting for all legal
species are permitted in compliance with all open–season, license and
possession limits on the Mines of Spain Recreation Area except in those areas
designated as refuges by subrule 61.7(1).
61.7(3) Firearm use is prohibited in the following
described areas:
a. The areas described in subrule 61.7(1).
b. The area north and west of Catfish Creek and west of
Granger Creek.
61.7(4) Deer hunting and hunting for all other species
are permitted using shotguns only and are permitted only during the regular gun
season as established by 571—Chapter 106. Areas not described in 61.7(3)
are open for hunting. Hunting shall be in compliance with all other
regulations.
61.7(5) Turkey hunting with shotguns is allowed only
in compliance with the following regulations:
a. Only during the first shotgun hunting season established in
571—Chapter 98, which is typically four days in mid–April.
b. Only in that area of the Mines of Spain Recreation Area
located east of the newly established roadway and south of the Horseshoe Bluff
quarry.
61.7(6) The use or possession of a handgun or any type
of rifle is prohibited on the entire Mines of Spain Recreation Area except as
provided in 61.7(4). Target and practice shooting with any type of firearm is
prohibited.
61.7(7) All forms of hunting, trapping and firearms
use not specifically permitted by 61.7(461A) are prohibited on the Mines of
Spain Recreation Area.
571—61.8(461A) After–hours
fishing—exception to closing time. Persons shall be allowed access to
the areas designated in 61.9(461A) between the hours of 10:30 p.m. and4 a.m.
under the following conditions:
1. The person is to be actively engaged in fishing.
2. The person shall behave in a quiet, courteous manner so as
to not disturb other users of the park such as campers.
3. Access to the fishing site from the parking area shall be
by the shortest and most direct trail or access facility.
4. Vehicle parking shall be in the lots designated by signs
posted in the area.
5. Activities other than fishing are allowed with permission
of the director or an employee designated by the director.
571—61.9(461A) Designated areas for
after–hours fishing. Areas which are open from 10 p.m. to 4 a.m. are
shown on maps available from the department of natural resources. The areas are
described as follows:
61.9(1) Black Hawk Lake, Sac County. The area of the
state park between the road and the lake running from the marina at Drillings
Point on the northeast end of the lake approximately three–fourths of a
mile in a southwesterly direction to a point where the park boundary decreases
to include only the roadway.
61.9(2) Bobwhite State Park, Wayne County. Both sides
of the east–west causeway embankment on County Road J46 from the parking
lot on the west end of the causeway to a point approximately 300 feet east of
the causeway bridge.
61.9(3) Claire Wilson Park, Dickinson County. The
entire area including the parking lot, shoreline and fishing trestle
facility.
61.9(4) Elinor Bedell State Park, Dickinson County.
The entire length of the shoreline within state park boundaries.
61.9(5) Green Valley Lake, Union County.
a. The embankment of the road from the small parking area east
of the park ranger’s residence east to the “T” intersection
and south to the westerly end of a point of land jutting into the lake directly
south of the parking lot mentioned above.
b. From the east side of the spillway easterly across the dam
to the west edge of the parking lot.
61.9(6) Hattie Elston Access, Dickinson County. The
entire area including the parking lot shoreline and boat ramp
facilities.
61.9(7) Honey Creek State Park, Appanoose County. The
boat ramp area located north of the park office, access to which is the first
road to the left upon entering the park.
61.9(8) Lake Geode State Park, Des Moines County
portion. The area of the dam embankment between the county road and the lake as
shown on the map.
61.9(9) Lake Keomah State Park, Mahaska
County.
a. The embankment of the dam between the crest of the dam and
the lake.
b. The shoreline between the road and the lake from the south
boat launch area west and north to the junction with the road leading to the
group camp shelter.
61.9(10) Lake Macbride State Park, Johnson County.
The shoreline of the south arm of the lake adjacent to the county road
commencing at the “T” intersection of the roads at the north end of
the north–south causeway proceeding across the causeway thence
southeasterly along a foot trail to the east–west causeway, across the
causeway to the parking area on the east end of that causeway.
61.9(11) Lake Manawa State Park, Pottawattamie County.
The west shoreline including both sides of the main park road, commencing at the
north park entrance and continuing south 1.5 miles to the parking lot
immediately north of the picnic area known as “Boy Scout
Island.”
61.9(12) Lower Pine Lake, Hardin County. West
shoreline along Hardin County Road S56 from the beach southerly to the boat ramp
access.
61.9(13) Mini–Wakan State Park, Dickinson
County. The entire area.
61.9(14) North Twin Lake State Park, Calhoun County.
The shoreline of the large day–use area containing the swimming beach on
the east shore of the lake.
61.9(15) Pikes Point State Park, Dickinson County.
The shoreline areas of Pikes Point State Park on the east side of West Okoboji
Lake.
61.9(16) Prairie Rose State Park, Shelby County. The
west side of the embankment of the causeway across the southeast arm of the lake
including the shoreline west of the parking area to its junction with the road
leading toward the park ranger residence.
61.9(17) Rock Creek Lake, Jasper County. Both sides
of the County Road F27 causeway across the main north portion of the
lake.
61.9(18) Union Grove State Park, Tama
County.
a. The dam embankment from the spillway to a line parallel
with the west end of the parking lot adjacent to the dam.
b. The area of state park between the county road and the lake
along the west shoreline from the causeway on the north end of the lake to the
southerly end of the arm of the lake that extends southwesterly of the main
water body.
61.9(19) Upper Pine Lake, Hardin County. Southwest
shoreline extending from the boat launch ramp to the dam.
61.9(20) Viking Lake State Park, Montgomery County.
The embankment of the dam from the parking area located southeast of the dam
area northwesterly across the dam structure to its intersection with the natural
shoreline of the lake.
571—61.10(461A) Vessels prohibited. Rule
61.9(461A) does not permit the use of vessels on the artificial lakes within
state parks after the 10:30 p.m. park closing time. All fishing is to be done
from the bank or shoreline of the permitted area.
571—61.11(461A) Severability. Should any rule,
subrule, paragraph, phrase, sentence or clause of this chapter be declared
invalid or unconstitutional for any reason, the remainder of this chapter shall
not be affected thereby.
571—61.12(461A) Restore the outdoors program.
Funding provided through the appropriation made by 1997 Iowa Acts, chapter 215,
and subsequent Acts, shall be used to renovate, replace or construct new
vertical infrastructure and associated appurtenances in state parks and other
public facilities managed by the department of natural resources.
The intended projects will be included in the
department’s annual five–year capital plan in priority order by year
and approved by the natural resource commission for inclusion in its capital
budget request.
The funds appropriated by 1997 Iowa Acts, chapter 215, section
37, and subsequent Acts, will be used to renovate, replace or construct new
vertical infrastructure through construction contracts, agreements with local
government entities responsible for managing state parks and other public
facilities, and agreements with the department of corrections to use inmate
labor where possible. Funds shall also be used to support site survey, design
and construction contract management through consulting engineering and
architectural firms and for direct survey, design and construction management
costs incurred by department engineering and architectural staff for restore the
outdoors projects. Funds shall not be used to support general department
oversight of the restore the outdoors program, such as accounting, general
administration or long–range planning.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
422.43, 455A.4, 461A.3, 461A.3A, 461A.35, 461A.38, 461A.39, 461A.42, 461A.43,
461A.45 to 461A.51, 461A.57, and 723.4 and Iowa Code chapter 724.
[Filed 11/13/00, effective 1/3/01]
[Published 11/29/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/29/00.
ARC 0336B
NATURAL RESOURCE
COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code subsection 455A.5(6),
the Natural Resource Commission hereby amends Chapter 81, “Fishing
Regulations,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendment provides for the taking of designated fish by
hand, snagging, spearing, bow and arrow, and artificial light in designated
areas.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on September 6, 2000, as ARC 0104B. Public
hearings were held on September 26, 27, 28, and 29, 2000. One change has been
made to the Notice as a result of Commission review and comment. Paragraphs
“a” and “b” have not been adopted, and paragraph
“c” is now an unnumbered paragraph.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
481A.38, 481A.39, 481A.67 and 481A.76.
This amendment will become effective January 3,
2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 571—81.2(571) by adopting the following
new subrule:
81.2(11) Method of take. Artificial light may be used
in the taking of any fish. The following species of fish may be taken by hand
fishing, snagging, spearing, and bow and arrow: common carp, bighead carp,
grass carp, silver carp, black carp, bigmouth buffalo, smallmouth buffalo, black
buffalo, quillback carpsucker, highfin carpsucker, river carpsucker, spotted
sucker, white sucker, shorthead redhorse, golden redhorse, silver redhorse,
sheepshead, shortnose gar, longnose gar, dogfish, gizzard shad, and goldfish.
All other species of fish not hooked in the mouth, except paddlefish legally
taken by snagging, must be returned to the water immediately with as little
injury as possible. A fish is foul hooked when caught by a hook in an area
other than in the fish’s mouth. Snagging is defined as the practice of
jerking any type of hook or lure, baited or unbaited, through the water with the
intention of foul hooking fish. Exceptions to snagging as a method of take are
as follows:
No snagging is permitted in the following areas:
1. Des Moines River from directly below Saylorville Dam to the
Southeast 14th Street bridge in Des Moines.
2. Cedar River in Cedar Rapids from directly below the 5 in 1
Dam under I–380 to the 1st Avenue bridge.
3. Cedar River in Cedar Rapids from directly below the
“C” Street Roller Dam to 300 yards downstream.
4. Iowa River from directly below the Coralville Dam to 300
yards downstream.
5. Chariton River from directly below Lake Rathbun Dam to 300
yards downstream.
6. Spillway area from directly below the Spirit Lake outlet to
the confluence at East Okoboji Lake.
[Filed 11/13/00, effective 1/3/01]
[Published 11/29/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/29/00.
ARC 0335B
NATURAL RESOURCE
COMMISSION[571]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455A.5, the
Natural Resource Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 98, “Wild Turkey Spring Hunting,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These rules give the regulations for hunting wild turkeys,
including season dates, bag limits, method of take, license quotas and
application procedures.
These amendments are intended to implement the
Department’s electronic licensing system, provide for the collection of
harvest information, and promote fairness in the distribution of nonresident
licenses.
Notice of Intended Action was published October 4, 2000, as
ARC 0165B. The following changes have been made to the Notice. These
changes were made by Commission members prior to their approval of the Notice of
Intended Action. The changes were erroneously omitted from the Notice and are
being made now.
1. In 98.5(481A) and 98.16(481A), respectively, the word
“immediately” has been omitted from the second sentence, which now
reads as follows: “Each hunter that bags a wild turkey must fill out and
sign the harvest report card after the transportation tag is attached to the
turkey.”
2. Also, in 98.5(481A) and 98.16(481A), the phrase “on
the same day the turkey is tagged” has been changed to read “within
48 hours of tagging the turkey” in 98.5(481A) and “within 48 hours
of tagging the turkey or before leaving the state” in
98.16(481A).
3. In 98.3(4), the second sentence was omitted because some
county recorders have chosen not to issue licenses.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
481A.38, 481A.39, 481A.48 and 483A.7.
These amendments shall become effective January 3,
2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 98.1(1) as
follows:
98.1(1) License. All hunters must have in possession
a spring wild turkey hunting license valid for the current year when hunting
wild turkey. No one, while hunting wild turkey, shall carry or have in
possession any license or transportation tag issued to another hunter. A hunter
having a license valid for one of the spring turkey hunting periods may
accompany, call for, or otherwise assist any other hunter who has a valid turkey
hunting license for any of the spring hunting periods in any zone, except
that the hunter doing the assisting may not shoot a turkey or carry a firearm or
bow unless the hunter has a valid license with an unused tag for the current
season and zone. If a turkey is taken, it must be tagged with the tag
issued to the hunter who shot the turkey. Two types of licenses will be
issued.
a. Combination shotgun–or–archery licenses will be
issued by zone and period and will be valid in the designated zone and for the
designated period only. No one shall apply for or obtain more than two
combination shotgun–or–archery licenses. If two licenses are
obtained, one must be for hunting period four in Zone 4. Hunters who obtain
one or two combination shotgun–or–archery licenses, whether free or
paid, may not apply for or obtain an archery–only license.
b. Archery–only licenses will be valid statewide and
shall be valid during all hunting periods open for spring turkey hunting. No
one may apply for or obtain more than two archery–only licenses. Hunters
purchasing one or two archery–only licenses, whether free or paid,
may not apply for or obtain a combination shotgun–or–archery
license.
ITEM 2. Rescind rule 571—98.3(481A)
and adopt in lieu thereof the following new rule:
571—98.3(481A) Procedures to obtain licenses.
All spring wild turkey hunting licenses will be sold or may be applied for using
the electronic licensing system for Iowa (ELSI). Licenses and license
applications may be purchased through ELSI license agents or by calling the ELSI
telephone ordering system.
98.3(1) Licenses with quotas. All licenses for zone
and season combinations that have license quotas, as specified in subrule
98.3(3), will be issued through a random drawing. Applications for these
licenses may be purchased through ELSI beginning the first Saturday after
January 1 through the last Sunday in January. No one may submit more than one
application during the application period. If applications have been sold in
excess of the license quota for any zone or hunting period, a drawing will be
held to determine which applicants receive licenses. Licenses or refunds of
license fees will be mailed to applicants after the drawing is completed.
License agent writing fees, department administrative fees and telephone order
charges will not be refunded. If any license quota has not been filled, the
excess licenses will be sold on a first–come, first–served basis
through ELSI beginning the second Saturday after the close of the application
period and continuing until the quota has been filled or until the last day of
the hunting period for which that license is valid, whichever occurs first. No
one may obtain more than one limited–quota license.
98.3(2) Licenses that do not have quotas. Spring wild
turkey hunting licenses that are not subject to a quota will be sold beginning
the second Saturday after the close of the initial application period through
the last day of the hunting period for which the license is valid.
98.3(3) License quotas. Separate quotas will be
established for each license type.
a. Combination shotgun–or–archery licenses. A
limited number of combination shotgun–or–archery hunting licenses
will be issued for each hunting period in Zones 1, 2 and 3. There shall be no
limit on combination shotgun–or–archery licenses in any hunting
period in Zone 4. The same quota shall apply to Zones 1, 2 and 3 in all four
hunting periods. The maximum number of combination
shotgun–or–archery licenses that will be issued in each zone for
each hunting period is as follows:
(1) Zone 1. 65.
(2) Zone 2. 125.
(3) Zone 3. 80.
(4) Zone 4. No limit.
b. Archery–only licenses. The number of
archery–only licenses shall not be limited.
98.3(4) Landowner–tenant licenses. An eligible
land–owner or tenant may obtain a free combination
shotgun–or–archery license or a free archery–only license.
Nonresident landowners are not eligible for free turkey hunting
licenses.
a. Free combination shotgun–or–archery licenses.
Free combination shotgun–or–archery licenses will be issued by
hunting period and will be valid only on the farm unit of the landowner or
tenant. One paid combination shotgun–or–archery license may be
obtained in addition to the free license, but at least one of these licenses
(paid or free) must be for hunting period four in Zone 4.
b. Free archery–only licenses. Free archery–only
licenses will be valid for all hunting periods but only on the farm unit of the
landowner or tenant.
ITEM 3. Adopt new rule
571—98.5(481A) as follows:
571—98.5(481A) Harvest reporting system. A
harvest report card will be attached to each transportation tag. Each hunter
that bags a wild turkey must fill out and sign the harvest report card after the
transportation tag is attached to the turkey. The completed harvest report card
must be taken to any ELSI license agent within 48 hours of tagging the turkey.
The license agent will enter the harvest report information into the ELSI
terminal and print out a harvest verification tag. The verification tag must be
placed on the turkey and remain there until the turkey is processed for
consumption. A wild turkey carcass or part of a carcass may not be taken to a
locker plant for processing unless the proper verification tag is
attached.
ITEM 4. Rescind rule
571—98.14(483A) and adopt in lieu thereof the following new
rule:
571—98.14(483A) Application procedure.
Applications for nonresident spring wild turkey hunting licenses must be made
through the electronic licensing system for Iowa (ELSI) telephone order system.
Applications will be accepted from the first Saturday after January 1 through
the last Sunday in January. No one may submit more than one application during
the application period. If applications have been sold in excess of the license
quota for any zone or hunting period, a drawing will be held to determine which
applicants receive licenses. Licenses or refunds of license fees will be mailed
to applicants after the drawing is completed. License agent writing fees,
department administrative fees and telephone order charges will not be refunded.
If any license quota has not been filled, the excess licenses will be sold on a
first–come, first–served basis through the telephone ordering system
beginning the second Saturday after the close of the application period and
lasting until the quota has been filled or the last day of the hunting period
for which the license is valid, whichever occurs first. No one may obtain more
than one nonresident spring wild turkey hunting license. Hunters may apply
individually or as a group of up to 15 applicants. All members of a group will
be accepted or rejected as a group in the drawing. If a group is rejected,
members of that group may purchase licenses individually if excess licenses are
available.
Each individual applicant that is unsuccessful in the drawing
will be assigned one preference point for each consecutive year in which the
individual applies and is unsuccessful. Preference points will not accrue in a
year in which an applicant fails to apply, but the applicant will retain any
preference points previously earned. Once an applicant receives a license, all
preference points will be erased. Preference points will apply to any zone or
hunting period for which a hunter applies.
The first license drawing each year will be made from the pool
of applicants with the most preference points. If licenses are still available
after the first drawing, subsequent drawings will be made from pools of
applicants with successively fewer preference points and continue until the
license quota is reached or all applicants have received licenses. Applicants
who apply as a group will be included in a pool of applicants with the same
number of preference points as that of the member of the group with the fewest
preference points assigned.
ITEM 5. Adopt new rule
571—98.16(481A) as follows:
571—98.16(481A) Harvest reporting system. A
harvest report card will be attached to each transportation tag. Each hunter
that bags a wild turkey must fill out and sign the harvest report card after the
transportation tag is attached to the turkey. The completed harvest report card
must be taken to any ELSI license agent within 48 hours of tagging the turkey or
before leaving the state. The license agent will enter the harvest report
information into the ELSI terminal and print out a harvest verification tag.
The verification tag must be placed on the turkey and remain there until the
turkey is processed for consumption. A wild turkey carcass or part of a carcass
may not be taken to a locker plant for processing unless the proper verification
tag is attached.
[Filed 11/13/00, effective 1/3/01]
[Published 11/29/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/29/00.
ARC 0333B
NURSING BOARD[655]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
147.76, the Board of Nursing hereby adopts Chapter 15, “Waiver and
Variance Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Chapter 15 establishes uniform rules providing for waivers or
variances from administrative rules. This rule making implements Executive
Order Number 11 signed by the Governor on September 14, 1999, and 2000 Iowa
Acts, chapter 1176. It provides for increased flexibility of administrative
rule enforcement as applied to individual licensed nurses, continuing education
providers or nursing education programs.
These rules were published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin
on October 4, 2000, as ARC 0171B. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice.
These rules will become effective January 3, 2001.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A,
147 and 152.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 15] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0171B, IAB 10/4/00.
[Filed 11/9/00, effective 1/3/01]
[Published
11/29/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/29/00.]
ARC 0329B
PHARMACY EXAMINERS
BOARD[657]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and
272C.3, the Board of Pharmacy Examiners hereby amends Chapter 8, “Minimum
Standards for the Practice of Pharmacy,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The new rule permits physicians to prescribe via written
protocol adult immunizations for influenza and pneumococcal vaccines for
administration by authorized pharmacists. Physicians may also prescribe other
adult immunizations for an individual patient by a prescription or medication
order for administration by an authorized pharmacist. The rule defines the
preparatory process the authorized pharmacist must complete and itemizes the
elements needed in a written protocol for a physician to prescribe adult
immunizations for administration to patients by an authorized pharmacist.
Finally, the rule describes the supervisory relationship between a prescribing
physician and an administering pharmacist.
The new rule does not include provision for waiver or variance
from requirements imposed by the rule. The standards established herein have
been mutually developed by the Board of Medical Examiners and the Board of
Pharmacy Examiners and neither board sees a reason to consider waiver of these
minimum requirements. In addition, since each Board is adopting the same rule,
a waiver of any part of the rule would require that application for waiver be
submitted to each Board and approved with the same terms and conditions by both
Boards.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the April 19, 2000,
Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9790A. The adopted rule is identical
to that published under Notice.
A joint public hearing with the Board of Medical Examiners was
held on May 9, 2000. The Iowa Pharmacy Association (IPA), the Iowa Medical
Society (IMS), and individual pharmacists indicated support for the proposed
rule. The Iowa Osteopathic Medical Association (IOMA), the Polk County Medical
Society, and the Iowa Academy of Family Physicians expressed concerns for
patient safety and questioned pharmacists’ authority to administer
immunizations. Written comments submitted by IPA, IMS, the Iowa Nurses’
Association, the University of Iowa College of Pharmacy, and individual
pharmacists supported adoption of the proposed rule. The Board considered all
comments before adopting the rule as published under Notice.
The rule was approved during the November 6, 2000,
teleconference meeting of the Board of Pharmacy Examiners.
This rule will become effective on January 3, 2001.
A rule pertaining to the administration of immunizations by
pharmacists has also been adopted by the Board of Medical Examiners and is
published herein as ARC 0301B.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.76,
155A.3, 155A.4, and 272C.3.
The following amendment is adopted.
Adopt the following new rule
657—8.33(147):
657—8.33(147,155A) Supervision of pharmacists who
administer adult immunizations. A physician may prescribe via written
protocol adult immunizations for influenza and pneumococcal vaccines for
administration by an authorized pharmacist if the physician meets these
requirements for supervising the pharmacist.
8.33(1) Definitions.
a. “Authorized pharmacist” means an
Iowa–licensed pharmacist who has documented that the pharmacist has
successfully completed an educational program meeting the training standards on
vaccine administration as providedby an American Council on Pharmaceutical
Education (ACPE)–approved provider of continuing pharmaceutical education
that:
(1) Requires documentation by the pharmacist of current
certification in the American Heart Association or the Red Cross Basic Cardiac
Life Support Protocol for health care providers;
(2) Is an evidence–based course that includes study
material and hands–on training and techniques for administering vaccines,
requires testing with a passing score, complies with current Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention guidelines, and provides instruction and experiential
training in the following content areas:
1. Standards for immunization practices;
2. Basic immunology and vaccine protection;
3. Vaccine–preventable diseases;
4. Recommended immunization schedules;
5. Vaccine storage and management;
6. Informed consent;
7. Physiology and techniques for vaccine
administration;
8. Pre– and post–vaccine assessment and
counseling;
9. Immunization record management; and
10. Management of adverse events, including identification,
appropriate response, documentation, and reporting.
b. “Vaccine” means a specially prepared antigen
which, upon administration to a person, will result in immunity and,
specifically for the purposes of this rule, shall mean influenza and
pneumococcal vaccines.
c. “Written protocol” means a physician’s
order for one or more patients that contains, at a minimum, the
following:
(1) A statement identifying the individual physician
authorized to prescribe drugs and responsible for the delegation of
administration of adult immunizations for influenza and pneumococcus;
(2) A statement identifying the individual authorized
pharmacists;
(3) A statement that forbids an authorized pharmacist from
delegating the administration of adult immunizations to anyone other than
another authorized pharmacist or a registered nurse;
(4) A statement identifying the vaccines that may be
administered by an authorized pharmacist, the dosages, and the route of
administration;
(5) A statement identifying the activities an authorized
pharmacist shall follow in the course of administering adult immunizations,
including:
1. Procedures for determining if a patient is eligible to
receive the vaccine;
2. Procedures for determining the appropriate scheduling and
frequency of drug administration in accordance with applicable
guidelines;
3. Procedures for record keeping and long–term record
storage including batch or identification numbers;
4. Procedures to follow in case of life–threatening
reactions; and
5. Procedures for the pharmacist and patient to follow in case
of reactions following administration;
(6) A statement that describes how the authorized pharmacist
shall report the administration of adult immunizations, within 30 days, to the
physician issuing the written protocols and to the patient’s primary care
physician if one has been designated by the patient. In case of serious
complications, the authorized pharmacist shall notify the physicians within 24
hours and submit a VAERS report to the bureau of immunizations, Iowa department
of public health. (VAERS is the Vaccine Advisory Event Reporting System.) A
serious complication is one that requires further medical or therapeutic
intervention to effectively protect the patient from further risk, morbidity, or
mortality.
8.33(2) Supervision. A physician who prescribes adult
immunizations to an authorized pharmacist for administration shall adequately
supervise that pharmacist. Physician supervision shall be considered adequate
if the delegating physician:
a. Ensures that the authorized pharmacist is prepared as
described in subrule 8.33(1), paragraph “a”;
b. Provides a written protocol that is updated at least
annually;
c. Is available through direct telecommunication for
consultation, assistance, and direction, or provides physician backup to provide
these services when the physician supervisor is not available;
d. Is an Iowa–licensed physician who has a working
relationship with an authorized pharmacist within the physician’s local
provider service area.
8.33(3) Administration of other adult immunizations by
pharmacists. A physician may prescribe, for an individual patient by
prescription or medication order, other adult immunizations to be administered
by an authorized pharmacist.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.76,
155A.3, 155A.4, and 272C.3.
[Filed 11/9/00, effective 1/3/01]
[Published 11/29/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/29/00.
ARC 0322B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Barber Examiners hereby amends Chapter 20, “Barber
Examiners,” and adopts new Chapter 23, “Continuing Education for
Barbers,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments rescind the current continuing education rules;
adopt a new chapter for continuing education; renumber the rules regarding
grounds for discipline, examination of board members, reinstatement of an
instructor’s license, waiver from taking first examination, and license
fees; and amend cross references to rules that are no longer in use.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on August 23, 2000, as ARC 0069B. A public
hearing was held on September 12, 2000, from 1:30 to 3:30 p.m. in the
Professional Licensure Conference Room, Fifth Floor, Lucas State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa. No public comments were received at the
hearing.
Changes from the Notice include the following:
• New paragraph
“f” was added to subrule 23.4(1). The paragraph reads as
follows:
f. The sponsor shall submit a report of all continuing
education programs conducted in the previous year during the assigned month for
reporting designated by the board. The report shall include:
(1) Date(s), location, course title(s) offered and outline of
content;
(2) Total hours of instruction presented;
(3) Names and qualifications of instructors including
résumés or vitae;
(4) Evaluation form(s);
(5) A summary of the evaluations completed by the
licensees.
• The following subparagraph
was added to paragraph 23.5(2)“b”:
(3) Indication of successful completion of the
course.
• In rule 23.8(158,272C),
the word “waiver” was changed to “exemption” in the
catchwords and the catchwords now read “continuing education exemption for
inactive practitioners.”
These amendments were adopted by the Board of Barber Examiners
on November 7, 2000.
These amendments will become effective January 3,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
147.76 and chapter 272C.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [20.12, 20.101 to 20.105, 20.107 to 20.113, 20.200, 20.212,
20.214, Ch 23] is being omitted. With the exception of the changes noted above,
these amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC
0069B, IAB 8/23/00.
[Filed 11/9/00, effective 1/3/01]
[Published
11/29/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/29/00.]
ARC 0318B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Physical and Occupational Therapy Examiners hereby amends Chapter 200,
“Physical Therapy Examiners,” and Chapter 202, “Physical
Therapist Assistants,” and adopts new Chapter 203, “Continuing
Education for Physical Therapists and Physical Therapist Assistants,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The amendments rescind the current continuing education rules;
adopt a new chapter for continuing education; renumber the rules regarding
grounds for discipline and supervision; and amend cross references to rules that
are no longer in use.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on July 26, 2000, as ARC 9998A. A public hearing
was held on August 15, 2000, from 9 to 11 a.m. in the Fifth Floor Board
Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa. No public
comments were received at the hearing.
The following change was made to the Notice of Intended
Action. Subrule 200.11(4) was amended to clarify the expectations for the
extent of delegation by a physical therapist to a physical therapist
assistant.
These amendments were adopted by the Board of Physical and
Occupational Therapy Examiners on October 27, 2000.
These amendments will become effective January 3,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
147.76 and chapter 272C.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [200.3(1), 200.5(2), 200.9 to 200.15, 200.23, 200.24, 202.6(2),
202.7 to 202.15, 202.23, Ch 203] is being omitted. With the exception of the
change noted above,
these amendments are identical to those published under Notice
as ARC 9998A, IAB 7/26/00.
[Filed 11/9/00, effective 1/3/01]
[Published
11/29/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/29/00.]
ARC 0317B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Physical and Occupational Therapy Examiners hereby amends Chapter 201,
“Occupational Therapy Examiners,” and adopts new Chapter 207,
“Continuing Education for Occupational Therapists and Occupational Therapy
Assistants,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments rescind the current continuing education rules;
adopt a new chapter for continuing education; renumber the rules regarding
grounds for discipline and supervision; and amend cross references to rules that
are no longer in use.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on July 26, 2000, as ARC 0001B. A public hearing
was held on August 15, 2000, from 9 to 11 a.m. in the Fifth Floor Board
Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa. No public
comments were received at the hearing. These amendments are identical to those
published under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments were adopted by the Board of Physical and
Occupational Therapy Examiners on October 27, 2000.
These amendments will become effective January 3,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
147.76 and chapter 272C.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [201.1, 201.4, 201.5(1), 201.7(2), 201.8 to 201.17, 201.24, Ch
207] is being omitted. These amendments are identical to those published under
Notice as ARC 0001B, IAB 7/26/00.
[Filed 11/9/00, effective 1/3/01]
[Published
11/29/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/29/00.]
ARC 0321B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Speech Pathology and Audiology Examiners hereby amends Chapter 300,
“Board of Speech Pathology and Audiology Examiners,” and adopts new
Chapter 303, “Continuing Education for Speech Pathologists and
Audiologists,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments rescind the current continuing education rules,
adopt a new chapter for continuing education, and renumber the rule regarding
organization of the Board.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on September 20, 2000, as ARC 0144B. A public
hearing was held on October 19, 2000, from 9 to 11 a.m. in the Professional
Licensure Conference Room, Fifth Floor, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines,
Iowa. No public comments were received at the hearing.
The following change was made to the Notice of Intended
Action. The word “certification” was changed to
“licensure” in the phrase “licensure requirements” in
subparagraph 303.3(2)“a”(1). This is a more accurate word for this
rule. The subparagraph now reads as follows:
(1) Basic communication processes. Information (beyond the
basic licensure requirements) applicable to the normal development and use of
speech, language, and hearing, i.e., anatomic and physiologic bases for the
normal development and use of speech, language, and hearing; physical bases and
processes of the production and perception of speech, language, and hearing;
linguistic and psycholinguistic variables related to normal development and use
of speech, language, and hearing; and technological, biomedical, engineering,
and instrumentation information which would enable expansion of knowledge in the
basic communication processes. Any computer course used for continuing
education must involve the actual application to the communicatively impaired
population.
These amendments were adopted by the Board of Speech Pathology
and Audiology Examiners on November 3, 2000.
These amendments will become effective January 3,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
147.76 and chapter 272C.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [300.8 to 300.11, 301.1 to 301.7, 301.112, Ch 303] is being omitted.
With the exception of the change noted above, these rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 0144B, IAB 9/20/00.
[Filed 11/9/00, effective 1/3/01]
[Published
11/29/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/29/00.]
ARC 0314B
PUBLIC SAFETY
DEPARTMENT[661]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 103A.7, the
Building Code Commissioner, with the approval of the Building Code Advisory
Council, hereby amends Chapter 16, “State of Iowa Building Code,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1229, section 21, provides for the
Building Code Commissioner to establish fees for the performance of plan reviews
by the Department. This amendment provides for the fees.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on October 4, 2000 as ARC 0164B.
A public hearing regarding this amendment was held on October
27, 2000. Comments were received from the American Institute of Architects,
Iowa, objecting to the fee schedule proposed in the Notice of Intended Action,
and proposing that a fee arrangement more closely reflecting the actual expenses
incurred in performing plan reviews be adopted.
The fee schedule adopted here is based upon recommendations
received during the public comment period. The schedule is based upon the
square footage of the planned structure, and is being adopted in lieu of the fee
schedule which was included in the Notice of Intended Action. The fee schedule
adopted here is judged to be preferable to that proposed in the Notice of
Intended Action, especially in that it is more objective, can be calculated
prior to commencing the plan review, and better reflects the actual cost of
performing plan reviews. Also provided here is a money–back guarantee if
the Building Code Bureau fails to complete a plan review within 60 days. The
language contained here regarding the money–back guarantee has been
modified from that contained in the Notice of Intended Action to clarify the
terms and procedures to be used.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
103A.23 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1229.
This amendment will become effective on January 3,
2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 16.131(2) as follows:
Rescind paragraph “c” and adopt in lieu
thereof the following new paragraph
“c”:
c. The fees for completion of building code plan reviews,
which shall be reviews for compliance with 661— Chapter 5 and
661—Chapter 16, excluding mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and
accessibility provisions, shall be calculated as follows:
|
Preliminary Plan Review Meeting (Optional)
|
Plan Review Fee
|
Plan Review Fee Including Optional Preliminary Plan Review
Meeting
|
AREA IN SQUARE FEET
|
Cost
|
Cost
|
Cost
|
Up to 5,000
|
$75
|
$200
|
$275
|
5,001–10,000
|
$100
|
$300
|
$400
|
10,001–20,000
|
$125
|
$400
|
$525
|
20,001–50,000
|
$150
|
$500
|
$650
|
50,001–100,000
|
$200
|
$600
|
$800
|
100,001–150,000
|
$200
|
$1,000
|
$1,200
|
150,001–200,000
|
$200
|
$1,200
|
$1,400
|
200,001–250,000
|
$200
|
$1,400
|
$1,600
|
250,001–300,000
|
$250
|
$1,600
|
$1,850
|
300,001–350,000
|
$250
|
$1,800
|
$2,050
|
350,001–400,000
|
$250
|
$2,000
|
$2,250
|
400,001–450,000
|
$300
|
$2,200
|
$2,500
|
More than 450,000
|
$300
|
$2,400
|
$2,700
|
Payment of the assigned fee shall accompany each plan when
submitted for review. Payment may be made by credit card, or money order, check
or draft made payable to the “Iowa Department of Public
Safety—Building Code Bureau.”
Adopt the following new paragraph
“d”:
d. A person who has submitted a plan for review for which a
fee has been assessed pursuant to paragraph “c” is eligible to
receive a refund of the fee if the plan has not been approved or rejected within
60 calendar days of its receipt by the building code bureau. A person who
believes that a refund is due shall notify the building code commissioner who
shall provide a form to the person who submitted the plan for review to request
a refund. If the request for refund is approved, the building code commissioner
shall cause a check for the amount of the refund to be issued to the individual
or organization that originally paid the fee. If the original submission of the
plan is incomplete, the fee shall be refunded only if the plan has not been
approved or rejected within 60 days of a full and complete submission of the
plan. “Approved or rejected within 60 days” means that a letter
approving or rejecting the plan has been presented or mailed to the submitter
within 60 days of the date of receipt by the building code bureau, within the
meaning of “time” as defined in Iowa Code section 4.1.
[Filed 11/9/00, effective 1/3/01]
[Published 11/29/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/29/00.
ARC 0313B
PUBLIC SAFETY
DEPARTMENT[661]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 103A.7, the
Building Code Commissioner, with the approval of the Building Code Advisory
Council, hereby amends Chapter 16, “State of Iowa Building Code,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
The Building Code Commissioner received a petition for rule
making requesting an amendment to 661—Chapter 16. The petition requested
that subrule 16.705(3), paragraph “a,” be amended to remove any
requirement for elevators in newly constructed three–story apartment
buildings.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on July 26, 2000, as ARC 9987A. This amendment
is identical to the amendment proposed in the Notice of Intended
Action.
A public hearing regarding the proposed amendment was held on
September 8, 2000. Several persons addressed the hearing in support of the
proposed amendment. One individual recommended that the proposed amendment
should not be acted upon separately, but as part of a general adoption of
federal Americans with Disabilities Act guidelines (ADAAG) as the accessibility
rules of the State of Iowa. While there is merit to the suggestion that
accessibility rules be adopted as a coordinated package, it is impractical to
await adoption of ADAAG by the State of Iowa, for two reasons. One is that
ADAAG is currently undergoing substantial revision by the federal government,
and the necessary review of those materials once they are finalized in order to
determine whether or not their adoption by reference by the State of Iowa is
appropriate will take substantial time. Second, the underlying federal statute
governing the subject matter with which this amendment deals is the Fair Housing
Act, rather than the Americans with Disabilities Act.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
103A.7.
This amendment will become effective on January 3,
2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 16.705(3), paragraph
“a,” by adopting the following new
exception:
EXCEPTION 4: Elevators are not required
in apartment buildings of less than four stories.
[Filed 11/9/00, effective 1/3/01]
[Published 11/29/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/29/00.
ARC 0323B
REAL ESTATE APPRAISER EXAMINING
BOARD[193F]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 543D.5 and
543D.6, the Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board hereby amends Chapter 10,
“Fees,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments to Chapter 10 increase registration fees for
certified general and certified residential appraisers. Another amendment
removes the term “licensed real property appraiser” as the Board no
longer issues this type of license.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the August 23,
2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0066B. A public hearing was
held on September 12, 2000.
These amendments are identical to those published under
Notice.
Waivers from provisions of this rule may be sought pursuant to
193F—Chapter 12.
These amendments were approved during the November 8, 2000,
meeting of the Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board.
These amendments will become effective January 3,
2001.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
543D.
The following amendments are adopted.
Amend rule 193F—10.1(543D) as follows:
193F—10.1(543D) Required fees. The following fee
schedule has been adopted by the board for the certified general
and, certified residential real property
appraiser; the licensed real property appraiser and the
associate real estate appraiser:
1. Initial examination application fee $100
2. Examination fee 95
3. Reexamination fee 95
4. Biennial registration fee
• General real property
appraiser 250 260
• Residential real property
appraiser 225 260
•
Licensed real property appraiser 225
• Associate real estate
appraiser 150
5. Reciprocal application fee 50
6. Reciprocal registration fee 250
7. Reinstatement fee 100
8. Reissuance of a certificate or license or
replacement
of a lost, destroyed or stolen
certificate or license 50
[Filed 11/9/00, effective 1/3/01]
[Published 11/29/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/29/00.
ARC 0316B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 422.68, the
Department of Revenue and Finance hereby amends Chapter 17, “Exempt
Sales,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in IAB Volume XXIII,
Number 7, page 575, on October 4, 2000, as ARC 0178B.
This amendment concerns a new exemption from sales and use tax
enacted by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1195, in which the Legislature created an
exemption applicable to “information services.” The legislation was
effective May 15, 2000, retroactive to March 15, 1995. The proposed amendment
explains the exemption and illustrates it with a number of specific
examples.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of
Intended Action.
This amendment will become effective January 3, 2001, after
filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator and publication in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
section 422.45 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1195, section 3.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
this rule [17.36] is being omitted. This rule is identical to that published
under Notice as ARC 0178B, IAB 10/4/00.
[Filed 11/9/00, effective 1/3/01]
[Published 11/29/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/29/00.]
Previous Bulletin
Table of Contents
Next Bulletin
© 2000 Cornell College and
League of Women Voters of Iowa
Comments about this site or page?
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.
Last update: Wed Nov 22 1:01:00 2000
URL: /Rules/2000/Bulletin/acb001129.html
sam